Quotations.ch
  Directory : The Reef
GUIDE SUPPORT US BLOG
  • The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Reef, by Edith Wharton
  • This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
  • almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
  • re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
  • with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
  • Title: The Reef
  • Author: Edith Wharton
  • Posting Date: July 12, 2008 [EBook #283]
  • Release Date: June, 1995
  • [Last Updated: August 19, 2017]
  • Language: English
  • Character set encoding: UTF-8
  • *** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE REEF ***
  • Produced by Gail Jahn, and John Hamm
  • THE REEF
  • by Edith Wharton
  • BOOK I
  • I
  • “Unexpected obstacle. Please don’t come till thirtieth. Anna.”
  • All the way from Charing Cross to Dover the train had hammered the words
  • of the telegram into George Darrow’s ears, ringing every change of irony
  • on its commonplace syllables: rattling them out like a discharge of
  • musketry, letting them, one by one, drip slowly and coldly into his
  • brain, or shaking, tossing, transposing them like the dice in some game
  • of the gods of malice; and now, as he emerged from his compartment at
  • the pier, and stood facing the wind-swept platform and the angry sea
  • beyond, they leapt out at him as if from the crest of the waves, stung
  • and blinded him with a fresh fury of derision.
  • “Unexpected obstacle. Please don’t come till thirtieth. Anna.”
  • She had put him off at the very last moment, and for the second time:
  • put him off with all her sweet reasonableness, and for one of her usual
  • “good” reasons--he was certain that this reason, like the other, (the
  • visit of her husband’s uncle’s widow) would be “good”! But it was that
  • very certainty which chilled him. The fact of her dealing so reasonably
  • with their case shed an ironic light on the idea that there had been any
  • exceptional warmth in the greeting she had given him after their twelve
  • years apart.
  • They had found each other again, in London, some three months
  • previously, at a dinner at the American Embassy, and when she had caught
  • sight of him her smile had been like a red rose pinned on her widow’s
  • mourning. He still felt the throb of surprise with which, among
  • the stereotyped faces of the season’s diners, he had come upon her
  • unexpected face, with the dark hair banded above grave eyes; eyes in
  • which he had recognized every little curve and shadow as he would have
  • recognized, after half a life-time, the details of a room he had played
  • in as a child. And as, in the plumed starred crowd, she had stood out
  • for him, slender, secluded and different, so he had felt, the instant
  • their glances met, that he as sharply detached himself for her. All that
  • and more her smile had said; had said not merely “I remember,” but “I
  • remember just what you remember”; almost, indeed, as though her memory
  • had aided his, her glance flung back on their recaptured moment its
  • morning brightness. Certainly, when their distracted Ambassadress--with
  • the cry: “Oh, you know Mrs. Leath? That’s perfect, for General Farnham
  • has failed me”--had waved them together for the march to the dining-room,
  • Darrow had felt a slight pressure of the arm on his, a pressure faintly
  • but unmistakably emphasizing the exclamation: “Isn’t it wonderful?--In
  • London--in the season--in a mob?”
  • Little enough, on the part of most women; but it was a sign of Mrs.
  • Leath’s quality that every movement, every syllable, told with her. Even
  • in the old days, as an intent grave-eyed girl, she had seldom misplaced
  • her light strokes; and Darrow, on meeting her again, had immediately
  • felt how much finer and surer an instrument of expression she had
  • become.
  • Their evening together had been a long confirmation of this feeling. She
  • had talked to him, shyly yet frankly, of what had happened to her during
  • the years when they had so strangely failed to meet. She had told him
  • of her marriage to Fraser Leath, and of her subsequent life in France,
  • where her husband’s mother, left a widow in his youth, had been
  • re-married to the Marquis de Chantelle, and where, partly in consequence
  • of this second union, the son had permanently settled himself. She had
  • spoken also, with an intense eagerness of affection, of her little girl
  • Effie, who was now nine years old, and, in a strain hardly less tender,
  • of Owen Leath, the charming clever young stepson whom her husband’s
  • death had left to her care...
  • A porter, stumbling against Darrow’s bags, roused him to the fact that
  • he still obstructed the platform, inert and encumbering as his luggage.
  • “Crossing, sir?”
  • Was he crossing? He really didn’t know; but for lack of any more
  • compelling impulse he followed the porter to the luggage van, singled
  • out his property, and turned to march behind it down the gang-way. As
  • the fierce wind shouldered him, building up a crystal wall against his
  • efforts, he felt anew the derision of his case.
  • “Nasty weather to cross, sir,” the porter threw back at him as they beat
  • their way down the narrow walk to the pier. Nasty weather, indeed; but
  • luckily, as it had turned out, there was no earthly reason why Darrow
  • should cross.
  • While he pushed on in the wake of his luggage his thoughts slipped back
  • into the old groove. He had once or twice run across the man whom Anna
  • Summers had preferred to him, and since he had met her again he had been
  • exercising his imagination on the picture of what her married life must
  • have been. Her husband had struck him as a characteristic specimen of
  • the kind of American as to whom one is not quite clear whether he
  • lives in Europe in order to cultivate an art, or cultivates an art as a
  • pretext for living in Europe. Mr. Leath’s art was water-colour painting,
  • but he practised it furtively, almost clandestinely, with the disdain of
  • a man of the world for anything bordering on the professional, while
  • he devoted himself more openly, and with religious seriousness, to the
  • collection of enamelled snuff-boxes. He was blond and well-dressed, with
  • the physical distinction that comes from having a straight figure, a
  • thin nose, and the habit of looking slightly disgusted--as who should
  • not, in a world where authentic snuff-boxes were growing daily harder to
  • find, and the market was flooded with flagrant forgeries?
  • Darrow had often wondered what possibilities of communion there could
  • have been between Mr. Leath and his wife. Now he concluded that there
  • had probably been none. Mrs. Leath’s words gave no hint of her husband’s
  • having failed to justify her choice; but her very reticence betrayed
  • her. She spoke of him with a kind of impersonal seriousness, as if he
  • had been a character in a novel or a figure in history; and what she
  • said sounded as though it had been learned by heart and slightly dulled
  • by repetition. This fact immensely increased Darrow’s impression that
  • his meeting with her had annihilated the intervening years. She, who was
  • always so elusive and inaccessible, had grown suddenly communicative and
  • kind: had opened the doors of her past, and tacitly left him to draw his
  • own conclusions. As a result, he had taken leave of her with the
  • sense that he was a being singled out and privileged, to whom she had
  • entrusted something precious to keep. It was her happiness in their
  • meeting that she had given him, had frankly left him to do with as he
  • willed; and the frankness of the gesture doubled the beauty of the gift.
  • Their next meeting had prolonged and deepened the impression. They had
  • found each other again, a few days later, in an old country house full
  • of books and pictures, in the soft landscape of southern England.
  • The presence of a large party, with all its aimless and agitated
  • displacements, had served only to isolate the pair and give them (at
  • least to the young man’s fancy) a deeper feeling of communion, and their
  • days there had been like some musical prelude, where the instruments,
  • breathing low, seem to hold back the waves of sound that press against
  • them.
  • Mrs. Leath, on this occasion, was no less kind than before; but she
  • contrived to make him understand that what was so inevitably coming was
  • not to come too soon. It was not that she showed any hesitation as to
  • the issue, but rather that she seemed to wish not to miss any stage in
  • the gradual reflowering of their intimacy.
  • Darrow, for his part, was content to wait if she wished it. He
  • remembered that once, in America, when she was a girl, and he had
  • gone to stay with her family in the country, she had been out when he
  • arrived, and her mother had told him to look for her in the garden. She
  • was not in the garden, but beyond it he had seen her approaching down a
  • long shady path. Without hastening her step she had smiled and signed to
  • him to wait; and charmed by the lights and shadows that played upon her
  • as she moved, and by the pleasure of watching her slow advance toward
  • him, he had obeyed her and stood still. And so she seemed now to be
  • walking to him down the years, the light and shade of old memories and
  • new hopes playing variously on her, and each step giving him the vision
  • of a different grace. She did not waver or turn aside; he knew she would
  • come straight to where he stood; but something in her eyes said “Wait”,
  • and again he obeyed and waited.
  • On the fourth day an unexpected event threw out his calculations.
  • Summoned to town by the arrival in England of her husband’s mother, she
  • left without giving Darrow the chance he had counted on, and he cursed
  • himself for a dilatory blunderer. Still, his disappointment was tempered
  • by the certainty of being with her again before she left for France;
  • and they did in fact see each other in London. There, however, the
  • atmosphere had changed with the conditions. He could not say that she
  • avoided him, or even that she was a shade less glad to see him; but
  • she was beset by family duties and, as he thought, a little too readily
  • resigned to them.
  • The Marquise de Chantelle, as Darrow soon perceived, had the same
  • mild formidableness as the late Mr. Leath: a sort of insistent
  • self-effacement before which every one about her gave way. It was
  • perhaps the shadow of this lady’s presence--pervasive even during her
  • actual brief eclipses--that subdued and silenced Mrs. Leath. The latter
  • was, moreover, preoccupied about her stepson, who, soon after receiving
  • his degree at Harvard, had been rescued from a stormy love-affair, and
  • finally, after some months of troubled drifting, had yielded to his
  • step-mother’s counsel and gone up to Oxford for a year of supplementary
  • study. Thither Mrs. Leath went once or twice to visit him, and her
  • remaining days were packed with family obligations: getting, as she
  • phrased it, “frocks and governesses” for her little girl, who had
  • been left in France, and having to devote the remaining hours to long
  • shopping expeditions with her mother-in-law. Nevertheless, during her
  • brief escapes from duty, Darrow had had time to feel her safe in the
  • custody of his devotion, set apart for some inevitable hour; and the
  • last evening, at the theatre, between the overshadowing Marquise and the
  • unsuspicious Owen, they had had an almost decisive exchange of words.
  • Now, in the rattle of the wind about his ears, Darrow continued to
  • hear the mocking echo of her message: “Unexpected obstacle.” In such an
  • existence as Mrs. Leath’s, at once so ordered and so exposed, he knew
  • how small a complication might assume the magnitude of an “obstacle;”
  • yet, even allowing as impartially as his state of mind permitted for
  • the fact that, with her mother-in-law always, and her stepson
  • intermittently, under her roof, her lot involved a hundred small
  • accommodations generally foreign to the freedom of widowhood--even so,
  • he could not but think that the very ingenuity bred of such conditions
  • might have helped her to find a way out of them. No, her “reason”,
  • whatever it was, could, in this case, be nothing but a pretext; unless
  • he leaned to the less flattering alternative that any reason seemed good
  • enough for postponing him! Certainly, if her welcome had meant what he
  • imagined, she could not, for the second time within a few weeks,
  • have submitted so tamely to the disarrangement of their plans; a
  • disarrangement which--his official duties considered--might, for all she
  • knew, result in his not being able to go to her for months.
  • “Please don’t come till thirtieth.” The thirtieth--and it was now the
  • fifteenth! She flung back the fortnight on his hands as if he had been
  • an idler indifferent to dates, instead of an active young diplomatist
  • who, to respond to her call, had had to hew his way through a very
  • jungle of engagements! “Please don’t come till thirtieth.” That was all.
  • Not the shadow of an excuse or a regret; not even the perfunctory “have
  • written” with which it is usual to soften such blows. She didn’t want
  • him, and had taken the shortest way to tell him so. Even in his first
  • moment of exasperation it struck him as characteristic that she should
  • not have padded her postponement with a fib. Certainly her moral angles
  • were not draped!
  • “If I asked her to marry me, she’d have refused in the same language.
  • But thank heaven I haven’t!” he reflected.
  • These considerations, which had been with him every yard of the way from
  • London, reached a climax of irony as he was drawn into the crowd on the
  • pier. It did not soften his feelings to remember that, but for her lack
  • of forethought, he might, at this harsh end of the stormy May day, have
  • been sitting before his club fire in London instead of shivering in the
  • damp human herd on the pier. Admitting the sex’s traditional right to
  • change, she might at least have advised him of hers by telegraphing
  • directly to his rooms. But in spite of their exchange of letters she
  • had apparently failed to note his address, and a breathless emissary had
  • rushed from the Embassy to pitch her telegram into his compartment as
  • the train was moving from the station.
  • Yes, he had given her chance enough to learn where he lived; and this
  • minor proof of her indifference became, as he jammed his way through the
  • crowd, the main point of his grievance against her and of his derision
  • of himself. Half way down the pier the prod of an umbrella increased his
  • exasperation by rousing him to the fact that it was raining. Instantly
  • the narrow ledge became a battle-ground of thrusting, slanting, parrying
  • domes. The wind rose with the rain, and the harried wretches exposed to
  • this double assault wreaked on their neighbours the vengeance they could
  • not take on the elements.
  • Darrow, whose healthy enjoyment of life made him in general a good
  • traveller, tolerant of agglutinated humanity, felt himself obscurely
  • outraged by these promiscuous contacts. It was as though all the people
  • about him had taken his measure and known his plight; as though they
  • were contemptuously bumping and shoving him like the inconsiderable
  • thing he had become. “She doesn’t want you, doesn’t want you, doesn’t
  • want you,” their umbrellas and their elbows seemed to say.
  • He had rashly vowed, when the telegram was flung into his window: “At
  • any rate I won’t turn back”--as though it might cause the sender a
  • malicious joy to have him retrace his steps rather than keep on to
  • Paris! Now he perceived the absurdity of the vow, and thanked his stars
  • that he need not plunge, to no purpose, into the fury of waves outside
  • the harbour.
  • With this thought in his mind he turned back to look for his porter;
  • but the contiguity of dripping umbrellas made signalling impossible and,
  • perceiving that he had lost sight of the man, he scrambled up again to
  • the platform. As he reached it, a descending umbrella caught him in the
  • collar-bone; and the next moment, bent sideways by the wind, it turned
  • inside out and soared up, kite-wise, at the end of a helpless female
  • arm.
  • Darrow caught the umbrella, lowered its inverted ribs, and looked up at
  • the face it exposed to him.
  • “Wait a minute,” he said; “you can’t stay here.”
  • As he spoke, a surge of the crowd drove the owner of the umbrella
  • abruptly down on him. Darrow steadied her with extended arms, and
  • regaining her footing she cried out: “Oh, dear, oh, dear! It’s in
  • ribbons!”
  • Her lifted face, fresh and flushed in the driving rain, woke in him
  • a memory of having seen it at a distant time and in a vaguely
  • unsympathetic setting; but it was no moment to follow up such clues, and
  • the face was obviously one to make its way on its own merits.
  • Its possessor had dropped her bag and bundles to clutch at the tattered
  • umbrella. “I bought it only yesterday at the Stores; and--yes--it’s
  • utterly done for!” she lamented.
  • Darrow smiled at the intensity of her distress. It was food for the
  • moralist that, side by side with such catastrophes as his, human nature
  • was still agitating itself over its microscopic woes!
  • “Here’s mine if you want it!” he shouted back at her through the
  • shouting of the gale.
  • The offer caused the young lady to look at him more intently. “Why,
  • it’s Mr. Darrow!” she exclaimed; and then, all radiant recognition: “Oh,
  • thank you! We’ll share it, if you will.”
  • She knew him, then; and he knew her; but how and where had they met? He
  • put aside the problem for subsequent solution, and drawing her into a
  • more sheltered corner, bade her wait till he could find his porter.
  • When, a few minutes later, he came back with his recovered property,
  • and the news that the boat would not leave till the tide had turned, she
  • showed no concern.
  • “Not for two hours? How lucky--then I can find my trunk!”
  • Ordinarily Darrow would have felt little disposed to involve himself
  • in the adventure of a young female who had lost her trunk; but at the
  • moment he was glad of any pretext for activity. Even should he decide to
  • take the next up train from Dover he still had a yawning hour to fill;
  • and the obvious remedy was to devote it to the loveliness in distress
  • under his umbrella.
  • “You’ve lost a trunk? Let me see if I can find it.”
  • It pleased him that she did not return the conventional “Oh, WOULD you?”
  • Instead, she corrected him with a laugh--“Not a trunk, but my trunk; I’ve
  • no other--” and then added briskly: “You’d better first see to getting
  • your own things on the boat.”
  • This made him answer, as if to give substance to his plans by discussing
  • them: “I don’t actually know that I’m going over.”
  • “Not going over?”
  • “Well ... perhaps not by this boat.” Again he felt a stealing indecision.
  • “I may probably have to go back to London. I’m--I’m waiting ... expecting
  • a letter...(She’ll think me a defaulter,” he reflected.) “But meanwhile
  • there’s plenty of time to find your trunk.”
  • He picked up his companion’s bundles, and offered her an arm which
  • enabled her to press her slight person more closely under his umbrella;
  • and as, thus linked, they beat their way back to the platform, pulled
  • together and apart like marionettes on the wires of the wind, he
  • continued to wonder where he could have seen her. He had immediately
  • classed her as a compatriot; her small nose, her clear tints, a kind
  • of sketchy delicacy in her face, as though she had been brightly but
  • lightly washed in with water-colour, all confirmed the evidence of her
  • high sweet voice and of her quick incessant gestures. She was clearly an
  • American, but with the loose native quality strained through a closer
  • woof of manners: the composite product of an enquiring and adaptable
  • race. All this, however, did not help him to fit a name to her, for just
  • such instances were perpetually pouring through the London Embassy, and
  • the etched and angular American was becoming rarer than the fluid type.
  • More puzzling than the fact of his being unable to identify her was
  • the persistent sense connecting her with something uncomfortable and
  • distasteful. So pleasant a vision as that gleaming up at him between
  • wet brown hair and wet brown boa should have evoked only associations as
  • pleasing; but each effort to fit her image into his past resulted in the
  • same memories of boredom and a vague discomfort...
  • II
  • “Don’t you remember me now--at Mrs. Murrett’s?” She threw the question at
  • Darrow across a table of the quiet coffee-room to which, after a vainly
  • prolonged quest for her trunk, he had suggested taking her for a cup of
  • tea.
  • In this musty retreat she had removed her dripping hat, hung it on the
  • fender to dry, and stretched herself on tiptoe in front of the round
  • eagle-crowned mirror, above the mantel vases of dyed immortelles, while
  • she ran her fingers comb-wise through her hair. The gesture had acted on
  • Darrow’s numb feelings as the glow of the fire acted on his circulation;
  • and when he had asked: “Aren’t your feet wet, too?” and, after
  • frank inspection of a stout-shod sole, she had answered cheerfully:
  • “No--luckily I had on my new boots,” he began to feel that human
  • intercourse would still be tolerable if it were always as free from
  • formality.
  • The removal of his companion’s hat, besides provoking this reflection,
  • gave him his first full sight of her face; and this was so
  • favourable that the name she now pronounced fell on him with a quite
  • disproportionate shock of dismay.
  • “Oh, Mrs. Murrett’s--was it THERE?”
  • He remembered her now, of course: remembered her as one of the shadowy
  • sidling presences in the background of that awful house in Chelsea, one
  • of the dumb appendages of the shrieking unescapable Mrs. Murrett, into
  • whose talons he had fallen in the course of his head-long pursuit of
  • Lady Ulrica Crispin. Oh, the taste of stale follies! How insipid it was,
  • yet how it clung!
  • “I used to pass you on the stairs,” she reminded him.
  • Yes: he had seen her slip by--he recalled it now--as he dashed up to
  • the drawing-room in quest of Lady Ulrica. The thought made him steal a
  • longer look. How could such a face have been merged in the Murrett
  • mob? Its fugitive slanting lines, that lent themselves to all manner of
  • tender tilts and foreshortenings, had the freakish grace of some young
  • head of the Italian comedy. The hair stood up from her forehead in a
  • boyish elf-lock, and its colour matched her auburn eyes flecked with
  • black, and the little brown spot on her cheek, between the ear that was
  • meant to have a rose behind it and the chin that should have rested on
  • a ruff. When she smiled, the left corner of her mouth went up a little
  • higher than the right; and her smile began in her eyes and ran down to
  • her lips in two lines of light. He had dashed past that to reach Lady
  • Ulrica Crispin!
  • “But of course you wouldn’t remember me,” she was saying. “My name is
  • Viner--Sophy Viner.”
  • Not remember her? But of course he DID! He was genuinely sure of it now.
  • “You’re Mrs. Murrett’s niece,” he declared.
  • She shook her head. “No; not even that. Only her reader.”
  • “Her reader? Do you mean to say she ever reads?”
  • Miss Viner enjoyed his wonder. “Dear, no! But I wrote notes, and made up
  • the visiting-book, and walked the dogs, and saw bores for her.”
  • Darrow groaned. “That must have been rather bad!”
  • “Yes; but nothing like as bad as being her niece.”
  • “That I can well believe. I’m glad to hear,” he added, “that you put it
  • all in the past tense.”
  • She seemed to droop a little at the allusion; then she lifted her chin
  • with a jerk of defiance. “Yes. All is at an end between us. We’ve just
  • parted in tears--but not in silence!”
  • “Just parted? Do you mean to say you’ve been there all this time?”
  • “Ever since you used to come there to see Lady Ulrica? Does it seem to
  • you so awfully long ago?”
  • The unexpectedness of the thrust--as well as its doubtful taste--chilled
  • his growing enjoyment of her chatter. He had really been getting to
  • like her--had recovered, under the candid approval of her eye, his
  • usual sense of being a personable young man, with all the privileges
  • pertaining to the state, instead of the anonymous rag of humanity he
  • had felt himself in the crowd on the pier. It annoyed him, at that
  • particular moment, to be reminded that naturalness is not always
  • consonant with taste.
  • She seemed to guess his thought. “You don’t like my saying that you came
  • for Lady Ulrica?” she asked, leaning over the table to pour herself a
  • second cup of tea.
  • He liked her quickness, at any rate. “It’s better,” he laughed, “than
  • your thinking I came for Mrs. Murrett!”
  • “Oh, we never thought anybody came for Mrs. Murrett! It was always for
  • something else: the music, or the cook--when there was a good one--or
  • the other people; generally ONE of the other people.”
  • “I see.”
  • She was amusing, and that, in his present mood, was more to his purpose
  • than the exact shade of her taste. It was odd, too, to discover suddenly
  • that the blurred tapestry of Mrs. Murrett’s background had all the while
  • been alive and full of eyes. Now, with a pair of them looking into his,
  • he was conscious of a queer reversal of perspective.
  • “Who were the ‘we’? Were you a cloud of witnesses?”
  • “There were a good many of us.” She smiled. “Let me see--who was there
  • in your time? Mrs. Bolt--and Mademoiselle--and Professor Didymus and
  • the Polish Countess. Don’t you remember the Polish Countess? She
  • crystal-gazed, and played accompaniments, and Mrs. Murrett chucked her
  • because Mrs. Didymus accused her of hypnotizing the Professor. But of
  • course you don’t remember. We were all invisible to you; but we could
  • see. And we all used to wonder about you----”
  • Again Darrow felt a redness in the temples. “What about me?”
  • “Well--whether it was you or she who...”
  • He winced, but hid his disapproval. It made the time pass to listen to
  • her.
  • “And what, if one may ask, was your conclusion?”
  • “Well, Mrs. Bolt and Mademoiselle and the Countess naturally thought it
  • was SHE; but Professor Didymus and Jimmy Brance--especially Jimmy----”
  • “Just a moment: who on earth is Jimmy Brance?”
  • She exclaimed in wonder: “You WERE absorbed--not to remember Jimmy
  • Brance! He must have been right about you, after all.” She let her
  • amused scrutiny dwell on him. “But how could you? She was false from
  • head to foot!”
  • “False----?” In spite of time and satiety, the male instinct of
  • ownership rose up and repudiated the charge.
  • Miss Viner caught his look and laughed. “Oh, I only meant externally!
  • You see, she often used to come to my room after tennis, or to touch
  • up in the evenings, when they were going on; and I assure you she took
  • apart like a puzzle. In fact I used to say to Jimmy--just to make him
  • wild--: ‘I’ll bet you anything you like there’s nothing wrong, because
  • I know she’d never dare un--’” She broke the word in two, and her quick
  • blush made her face like a shallow-petalled rose shading to the deeper
  • pink of the centre.
  • The situation was saved, for Darrow, by an abrupt rush of memories, and
  • he gave way to a mirth which she as frankly echoed. “Of course,” she
  • gasped through her laughter, “I only said it to tease Jimmy----”
  • Her amusement obscurely annoyed him. “Oh, you’re all alike!” he
  • exclaimed, moved by an unaccountable sense of disappointment.
  • She caught him up in a flash--she didn’t miss things! “You say that
  • because you think I’m spiteful and envious? Yes--I was envious of Lady
  • Ulrica...Oh, not on account of you or Jimmy Brance! Simply because
  • she had almost all the things I’ve always wanted: clothes and fun and
  • motors, and admiration and yachting and Paris--why, Paris alone would be
  • enough!--And how do you suppose a girl can see that sort of thing about
  • her day after day, and never wonder why some women, who don’t seem to
  • have any more right to it, have it all tumbled into their laps, while
  • others are writing dinner invitations, and straightening out accounts,
  • and copying visiting lists, and finishing golf-stockings, and matching
  • ribbons, and seeing that the dogs get their sulphur? One looks in one’s
  • glass, after all!”
  • She launched the closing words at him on a cry that lifted them above
  • the petulance of vanity; but his sense of her words was lost in the
  • surprise of her face. Under the flying clouds of her excitement it was
  • no longer a shallow flower-cup but a darkening gleaming mirror that
  • might give back strange depths of feeling. The girl had stuff in her--he
  • saw it; and she seemed to catch the perception in his eyes.
  • “That’s the kind of education I got at Mrs. Murrett’s--and I never had
  • any other,” she said with a shrug.
  • “Good Lord--were you there so long?”
  • “Five years. I stuck it out longer than any of the others.” She spoke as
  • though it were something to be proud of.
  • “Well, thank God you’re out of it now!”
  • Again a just perceptible shadow crossed her face. “Yes--I’m out of it
  • now fast enough.”
  • “And what--if I may ask--are you doing next?”
  • She brooded a moment behind drooped lids; then, with a touch of hauteur:
  • “I’m going to Paris: to study for the stage.”
  • “The stage?” Darrow stared at her, dismayed. All his confused
  • contradictory impressions assumed a new aspect at this announcement; and
  • to hide his surprise he added lightly: “Ah--then you will have Paris,
  • after all!”
  • “Hardly Lady Ulrica’s Paris. It s not likely to be roses, roses all the
  • way.”
  • “It’s not, indeed.” Real compassion prompted him to continue: “Have you
  • any--any influence you can count on?”
  • She gave a somewhat flippant little laugh. “None but my own. I’ve never
  • had any other to count on.”
  • He passed over the obvious reply. “But have you any idea how the
  • profession is over-crowded? I know I’m trite----”
  • “I’ve a very clear idea. But I couldn’t go on as I was.”
  • “Of course not. But since, as you say, you’d stuck it out longer than
  • any of the others, couldn’t you at least have held on till you were sure
  • of some kind of an opening?”
  • She made no reply for a moment; then she turned a listless glance to the
  • rain-beaten window. “Oughtn’t we be starting?” she asked, with a lofty
  • assumption of indifference that might have been Lady Ulrica’s.
  • Darrow, surprised by the change, but accepting her rebuff as a phase of
  • what he guessed to be a confused and tormented mood, rose from his seat
  • and lifted her jacket from the chair-back on which she had hung it to
  • dry. As he held it toward her she looked up at him quickly.
  • “The truth is, we quarrelled,” she broke out, “and I left last night
  • without my dinner--and without my salary.”
  • “Ah--” he groaned, with a sharp perception of all the sordid dangers
  • that might attend such a break with Mrs. Murrett.
  • “And without a character!” she added, as she slipped her arms into the
  • jacket. “And without a trunk, as it appears--but didn’t you say that,
  • before going, there’d be time for another look at the station?”
  • There was time for another look at the station; but the look again
  • resulted in disappointment, since her trunk was nowhere to be found in
  • the huge heap disgorged by the newly-arrived London express. The fact
  • caused Miss Viner a moment’s perturbation; but she promptly adjusted
  • herself to the necessity of proceeding on her journey, and her decision
  • confirmed Darrow’s vague resolve to go to Paris instead of retracing his
  • way to London.
  • Miss Viner seemed cheered at the prospect of his company, and sustained
  • by his offer to telegraph to Charing Cross for the missing trunk; and
  • he left her to wait in the fly while he hastened back to the telegraph
  • office. The enquiry despatched, he was turning away from the desk when
  • another thought struck him and he went back and indited a message to his
  • servant in London: “If any letters with French post-mark received since
  • departure forward immediately to Terminus Hotel Gare du Nord Paris.”
  • Then he rejoined Miss Viner, and they drove off through the rain to the
  • pier.
  • III
  • Almost as soon as the train left Calais her head had dropped back into
  • the corner, and she had fallen asleep.
  • Sitting opposite, in the compartment from which he had contrived to have
  • other travellers excluded, Darrow looked at her curiously. He had never
  • seen a face that changed so quickly. A moment since it had danced like
  • a field of daisies in a summer breeze; now, under the pallid oscillating
  • light of the lamp overhead, it wore the hard stamp of experience, as of
  • a soft thing chilled into shape before its curves had rounded: and it
  • moved him to see that care already stole upon her when she slept.
  • The story she had imparted to him in the wheezing shaking cabin, and at
  • the Calais buffet--where he had insisted on offering her the dinner
  • she had missed at Mrs. Murrett’s--had given a distincter outline to
  • her figure. From the moment of entering the New York boarding-school to
  • which a preoccupied guardian had hastily consigned her after the death
  • of her parents, she had found herself alone in a busy and indifferent
  • world. Her youthful history might, in fact, have been summed up in
  • the statement that everybody had been too busy to look after her. Her
  • guardian, a drudge in a big banking house, was absorbed by “the office”;
  • the guardian’s wife, by her health and her religion; and an elder
  • sister, Laura, married, unmarried, remarried, and pursuing, through all
  • these alternating phases, some vaguely “artistic” ideal on which the
  • guardian and his wife looked askance, had (as Darrow conjectured) taken
  • their disapproval as a pretext for not troubling herself about
  • poor Sophy, to whom--perhaps for this reason--she had remained the
  • incarnation of remote romantic possibilities.
  • In the course of time a sudden “stroke” of the guardian’s had thrown his
  • personal affairs into a state of confusion from which--after his widely
  • lamented death--it became evident that it would not be possible to
  • extricate his ward’s inheritance. No one deplored this more sincerely
  • than his widow, who saw in it one more proof of her husband’s life
  • having been sacrificed to the innumerable duties imposed on him, and who
  • could hardly--but for the counsels of religion--have brought herself to
  • pardon the young girl for her indirect share in hastening his end. Sophy
  • did not resent this point of view. She was really much sorrier for her
  • guardian’s death than for the loss of her insignificant fortune. The
  • latter had represented only the means of holding her in bondage, and
  • its disappearance was the occasion of her immediate plunge into the
  • wide bright sea of life surrounding the island--of her captivity. She had
  • first landed--thanks to the intervention of the ladies who had directed
  • her education--in a Fifth Avenue school-room where, for a few months,
  • she acted as a buffer between three autocratic infants and their
  • bodyguard of nurses and teachers. The too-pressing attentions of their
  • father’s valet had caused her to fly this sheltered spot, against the
  • express advice of her educational superiors, who implied that, in their
  • own case, refinement and self-respect had always sufficed to keep the
  • most ungovernable passions at bay. The experience of the guardian’s
  • widow having been precisely similar, and the deplorable precedent of
  • Laura’s career being present to all their minds, none of these ladies
  • felt any obligation to intervene farther in Sophy’s affairs; and she was
  • accordingly left to her own resources.
  • A schoolmate from the Rocky Mountains, who was taking her father and
  • mother to Europe, had suggested Sophy’s accompanying them, and “going
  • round” with her while her progenitors, in the care of the courier,
  • nursed their ailments at a fashionable bath. Darrow gathered that the
  • “going round” with Mamie Hoke was a varied and diverting process; but
  • this relatively brilliant phase of Sophy’s career was cut short by
  • the elopement of the inconsiderate Mamie with a “matinee idol” who had
  • followed her from New York, and by the precipitate return of her parents
  • to negotiate for the repurchase of their child.
  • It was then--after an interval of repose with compassionate but
  • impecunious American friends in Paris--that Miss Viner had been drawn
  • into the turbid current of Mrs. Murrett’s career. The impecunious
  • compatriots had found Mrs. Murrett for her, and it was partly on
  • their account (because they were such dears, and so unconscious, poor
  • confiding things, of what they were letting her in for) that Sophy had
  • stuck it out so long in the dreadful house in Chelsea. The Farlows, she
  • explained to Darrow, were the best friends she had ever had (and the
  • only ones who had ever “been decent” about Laura, whom they had seen
  • once, and intensely admired); but even after twenty years of Paris they
  • were the most incorrigibly inexperienced angels, and quite persuaded
  • that Mrs. Murrett was a woman of great intellectual eminence, and the
  • house at Chelsea “the last of the salons”--Darrow knew what she meant?
  • And she hadn’t liked to undeceive them, knowing that to do so would be
  • virtually to throw herself back on their hands, and feeling, moreover,
  • after her previous experiences, the urgent need of gaining, at any cost,
  • a name for stability; besides which--she threw it off with a slight
  • laugh--no other chance, in all these years, had happened to come to her.
  • She had brushed in this outline of her career with light rapid strokes,
  • and in a tone of fatalism oddly untinged by bitterness. Darrow perceived
  • that she classified people according to their greater or less “luck” in
  • life, but she appeared to harbour no resentment against the undefined
  • power which dispensed the gift in such unequal measure. Things came
  • one’s way or they didn’t; and meanwhile one could only look on, and make
  • the most of small compensations, such as watching “the show” at Mrs.
  • Murrett’s, and talking over the Lady Ulricas and other footlight
  • figures. And at any moment, of course, a turn of the kaleidoscope might
  • suddenly toss a bright spangle into the grey pattern of one’s days.
  • This light-hearted philosophy was not without charm to a young man
  • accustomed to more traditional views. George Darrow had had a fairly
  • varied experience of feminine types, but the women he had frequented had
  • either been pronouncedly “ladies” or they had not. Grateful to both for
  • ministering to the more complex masculine nature, and disposed to
  • assume that they had been evolved, if not designed, to that end, he
  • had instinctively kept the two groups apart in his mind, avoiding that
  • intermediate society which attempts to conciliate both theories of life.
  • “Bohemianism” seemed to him a cheaper convention than the other two, and
  • he liked, above all, people who went as far as they could in their own
  • line--liked his “ladies” and their rivals to be equally unashamed of
  • showing for exactly what they were. He had not indeed--the fact of Lady
  • Ulrica was there to remind him--been without his experience of a third
  • type; but that experience had left him with a contemptuous distaste for
  • the woman who uses the privileges of one class to shelter the customs of
  • another.
  • As to young girls, he had never thought much about them since his early
  • love for the girl who had become Mrs. Leath. That episode seemed, as
  • he looked back on it, to bear no more relation to reality than a pale
  • decorative design to the confused richness of a summer landscape. He
  • no longer understood the violent impulses and dreamy pauses of his own
  • young heart, or the inscrutable abandonments and reluctances of hers. He
  • had known a moment of anguish at losing her--the mad plunge of youthful
  • instincts against the barrier of fate; but the first wave of stronger
  • sensation had swept away all but the outline of their story, and the
  • memory of Anna Summers had made the image of the young girl sacred, but
  • the class uninteresting.
  • Such generalisations belonged, however, to an earlier stage of his
  • experience. The more he saw of life the more incalculable he found
  • it; and he had learned to yield to his impressions without feeling
  • the youthful need of relating them to others. It was the girl in the
  • opposite seat who had roused in him the dormant habit of comparison.
  • She was distinguished from the daughters of wealth by her avowed
  • acquaintance with the real business of living, a familiarity as
  • different as possible from their theoretical proficiency; yet it seemed
  • to Darrow that her experience had made her free without hardness and
  • self-assured without assertiveness.
  • The rush into Amiens, and the flash of the station lights into their
  • compartment, broke Miss Viner’s sleep, and without changing her position
  • she lifted her lids and looked at Darrow. There was neither surprise nor
  • bewilderment in the look. She seemed instantly conscious, not so much
  • of where she was, as of the fact that she was with him; and that fact
  • seemed enough to reassure her. She did not even turn her head to look
  • out; her eyes continued to rest on him with a vague smile which appeared
  • to light her face from within, while her lips kept their sleepy droop.
  • Shouts and the hurried tread of travellers came to them through the
  • confusing cross-lights of the platform. A head appeared at the window,
  • and Darrow threw himself forward to defend their solitude; but the
  • intruder was only a train hand going his round of inspection. He passed
  • on, and the lights and cries of the station dropped away, merged in a
  • wider haze and a hollower resonance, as the train gathered itself up
  • with a long shake and rolled out again into the darkness.
  • Miss Viner’s head sank back against the cushion, pushing out a dusky
  • wave of hair above her forehead. The swaying of the train loosened a
  • lock over her ear, and she shook it back with a movement like a boy’s,
  • while her gaze still rested on her companion.
  • “You’re not too tired?”
  • She shook her head with a smile.
  • “We shall be in before midnight. We’re very nearly on time.” He verified
  • the statement by holding up his watch to the lamp.
  • She nodded dreamily. “It’s all right. I telegraphed Mrs. Farlow that
  • they mustn’t think of coming to the station; but they’ll have told the
  • concierge to look out for me.”
  • “You’ll let me drive you there?”
  • She nodded again, and her eyes closed. It was very pleasant to Darrow
  • that she made no effort to talk or to dissemble her sleepiness. He sat
  • watching her till the upper lashes met and mingled with the lower,
  • and their blent shadow lay on her cheek; then he stood up and drew the
  • curtain over the lamp, drowning the compartment in a bluish twilight.
  • As he sank back into his seat he thought how differently Anna
  • Summers--or even Anna Leath--would have behaved. She would not have
  • talked too much; she would not have been either restless or embarrassed;
  • but her adaptability, her appropriateness, would not have been
  • nature but “tact.” The oddness of the situation would have made sleep
  • impossible, or, if weariness had overcome her for a moment, she would
  • have waked with a start, wondering where she was, and how she had come
  • there, and if her hair were tidy; and nothing short of hairpins and a
  • glass would have restored her self-possession...
  • The reflection set him wondering whether the “sheltered” girl’s
  • bringing-up might not unfit her for all subsequent contact with life.
  • How much nearer to it had Mrs. Leath been brought by marriage and
  • motherhood, and the passage of fourteen years? What were all her
  • reticences and evasions but the result of the deadening process of
  • forming a “lady”? The freshness he had marvelled at was like the
  • unnatural whiteness of flowers forced in the dark.
  • As he looked back at their few days together he saw that their
  • intercourse had been marked, on her part, by the same hesitations and
  • reserves which had chilled their earlier intimacy. Once more they had
  • had their hour together and she had wasted it. As in her girlhood, her
  • eyes had made promises which her lips were afraid to keep. She was still
  • afraid of life, of its ruthlessness, its danger and mystery. She was
  • still the petted little girl who cannot be left alone in the dark...His
  • memory flew back to their youthful story, and long-forgotten details
  • took shape before him. How frail and faint the picture was! They seemed,
  • he and she, like the ghostly lovers of the Grecian Urn, forever pursuing
  • without ever clasping each other. To this day he did not quite know
  • what had parted them: the break had been as fortuitous as the fluttering
  • apart of two seed-vessels on a wave of summer air...
  • The very slightness, vagueness, of the memory gave it an added
  • poignancy. He felt the mystic pang of the parent for a child which
  • has just breathed and died. Why had it happened thus, when the least
  • shifting of influences might have made it all so different? If she had
  • been given to him then he would have put warmth in her veins and light
  • in her eyes: would have made her a woman through and through. Musing
  • thus, he had the sense of waste that is the bitterest harvest of
  • experience. A love like his might have given her the divine gift of
  • self-renewal; and now he saw her fated to wane into old age repeating
  • the same gestures, echoing the words she had always heard, and
  • perhaps never guessing that, just outside her glazed and curtained
  • consciousness, life rolled away, a vast blackness starred with lights,
  • like the night landscape beyond the windows of the train.
  • The engine lowered its speed for the passage through a sleeping station.
  • In the light of the platform lamp Darrow looked across at his companion.
  • Her head had dropped toward one shoulder, and her lips were just far
  • enough apart for the reflection of the upper one to deepen the colour
  • of the other. The jolting of the train had again shaken loose the lock
  • above her ear. It danced on her cheek like the flit of a brown wing over
  • flowers, and Darrow felt an intense desire to lean forward and put it
  • back behind her ear.
  • IV
  • As their motor-cab, on the way from the Gare du Nord, turned into the
  • central glitter of the Boulevard, Darrow had bent over to point out an
  • incandescent threshold.
  • “There!”
  • Above the doorway, an arch of flame flashed out the name of a great
  • actress, whose closing performances in a play of unusual originality
  • had been the theme of long articles in the Paris papers which Darrow had
  • tossed into their compartment at Calais.
  • “That’s what you must see before you’re twenty-four hours older!”
  • The girl followed his gesture eagerly. She was all awake and alive now,
  • as if the heady rumours of the streets, with their long effervescences
  • of light, had passed into her veins like wine.
  • “Cerdine? Is that where she acts?” She put her head out of the window,
  • straining back for a glimpse of the sacred threshold. As they flew past
  • it she sank into her seat with a satisfied sigh.
  • “It’s delicious enough just to KNOW she’s there! I’ve never seen her,
  • you know. When I was here with Mamie Hoke we never went anywhere but to
  • the music halls, because she couldn’t understand any French; and when
  • I came back afterward to the Farlows’ I was dead broke, and couldn’t
  • afford the play, and neither could they; so the only chance we had was
  • when friends of theirs invited us--and once it was to see a tragedy by
  • a Roumanian lady, and the other time it was for ‘L’Ami Fritz’ at the
  • Francais.”
  • Darrow laughed. “You must do better than that now. ‘Le Vertige’ is a
  • fine thing, and Cerdine gets some wonderful effects out of it. You
  • must come with me tomorrow evening to see it--with your friends, of
  • course.--That is,” he added, “if there’s any sort of chance of getting
  • seats.”
  • The flash of a street lamp lit up her radiant face. “Oh, will you really
  • take us? What fun to think that it’s tomorrow already!”
  • It was wonderfully pleasant to be able to give such pleasure. Darrow was
  • not rich, but it was almost impossible for him to picture the state of
  • persons with tastes and perceptions like his own, to whom an evening at
  • the theatre was an unattainable indulgence. There floated through his
  • mind an answer of Mrs. Leath’s to his enquiry whether she had seen the
  • play in question. “No. I meant to, of course, but one is so overwhelmed
  • with things in Paris. And then I’m rather sick of Cerdine--one is always
  • being dragged to see her.”
  • That, among the people he frequented, was the usual attitude toward such
  • opportunities. There were too many, they were a nuisance, one had to
  • defend one’s self! He even remembered wondering, at the moment,
  • whether to a really fine taste the exceptional thing could ever become
  • indifferent through habit; whether the appetite for beauty was so soon
  • dulled that it could be kept alive only by privation. Here, at any rate,
  • was a fine chance to experiment with such a hunger: he almost wished he
  • might stay on in Paris long enough to take the measure of Miss Viner’s
  • receptivity.
  • She was still dwelling on his promise, “It’s too beautiful of you! Oh,
  • don’t you THINK you’ll be able to get seats?” And then, after a pause of
  • brimming appreciation: “I wonder if you’ll think me horrid?--but it may
  • be my only chance; and if you can’t get places for us all, wouldn’t you
  • perhaps just take ME? After all, the Farlows may have seen it!”
  • He had not, of course, thought her horrid, but only the more engaging,
  • for being so natural, and so unashamed of showing the frank greed of her
  • famished youth. “Oh, you shall go somehow!” he had gaily promised her;
  • and she had dropped back with a sigh of pleasure as their cab passed
  • into the dimly-lit streets of the Farlows’ quarter beyond the Seine...
  • This little passage came back to him the next morning, as he opened his
  • hotel window on the early roar of the Northern Terminus.
  • The girl was there, in the room next to him. That had been the first
  • point in his waking consciousness. The second was a sense of relief at
  • the obligation imposed on him by this unexpected turn of everts. To
  • wake to the necessity of action, to postpone perforce the fruitless
  • contemplation of his private grievance, was cause enough for gratitude,
  • even if the small adventure in which he found himself involved had not,
  • on its own merits, roused an instinctive curiosity to see it through.
  • When he and his companion, the night before, had reached the Farlows’
  • door in the rue de la Chaise, it was only to find, after repeated
  • assaults on its panels, that the Farlows were no longer there. They
  • had moved away the week before, not only from their apartment but from
  • Paris; and Miss Viner’s breach with Mrs. Murrett had been too sudden to
  • permit her letter and telegram to overtake them. Both communications,
  • no doubt, still reposed in a pigeon-hole of the loge; but its custodian,
  • when drawn from his lair, sulkily declined to let Miss Viner verify the
  • fact, and only flung out, in return for Darrow’s bribe, the statement
  • that the Americans had gone to Joigny.
  • To pursue them there at that hour was manifestly impossible, and Miss
  • Viner, disturbed but not disconcerted by this new obstacle, had quite
  • simply acceded to Darrow’s suggestion that she should return for what
  • remained of the night to the hotel where he had sent his luggage.
  • The drive back through the dark hush before dawn, with the nocturnal
  • blaze of the Boulevard fading around them like the false lights of
  • a magician’s palace, had so played on her impressionability that she
  • seemed to give no farther thought to her own predicament. Darrow noticed
  • that she did not feel the beauty and mystery of the spectacle as much
  • as its pressure of human significance, all its hidden implications
  • of emotion and adventure. As they passed the shadowy colonnade of the
  • Francais, remote and temple-like in the paling lights, he felt a clutch
  • on his arm, and heard the cry: “There are things THERE that I want so
  • desperately to see!” and all the way back to the hotel she continued to
  • question him, with shrewd precision and an artless thirst for detail,
  • about the theatrical life of Paris. He was struck afresh, as he
  • listened, by the way in which her naturalness eased the situation of
  • constraint, leaving to it only a pleasant savour of good fellowship. It
  • was the kind of episode that one might, in advance, have characterized
  • as “awkward”, yet that was proving, in the event, as much outside such
  • definitions as a sunrise stroll with a dryad in a dew-drenched forest;
  • and Darrow reflected that mankind would never have needed to invent tact
  • if it had not first invented social complications.
  • It had been understood, with his good-night to Miss Viner, that the next
  • morning he was to look up the Joigny trains, and see her safely to
  • the station; but, while he breakfasted and waited for a time-table, he
  • recalled again her cry of joy at the prospect of seeing Cerdine. It was
  • certainly a pity, since that most elusive and incalculable of artists
  • was leaving the next week for South America, to miss what might be a
  • last sight of her in her greatest part; and Darrow, having dressed and
  • made the requisite excerpts from the time-table, decided to carry the
  • result of his deliberations to his neighbour’s door.
  • It instantly opened at his knock, and she came forth looking as if she
  • had been plunged into some sparkling element which had curled up all her
  • drooping tendrils and wrapped her in a shimmer of fresh leaves.
  • “Well, what do you think of me?” she cried; and with a hand at her waist
  • she spun about as if to show off some miracle of Parisian dress-making.
  • “I think the missing trunk has come--and that it was worth waiting for!”
  • “You DO like my dress?”
  • “I adore it! I always adore new dresses--why, you don’t mean to say it’s
  • NOT a new one?”
  • She laughed out her triumph.
  • “No, no, no! My trunk hasn’t come, and this is only my old rag of
  • yesterday--but I never knew the trick to fail!” And, as he stared: “You
  • see,” she joyously explained, “I’ve always had to dress in all kinds of
  • dreary left-overs, and sometimes, when everybody else was smart and
  • new, it used to make me awfully miserable. So one day, when Mrs. Murrett
  • dragged me down unexpectedly to fill a place at dinner, I suddenly
  • thought I’d try spinning around like that, and say to every one: ‘WELL,
  • WHAT DO YOU THINK OF ME?’ And, do you know, they were all taken in,
  • including Mrs. Murrett, who didn’t recognize my old turned and dyed
  • rags, and told me afterward it was awfully bad form to dress as if I
  • were somebody that people would expect to know! And ever since, whenever
  • I’ve particularly wanted to look nice, I’ve just asked people what they
  • thought of my new frock; and they’re always, always taken in!”
  • She dramatized her explanation so vividly that Darrow felt as if his
  • point were gained.
  • “Ah, but this confirms your vocation--of course,” he cried, “you must
  • see Cerdine!” and, seeing her face fall at this reminder of the change
  • in her prospects, he hastened to set forth his plan. As he did so, he
  • saw how easy it was to explain things to her. She would either accept
  • his suggestion, or she would not: but at least she would waste no time
  • in protestations and objections, or any vain sacrifice to the idols of
  • conformity. The conviction that one could, on any given point, almost
  • predicate this of her, gave him the sense of having advanced far enough
  • in her intimacy to urge his arguments against a hasty pursuit of her
  • friends.
  • Yes, it would certainly be foolish--she at once agreed--in the case
  • of such dear indefinite angels as the Farlows, to dash off after them
  • without more positive proof that they were established at Joigny, and
  • so established that they could take her in. She owned it was but too
  • probable that they had gone there to “cut down”, and might be doing so
  • in quarters too contracted to receive her; and it would be unfair, on
  • that chance, to impose herself on them unannounced. The simplest way of
  • getting farther light on the question would be to go back to the rue de
  • la Chaise, where, at that more conversable hour, the concierge might be
  • less chary of detail; and she could decide on her next step in the light
  • of such facts as he imparted.
  • Point by point, she fell in with the suggestion, recognizing, in the
  • light of their unexplained flight, that the Farlows might indeed be in a
  • situation on which one could not too rashly intrude. Her concern for her
  • friends seemed to have effaced all thought of herself, and this little
  • indication of character gave Darrow a quite disproportionate pleasure.
  • She agreed that it would be well to go at once to the rue de la Chaise,
  • but met his proposal that they should drive by the declaration that it
  • was a “waste” not to walk in Paris; so they set off on foot through the
  • cheerful tumult of the streets.
  • The walk was long enough for him to learn many things about her. The
  • storm of the previous night had cleared the air, and Paris shone in
  • morning beauty under a sky that was all broad wet washes of white and
  • blue; but Darrow again noticed that her visual sensitiveness was less
  • keen than her feeling for what he was sure the good Farlows--whom he
  • already seemed to know--would have called “the human interest.” She
  • seemed hardly conscious of sensations of form and colour, or of any
  • imaginative suggestion, and the spectacle before them--always, in
  • its scenic splendour, so moving to her companion--broke up, under her
  • scrutiny, into a thousand minor points: the things in the shops, the
  • types of character and manner of occupation shown in the passing faces,
  • the street signs, the names of the hotels they passed, the motley
  • brightness of the flower-carts, the identity of the churches and public
  • buildings that caught her eye. But what she liked best, he divined, was
  • the mere fact of being free to walk abroad in the bright air, her
  • tongue rattling on as it pleased, while her feet kept time to the mighty
  • orchestration of the city’s sounds. Her delight in the fresh air, in
  • the freedom, light and sparkle of the morning, gave him a sudden insight
  • into her stifled past; nor was it indifferent to him to perceive
  • how much his presence evidently added to her enjoyment. If only as a
  • sympathetic ear, he guessed what he must be worth to her. The girl
  • had been dying for some one to talk to, some one before whom she could
  • unfold and shake out to the light her poor little shut-away emotions.
  • Years of repression were revealed in her sudden burst of confidence; and
  • the pity she inspired made Darrow long to fill her few free hours to the
  • brim.
  • She had the gift of rapid definition, and his questions as to the life
  • she had led with the Farlows, during the interregnum between the Hoke
  • and Murrett eras, called up before him a queer little corner of Parisian
  • existence. The Farlows themselves--he a painter, she a “magazine
  • writer”--rose before him in all their incorruptible simplicity: an
  • elderly New England couple, with vague yearnings for enfranchisement,
  • who lived in Paris as if it were a Massachusetts suburb, and dwelt
  • hopefully on the “higher side” of the Gallic nature. With equal
  • vividness she set before him the component figures of the circle from
  • which Mrs. Farlow drew the “Inner Glimpses of French Life” appearing
  • over her name in a leading New England journal: the Roumanian lady who
  • had sent them tickets for her tragedy, an elderly French gentleman
  • who, on the strength of a week’s stay at Folkestone, translated English
  • fiction for the provincial press, a lady from Wichita, Kansas, who
  • advocated free love and the abolition of the corset, a clergyman’s
  • widow from Torquay who had written an “English Ladies’ Guide to Foreign
  • Galleries” and a Russian sculptor who lived on nuts and was “almost
  • certainly” an anarchist. It was this nucleus, and its outer ring
  • of musical, architectural and other American students, which posed
  • successively to Mrs. Farlow’s versatile fancy as a centre of “University
  • Life”, a “Salon of the Faubourg St. Germain”, a group of Parisian
  • “Intellectuals” or a “Cross-section of Montmartre”; but even her faculty
  • for extracting from it the most varied literary effects had not sufficed
  • to create a permanent demand for the “Inner Glimpses”, and there
  • were days when--Mr. Farlow’s landscapes being equally unmarketable--a
  • temporary withdrawal to the country (subsequently utilized as “Peeps
  • into Chateau Life”) became necessary to the courageous couple.
  • Five years of Mrs. Murrett’s world, while increasing Sophy’s tenderness
  • for the Farlows, had left her with few illusions as to their power of
  • advancing her fortunes; and she did not conceal from Darrow that
  • her theatrical projects were of the vaguest. They hung mainly on the
  • problematical good-will of an ancient comedienne, with whom Mrs. Farlow
  • had a slight acquaintance (extensively utilized in “Stars of the French
  • Footlights” and “Behind the Scenes at the Francais”), and who had once,
  • with signs of approval, heard Miss Viner recite the Nuit de Mai.
  • “But of course I know how much that’s worth,” the girl broke off, with
  • one of her flashes of shrewdness. “And besides, it isn’t likely that a
  • poor old fossil like Mme. Dolle could get anybody to listen to her now,
  • even if she really thought I had talent. But she might introduce me to
  • people; or at least give me a few tips. If I could manage to earn enough
  • to pay for lessons I’d go straight to some of the big people and work
  • with them. I’m rather hoping the Farlows may find me a chance of that
  • kind--an engagement with some American family in Paris who would want to
  • be ‘gone round’ with like the Hokes, and who’d leave me time enough to
  • study.”
  • In the rue de la Chaise they learned little except the exact address
  • of the Farlows, and the fact that they had sub-let their flat before
  • leaving. This information obtained, Darrow proposed to Miss Viner that
  • they should stroll along the quays to a little restaurant looking out on
  • the Seine, and there, over the plat du jour, consider the next step
  • to be taken. The long walk had given her cheeks a glow indicative of
  • wholesome hunger, and she made no difficulty about satisfying it in
  • Darrow’s company. Regaining the river they walked on in the direction
  • of Notre Dame, delayed now and again by the young man’s irresistible
  • tendency to linger over the bookstalls, and by his ever-fresh response
  • to the shifting beauties of the scene. For two years his eyes had been
  • subdued to the atmospheric effects of London, to the mysterious fusion
  • of darkly-piled city and low-lying bituminous sky; and the transparency
  • of the French air, which left the green gardens and silvery stones so
  • classically clear yet so softly harmonized, struck him as having a kind
  • of conscious intelligence. Every line of the architecture, every arch
  • of the bridges, the very sweep of the strong bright river between them,
  • while contributing to this effect, sent forth each a separate appeal
  • to some sensitive memory; so that, for Darrow, a walk through the Paris
  • streets was always like the unrolling of a vast tapestry from which
  • countless stored fragrances were shaken out.
  • It was a proof of the richness and multiplicity of the spectacle that
  • it served, without incongruity, for so different a purpose as the
  • background of Miss Viner’s enjoyment. As a mere drop-scene for her
  • personal adventure it was just as much in its place as in the evocation
  • of great perspectives of feeling. For her, as he again perceived when
  • they were seated at their table in a low window above the Seine, Paris
  • was “Paris” by virtue of all its entertaining details, its endless
  • ingenuities of pleasantness. Where else, for instance, could one
  • find the dear little dishes of hors d’oeuvre, the symmetrically-laid
  • anchovies and radishes, the thin golden shells of butter, or the wood
  • strawberries and brown jars of cream that gave to their repast the last
  • refinement of rusticity? Hadn’t he noticed, she asked, that cooking
  • always expressed the national character, and that French food was
  • clever and amusing just because the people were? And in private houses,
  • everywhere, how the dishes always resembled the talk--how the very
  • same platitudes seemed to go into people’s mouths and come out of them?
  • Couldn’t he see just what kind of menu it would make, if a fairy waved a
  • wand and suddenly turned the conversation at a London dinner into joints
  • and puddings? She always thought it a good sign when people liked Irish
  • stew; it meant that they enjoyed changes and surprises, and taking life
  • as it came; and such a beautiful Parisian version of the dish as the
  • navarin that was just being set before them was like the very best kind
  • of talk--the kind when one could never tell before-hand just what was
  • going to be said!
  • Darrow, as he watched her enjoyment of their innocent feast, wondered if
  • her vividness and vivacity were signs of her calling. She was the kind
  • of girl in whom certain people would instantly have recognized the
  • histrionic gift. But experience had led him to think that, except at the
  • creative moment, the divine flame burns low in its possessors. The one
  • or two really intelligent actresses he had known had struck him, in
  • conversation, as either bovine or primitively “jolly”. He had a notion
  • that, save in the mind of genius, the creative process absorbs too
  • much of the whole stuff of being to leave much surplus for personal
  • expression; and the girl before him, with her changing face and flexible
  • fancies, seemed destined to work in life itself rather than in any of
  • its counterfeits.
  • The coffee and liqueurs were already on the table when her mind suddenly
  • sprang back to the Farlows. She jumped up with one of her subversive
  • movements and declared that she must telegraph at once. Darrow called
  • for writing materials and room was made at her elbow for the parched
  • ink-bottle and saturated blotter of the Parisian restaurant; but the
  • mere sight of these jaded implements seemed to paralyze Miss Viner’s
  • faculties. She hung over the telegraph-form with anxiously-drawn brow,
  • the tip of the pen-handle pressed against her lip; and at length she
  • raised her troubled eyes to Darrow’s.
  • “I simply can’t think how to say it.”
  • “What--that you’re staying over to see Cerdine?”
  • “But AM I--am I, really?” The joy of it flamed over her face.
  • Darrow looked at his watch. “You could hardly get an answer to your
  • telegram in time to take a train to Joigny this afternoon, even if you
  • found your friends could have you.”
  • She mused for a moment, tapping her lip with the pen. “But I must let
  • them know I’m here. I must find out as soon as possible if they CAN,
  • have me.” She laid the pen down despairingly. “I never COULD write a
  • telegram!” she sighed.
  • “Try a letter, then and tell them you’ll arrive tomorrow.”
  • This suggestion produced immediate relief, and she gave an energetic dab
  • at the ink-bottle; but after another interval of uncertain scratching
  • she paused again. “Oh, it’s fearful! I don’t know what on earth to say. I
  • wouldn’t for the world have them know how beastly Mrs. Murrett’s been.”
  • Darrow did not think it necessary to answer. It was no business of his,
  • after all. He lit a cigar and leaned back in his seat, letting his eyes
  • take their fill of indolent pleasure. In the throes of invention she
  • had pushed back her hat, loosening the stray lock which had invited his
  • touch the night before. After looking at it for a while he stood up and
  • wandered to the window.
  • Behind him he heard her pen scrape on.
  • “I don’t want to worry them--I’m so certain they’ve got bothers of their
  • own.” The faltering scratches ceased again. “I wish I weren’t such an
  • idiot about writing: all the words get frightened and scurry away when
  • I try to catch them.” He glanced back at her with a smile as she bent
  • above her task like a school-girl struggling with a “composition.” Her
  • flushed cheek and frowning brow showed that her difficulty was genuine
  • and not an artless device to draw him to her side. She was really
  • powerless to put her thoughts in writing, and the inability seemed
  • characteristic of her quick impressionable mind, and of the incessant
  • come-and-go of her sensations. He thought of Anna Leath’s letters, or
  • rather of the few he had received, years ago, from the girl who had been
  • Anna Summers. He saw the slender firm strokes of the pen, recalled the
  • clear structure of the phrases, and, by an abrupt association of ideas,
  • remembered that, at that very hour, just such a document might be
  • awaiting him at the hotel.
  • What if it were there, indeed, and had brought him a complete
  • explanation of her telegram? The revulsion of feeling produced by this
  • thought made him look at the girl with sudden impatience. She struck him
  • as positively stupid, and he wondered how he could have wasted half his
  • day with her, when all the while Mrs. Leath’s letter might be lying on
  • his table. At that moment, if he could have chosen, he would have left
  • his companion on the spot; but he had her on his hands, and must accept
  • the consequences.
  • Some odd intuition seemed to make her conscious of his change of mood,
  • for she sprang from her seat, crumpling the letter in her hand.
  • “I’m too stupid; but I won’t keep you any longer. I’ll go back to the
  • hotel and write there.”
  • Her colour deepened, and for the first time, as their eyes met, he
  • noticed a faint embarrassment in hers. Could it be that his nearness
  • was, after all, the cause of her confusion? The thought turned his vague
  • impatience with her into a definite resentment toward himself. There was
  • really no excuse for his having blundered into such an adventure. Why
  • had he not shipped the girl off to Joigny by the evening train, instead
  • of urging her to delay, and using Cerdine as a pretext? Paris was full
  • of people he knew, and his annoyance was increased by the thought that
  • some friend of Mrs. Leath’s might see him at the play, and report his
  • presence there with a suspiciously good-looking companion. The idea was
  • distinctly disagreeable: he did not want the woman he adored to think he
  • could forget her for a moment. And by this time he had fully persuaded
  • himself that a letter from her was awaiting him, and had even gone so
  • far as to imagine that its contents might annul the writer’s telegraphed
  • injunction, and call him to her side at once...
  • V
  • At the porter’s desk a brief “Pas de lettres” fell destructively on the
  • fabric of these hopes. Mrs. Leath had not written--she had not taken the
  • trouble to explain her telegram. Darrow turned away with a sharp pang
  • of humiliation. Her frugal silence mocked his prodigality of hopes and
  • fears. He had put his question to the porter once before, on returning
  • to the hotel after luncheon; and now, coming back again in the late
  • afternoon, he was met by the same denial. The second post was in, and
  • had brought him nothing.
  • A glance at his watch showed that he had barely time to dress before
  • taking Miss Viner out to dine; but as he turned to the lift a new
  • thought struck him, and hurrying back into the hall he dashed off
  • another telegram to his servant: “Have you forwarded any letter with
  • French postmark today? Telegraph answer Terminus.”
  • Some kind of reply would be certain to reach him on his return from the
  • theatre, and he would then know definitely whether Mrs. Leath meant
  • to write or not. He hastened up to his room and dressed with a lighter
  • heart.
  • Miss Viner’s vagrant trunk had finally found its way to its owner;
  • and, clad in such modest splendour as it furnished, she shone at Darrow
  • across their restaurant table. In the reaction of his wounded vanity he
  • found her prettier and more interesting than before. Her dress, sloping
  • away from the throat, showed the graceful set of her head on its slender
  • neck, and the wide brim of her hat arched above her hair like a dusky
  • halo. Pleasure danced in her eyes and on her lips, and as she shone on
  • him between the candle-shades Darrow felt that he should not be at all
  • sorry to be seen with her in public. He even sent a careless glance
  • about him in the vague hope that it might fall on an acquaintance.
  • At the theatre her vivacity sank into a breathless hush, and she sat
  • intent in her corner of their baignoire, with the gaze of a neophyte
  • about to be initiated into the sacred mysteries. Darrow placed himself
  • behind her, that he might catch her profile between himself and the
  • stage. He was touched by the youthful seriousness of her expression. In
  • spite of the experiences she must have had, and of the twenty-four
  • years to which she owned, she struck him as intrinsically young; and he
  • wondered how so evanescent a quality could have been preserved in the
  • desiccating Murrett air. As the play progressed he noticed that her
  • immobility was traversed by swift flashes of perception. She was not
  • missing anything, and her intensity of attention when Cerdine was on the
  • stage drew an anxious line between her brows.
  • After the first act she remained for a few minutes rapt and motionless;
  • then she turned to her companion with a quick patter of questions. He
  • gathered from them that she had been less interested in following
  • the general drift of the play than in observing the details of its
  • interpretation. Every gesture and inflection of the great actress’s
  • had been marked and analyzed; and Darrow felt a secret gratification in
  • being appealed to as an authority on the histrionic art. His interest in
  • it had hitherto been merely that of the cultivated young man curious of
  • all forms of artistic expression; but in reply to her questions he found
  • things to say about it which evidently struck his listener as impressive
  • and original, and with which he himself was not, on the whole,
  • dissatisfied. Miss Viner was much more concerned to hear his views
  • than to express her own, and the deference with which she received his
  • comments called from him more ideas about the theatre than he had ever
  • supposed himself to possess.
  • With the second act she began to give more attention to the development
  • of the play, though her interest was excited rather by what she called
  • “the story” than by the conflict of character producing it. Oddly
  • combined with her sharp apprehension of things theatrical, her knowledge
  • of technical “dodges” and green-room precedents, her glibness about
  • “lines” and “curtains”, was the primitive simplicity of her attitude
  • toward the tale itself, as toward something that was “really happening”
  • and at which one assisted as at a street-accident or a quarrel overheard
  • in the next room. She wanted to know if Darrow thought the lovers
  • “really would” be involved in the catastrophe that threatened them,
  • and when he reminded her that his predictions were disqualified by his
  • having already seen the play, she exclaimed: “Oh, then, please don’t
  • tell me what’s going to happen!” and the next moment was questioning
  • him about Cerdine’s theatrical situation and her private history. On the
  • latter point some of her enquiries were of a kind that it is not in
  • the habit of young girls to make, or even to know how to make; but her
  • apparent unconsciousness of the fact seemed rather to reflect on her
  • past associates than on herself.
  • When the second act was over, Darrow suggested their taking a turn
  • in the foyer; and seated on one of its cramped red velvet sofas they
  • watched the crowd surge up and down in a glare of lights and gilding.
  • Then, as she complained of the heat, he led her through the press to the
  • congested cafe at the foot of the stairs, where orangeades were thrust
  • at them between the shoulders of packed consommateurs and Darrow,
  • lighting a cigarette while she sucked her straw, knew the primitive
  • complacency of the man at whose companion other men stare.
  • On a corner of their table lay a smeared copy of a theatrical journal.
  • It caught Sophy’s eye and after poring over the page she looked up with
  • an excited exclamation.
  • “They’re giving Oedipe tomorrow afternoon at the Francais! I suppose
  • you’ve seen it heaps and heaps of times?”
  • He smiled back at her. “You must see it too. We’ll go tomorrow.”
  • She sighed at his suggestion, but without discarding it. “How can I? The
  • last train for Joigny leaves at four.”
  • “But you don’t know yet that your friends will want you.”
  • “I shall know tomorrow early. I asked Mrs. Farlow to telegraph as soon
  • as she got my letter.” A twinge of compunction shot through Darrow. Her
  • words recalled to him that on their return to the hotel after luncheon
  • she had given him her letter to post, and that he had never thought of
  • it again. No doubt it was still in the pocket of the coat he had taken
  • off when he dressed for dinner. In his perturbation he pushed back his
  • chair, and the movement made her look up at him.
  • “What’s the matter?”
  • “Nothing. Only--you know I don’t fancy that letter can have caught this
  • afternoon’s post.”
  • “Not caught it? Why not?”
  • “Why, I’m afraid it will have been too late.” He bent his head to light
  • another cigarette.
  • She struck her hands together with a gesture which, to his amusement, he
  • noticed she had caught from Cerdine.
  • “Oh, dear, I hadn’t thought of that! But surely it will reach them in
  • the morning?”
  • “Some time in the morning, I suppose. You know the French provincial
  • post is never in a hurry. I don’t believe your letter would have been
  • delivered this evening in any case.” As this idea occurred to him he
  • felt himself almost absolved.
  • “Perhaps, then, I ought to have telegraphed?”
  • “I’ll telegraph for you in the morning if you say so.”
  • The bell announcing the close of the entr’-acte shrilled through the
  • cafe, and she sprang to her feet.
  • “Oh, come, come! We mustn’t miss it!”
  • Instantly forgetful of the Farlows, she slipped her arm through his and
  • turned to push her way back to the theatre.
  • As soon as the curtain went up she as promptly forgot her companion.
  • Watching her from the corner to which he had returned, Darrow saw that
  • great waves of sensation were beating deliciously against her brain. It
  • was as though every starved sensibility were throwing out feelers to the
  • mounting tide; as though everything she was seeing, hearing, imagining,
  • rushed in to fill the void of all she had always been denied.
  • Darrow, as he observed her, again felt a detached enjoyment in her
  • pleasure. She was an extraordinary conductor of sensation: she seemed to
  • transmit it physically, in emanations that set the blood dancing in his
  • veins. He had not often had the opportunity of studying the effects of a
  • perfectly fresh impression on so responsive a temperament, and he felt a
  • fleeting desire to make its chords vibrate for his own amusement.
  • At the end of the next act she discovered with dismay that in their
  • transit to the cafe she had lost the beautiful pictured programme he
  • had bought for her. She wanted to go back and hunt for it, but Darrow
  • assured her that he would have no trouble in getting her another. When
  • he went out in quest of it she followed him protestingly to the door of
  • the box, and he saw that she was distressed at the thought of his having
  • to spend an additional franc for her. This frugality smote Darrow by its
  • contrast to her natural bright profusion; and again he felt the desire
  • to right so clumsy an injustice.
  • When he returned to the box she was still standing in the doorway,
  • and he noticed that his were not the only eyes attracted to her. Then
  • another impression sharply diverted his attention. Above the fagged
  • faces of the Parisian crowd he had caught the fresh fair countenance
  • of Owen Leath signalling a joyful recognition. The young man, slim and
  • eager, had detached himself from two companions of his own type, and
  • was seeking to push through the press to his step-mother’s friend. The
  • encounter, to Darrow, could hardly have been more inopportune; it woke
  • in him a confusion of feelings of which only the uppermost was allayed
  • by seeing Sophy Viner, as if instinctively warned, melt back into the
  • shadow of their box.
  • A minute later Owen Leath was at his side. “I was sure it was you! Such
  • luck to run across you! Won’t you come off with us to supper after it’s
  • over? Montmartre, or wherever else you please. Those two chaps over
  • there are friends of mine, at the Beaux Arts; both of them rather good
  • fellows--and we’d be so glad----”
  • For half a second Darrow read in his hospitable eye the termination “if
  • you’d bring the lady too”; then it deflected into: “We’d all be so glad
  • if you’d come.”
  • Darrow, excusing himself with thanks, lingered on for a few minutes’
  • chat, in which every word, and every tone of his companion’s voice, was
  • like a sharp light flashed into aching eyes. He was glad when the bell
  • called the audience to their seats, and young Leath left him with the
  • friendly question: “We’ll see you at Givre later on?”
  • When he rejoined Miss Viner, Darrow’s first care was to find out, by a
  • rapid inspection of the house, whether Owen Leath’s seat had given him a
  • view of their box. But the young man was not visible from it, and Darrow
  • concluded that he had been recognized in the corridor and not at his
  • companion’s side. He scarcely knew why it seemed to him so important
  • that this point should be settled; certainly his sense of reassurance
  • was less due to regard for Miss Viner than to the persistent vision of
  • grave offended eyes...
  • During the drive back to the hotel this vision was persistently kept
  • before him by the thought that the evening post might have brought a
  • letter from Mrs. Leath. Even if no letter had yet come, his servant
  • might have telegraphed to say that one was on its way; and at the
  • thought his interest in the girl at his side again cooled to the
  • fraternal, the almost fatherly. She was no more to him, after all, than
  • an appealing young creature to whom it was mildly agreeable to have
  • offered an evening’s diversion; and when, as they rolled into the
  • illuminated court of the hotel, she turned with a quick movement which
  • brought her happy face close to his, he leaned away, affecting to be
  • absorbed in opening the door of the cab.
  • At the desk the night porter, after a vain search through the
  • pigeon-holes, was disposed to think that a letter or telegram had in
  • fact been sent up for the gentleman; and Darrow, at the announcement,
  • could hardly wait to ascend to his room. Upstairs, he and his companion
  • had the long dimly-lit corridor to themselves, and Sophy paused on her
  • threshold, gathering up in one hand the pale folds of her cloak, while
  • she held the other out to Darrow.
  • “If the telegram comes early I shall be off by the first train; so I
  • suppose this is good-bye,” she said, her eyes dimmed by a little shadow
  • of regret.
  • Darrow, with a renewed start of contrition, perceived that he had again
  • forgotten her letter; and as their hands met he vowed to himself that
  • the moment she had left him he would dash down stairs to post it.
  • “Oh, I’ll see you in the morning, of course!”
  • A tremor of pleasure crossed her face as he stood before her, smiling a
  • little uncertainly.
  • “At any rate,” she said, “I want to thank you now for my good day.”
  • He felt in her hand the same tremor he had seen in her face. “But it’s
  • YOU, on the contrary--” he began, lifting the hand to his lips.
  • As he dropped it, and their eyes met, something passed through hers that
  • was like a light carried rapidly behind a curtained window.
  • “Good night; you must be awfully tired,” he said with a friendly
  • abruptness, turning away without even waiting to see her pass into her
  • room. He unlocked his door, and stumbling over the threshold groped in
  • the darkness for the electric button. The light showed him a telegram on
  • the table, and he forgot everything else as he caught it up.
  • “No letter from France,” the message read.
  • It fell from Darrow’s hand to the floor, and he dropped into a chair
  • by the table and sat gazing at the dingy drab and olive pattern of
  • the carpet. She had not written, then; she had not written, and it
  • was manifest now that she did not mean to write. If she had had any
  • intention of explaining her telegram she would certainly, within
  • twenty-four hours, have followed it up by a letter. But she evidently
  • did not intend to explain it, and her silence could mean only that she
  • had no explanation to give, or else that she was too indifferent to be
  • aware that one was needed.
  • Darrow, face to face with these alternatives, felt a recrudescence of
  • boyish misery. It was no longer his hurt vanity that cried out. He told
  • himself that he could have borne an equal amount of pain, if only it had
  • left Mrs. Leath’s image untouched; but he could not bear to think of her
  • as trivial or insincere. The thought was so intolerable that he felt a
  • blind desire to punish some one else for the pain it caused him.
  • As he sat moodily staring at the carpet its silly intricacies melted
  • into a blur from which the eyes of Mrs. Leath again looked out at him.
  • He saw the fine sweep of her brows, and the deep look beneath them as
  • she had turned from him on their last evening in London. “This will be
  • good-bye, then,” she had said; and it occurred to him that her parting
  • phrase had been the same as Sophy Viner’s.
  • At the thought he jumped to his feet and took down from its hook the
  • coat in which he had left Miss Viner’s letter. The clock marked the
  • third quarter after midnight, and he knew it would make no difference
  • if he went down to the post-box now or early the next morning; but he
  • wanted to clear his conscience, and having found the letter he went to
  • the door.
  • A sound in the next room made him pause. He had become conscious again
  • that, a few feet off, on the other side of a thin partition, a small
  • keen flame of life was quivering and agitating the air. Sophy’s face
  • came back to him insistently. It was as vivid now as Mrs. Leath’s had
  • been a moment earlier. He recalled with a faint smile of retrospective
  • pleasure the girl’s enjoyment of her evening, and the innumerable fine
  • feelers of sensation she had thrown out to its impressions.
  • It gave him a curiously close sense of her presence to think that at
  • that moment she was living over her enjoyment as intensely as he was
  • living over his unhappiness. His own case was irremediable, but it was
  • easy enough to give her a few more hours of pleasure. And did she not
  • perhaps secretly expect it of him? After all, if she had been very
  • anxious to join her friends she would have telegraphed them on reaching
  • Paris, instead of writing. He wondered now that he had not been struck
  • at the moment by so artless a device to gain more time. The fact of her
  • having practised it did not make him think less well of her; it merely
  • strengthened the impulse to use his opportunity. She was starving, poor
  • child, for a little amusement, a little personal life--why not give
  • her the chance of another day in Paris? If he did so, should he not be
  • merely falling in with her own hopes?
  • At the thought his sympathy for her revived. She became of absorbing
  • interest to him as an escape from himself and an object about which his
  • thwarted activities could cluster. He felt less drearily alone because
  • of her being there, on the other side of the door, and in his gratitude
  • to her for giving him this relief he began, with indolent amusement, to
  • plan new ways of detaining her. He dropped back into his chair, lit a
  • cigar, and smiled a little at the image of her smiling face. He tried to
  • imagine what incident of the day she was likely to be recalling at that
  • particular moment, and what part he probably played in it. That it
  • was not a small part he was certain, and the knowledge was undeniably
  • pleasant.
  • Now and then a sound from her room brought before him more vividly
  • the reality of the situation and the strangeness of the vast swarming
  • solitude in which he and she were momentarily isolated, amid long lines
  • of rooms each holding its separate secret. The nearness of all these
  • other mysteries enclosing theirs gave Darrow a more intimate sense of
  • the girl’s presence, and through the fumes of his cigar his imagination
  • continued to follow her to and fro, traced the curve of her slim young
  • arms as she raised them to undo her hair, pictured the sliding down of
  • her dress to the waist and then to the knees, and the whiteness of her
  • feet as she slipped across the floor to bed...
  • He stood up and shook himself with a yawn, throwing away the end of
  • his cigar. His glance, in following it, lit on the telegram which had
  • dropped to the floor. The sounds in the next room had ceased, and once
  • more he felt alone and unhappy.
  • Opening the window, he folded his arms on the sill and looked out on the
  • vast light-spangled mass of the city, and then up at the dark sky, in
  • which the morning planet stood.
  • VI
  • At the Theatre Francais, the next afternoon, Darrow yawned and fidgeted
  • in his seat.
  • The day was warm, the theatre crowded and airless, and the performance,
  • it seemed to him, intolerably bad. He stole a glance at his companion,
  • wondering if she shared his feelings. Her rapt profile betrayed no
  • unrest, but politeness might have caused her to feign an interest that
  • she did not feel. He leaned back impatiently, stifling another yawn,
  • and trying to fix his attention on the stage. Great things were going
  • forward there, and he was not insensible to the stern beauties of the
  • ancient drama. But the interpretation of the play seemed to him as
  • airless and lifeless as the atmosphere of the theatre. The players were
  • the same whom he had often applauded in those very parts, and perhaps
  • that fact added to the impression of staleness and conventionality
  • produced by their performance. Surely it was time to infuse new blood
  • into the veins of the moribund art. He had the impression that the
  • ghosts of actors were giving a spectral performance on the shores of
  • Styx.
  • Certainly it was not the most profitable way for a young man with a
  • pretty companion to pass the golden hours of a spring afternoon. The
  • freshness of the face at his side, reflecting the freshness of the
  • season, suggested dapplings of sunlight through new leaves, the sound of
  • a brook in the grass, the ripple of tree-shadows over breezy meadows...
  • When at length the fateful march of the cothurns was stayed by the
  • single pause in the play, and Darrow had led Miss Viner out on the
  • balcony overhanging the square before the theatre, he turned to see if
  • she shared his feelings. But the rapturous look she gave him checked the
  • depreciation on his lips.
  • “Oh, why did you bring me out here? One ought to creep away and sit in
  • the dark till it begins again!”
  • “Is THAT the way they made you feel?”
  • “Didn’t they _YOU?_...As if the gods were there all the while, just behind
  • them, pulling the strings?” Her hands were pressed against the railing,
  • her face shining and darkening under the wing-beats of successive
  • impressions.
  • Darrow smiled in enjoyment of her pleasure. After all, he had felt all
  • that, long ago; perhaps it was his own fault, rather than that of the
  • actors, that the poetry of the play seemed to have evaporated...But no,
  • he had been right in judging the performance to be dull and stale:
  • it was simply his companion’s inexperience, her lack of occasions to
  • compare and estimate, that made her think it brilliant.
  • “I was afraid you were bored and wanted to come away.”
  • “BORED?” She made a little aggrieved grimace. “You mean you thought me
  • too ignorant and stupid to appreciate it?”
  • “No; not that.” The hand nearest him still lay on the railing of the
  • balcony, and he covered it for a moment with his. As he did so he saw
  • the colour rise and tremble in her cheek.
  • “Tell me just what you think,” he said, bending his head a little, and
  • only half-aware of his words.
  • She did not turn her face to his, but began to talk rapidly, trying
  • to convey something of what she felt. But she was evidently unused to
  • analyzing her aesthetic emotions, and the tumultuous rush of the drama
  • seemed to have left her in a state of panting wonder, as though it had
  • been a storm or some other natural cataclysm. She had no literary or
  • historic associations to which to attach her impressions: her education
  • had evidently not comprised a course in Greek literature. But she felt
  • what would probably have been unperceived by many a young lady who had
  • taken a first in classics: the ineluctable fatality of the tale, the
  • dread sway in it of the same mysterious “luck” which pulled the threads
  • of her own small destiny. It was not literature to her, it was fact: as
  • actual, as near by, as what was happening to her at the moment and what
  • the next hour held in store. Seen in this light, the play regained for
  • Darrow its supreme and poignant reality. He pierced to the heart of
  • its significance through all the artificial accretions with which his
  • theories of art and the conventions of the stage had clothed it, and saw
  • it as he had never seen it: as life.
  • After this there could be no question of flight, and he took her back to
  • the theatre, content to receive his own sensations through the medium of
  • hers. But with the continuation of the play, and the oppression of the
  • heavy air, his attention again began to wander, straying back over the
  • incidents of the morning.
  • He had been with Sophy Viner all day, and he was surprised to find
  • how quickly the time had gone. She had hardly attempted, as the hours
  • passed, to conceal her satisfaction on finding that no telegram came
  • from the Farlows. “They’ll have written,” she had simply said; and her
  • mind had at once flown on to the golden prospect of an afternoon at the
  • theatre. The intervening hours had been disposed of in a stroll through
  • the lively streets, and a repast, luxuriously lingered over, under
  • the chestnut-boughs of a restaurant in the Champs Elysees. Everything
  • entertained and interested her, and Darrow remarked, with an amused
  • detachment, that she was not insensible to the impression her charms
  • produced. Yet there was no hard edge of vanity in her sense of her
  • prettiness: she seemed simply to be aware of it as a note in the general
  • harmony, and to enjoy sounding the note as a singer enjoys singing.
  • After luncheon, as they sat over their coffee, she had again asked
  • an immense number of questions and delivered herself of a remarkable
  • variety of opinions. Her questions testified to a wholesome and
  • comprehensive human curiosity, and her comments showed, like her
  • face and her whole attitude, an odd mingling of precocious wisdom and
  • disarming ignorance. When she talked to him about “life”--the word was
  • often on her lips--she seemed to him like a child playing with a tiger’s
  • cub; and he said to himself that some day the child would grow up--and
  • so would the tiger. Meanwhile, such expertness qualified by such candour
  • made it impossible to guess the extent of her personal experience, or
  • to estimate its effect on her character. She might be any one of a dozen
  • definable types, or she might--more disconcertingly to her companion and
  • more perilously to herself--be a shifting and uncrystallized mixture of
  • them all.
  • Her talk, as usual, had promptly reverted to the stage. She was eager
  • to learn about every form of dramatic expression which the metropolis
  • of things theatrical had to offer, and her curiosity ranged from the
  • official temples of the art to its less hallowed haunts. Her searching
  • enquiries about a play whose production, on one of the latter scenes,
  • had provoked a considerable amount of scandal, led Darrow to throw out
  • laughingly: “To see THAT you’ll have to wait till you’re married!” and
  • his answer had sent her off at a tangent.
  • “Oh, I never mean to marry,” she had rejoined in a tone of youthful
  • finality.
  • “I seem to have heard that before!”
  • “Yes; from girls who’ve only got to choose!” Her eyes had grown suddenly
  • almost old. “I’d like you to see the only men who’ve ever wanted to
  • marry me! One was the doctor on the steamer, when I came abroad with the
  • Hokes: he’d been cashiered from the navy for drunkenness. The other was
  • a deaf widower with three grown-up daughters, who kept a clock-shop in
  • Bayswater!--Besides,” she rambled on, “I’m not so sure that I believe
  • in marriage. You see I’m all for self-development and the chance to live
  • one’s life. I’m awfully modern, you know.”
  • It was just when she proclaimed herself most awfully modern that she
  • struck him as most helplessly backward; yet the moment after, without
  • any bravado, or apparent desire to assume an attitude, she would
  • propound some social axiom which could have been gathered only in the
  • bitter soil of experience.
  • All these things came back to him as he sat beside her in the theatre
  • and watched her ingenuous absorption. It was on “the story” that her
  • mind was fixed, and in life also, he suspected, it would always be “the
  • story”, rather than its remoter imaginative issues, that would hold her.
  • He did not believe there were ever any echoes in her soul...
  • There was no question, however, that what she felt was felt with
  • intensity: to the actual, the immediate, she spread vibrating strings.
  • When the play was over, and they came out once more into the sunlight,
  • Darrow looked down at her with a smile.
  • “Well?” he asked.
  • She made no answer. Her dark gaze seemed to rest on him without seeing
  • him. Her cheeks and lips were pale, and the loose hair under her
  • hat-brim clung to her forehead in damp rings. She looked like a young
  • priestess still dazed by the fumes of the cavern.
  • “You poor child--it’s been almost too much for you!”
  • She shook her head with a vague smile.
  • “Come,” he went on, putting his hand on her arm, “let’s jump into a taxi
  • and get some air and sunshine. Look, there are hours of daylight left;
  • and see what a night it’s going to be!”
  • He pointed over their heads, to where a white moon hung in the misty
  • blue above the roofs of the rue de Rivoli.
  • She made no answer, and he signed to a motor-cab, calling out to the
  • driver: “To the Bois!”
  • As the carriage turned toward the Tuileries she roused herself. “I must
  • go first to the hotel. There may be a message--at any rate I must decide
  • on something.”
  • Darrow saw that the reality of the situation had suddenly forced itself
  • upon her. “I MUST decide on something,” she repeated.
  • He would have liked to postpone the return, to persuade her to drive
  • directly to the Bois for dinner. It would have been easy enough to
  • remind her that she could not start for Joigny that evening, and that
  • therefore it was of no moment whether she received the Farlows’ answer
  • then or a few hours later; but for some reason he hesitated to use this
  • argument, which had come so naturally to him the day before. After all,
  • he knew she would find nothing at the hotel--so what did it matter if
  • they went there?
  • The porter, interrogated, was not sure. He himself had received nothing
  • for the lady, but in his absence his subordinate might have sent a
  • letter upstairs.
  • Darrow and Sophy mounted together in the lift, and the young man, while
  • she went into her room, unlocked his own door and glanced at the empty
  • table. For him at least no message had come; and on her threshold, a
  • moment later, she met him with the expected: “No--there’s nothing!”
  • He feigned an unregretful surprise. “So much the better! And now, shall
  • we drive out somewhere? Or would you rather take a boat to Bellevue?
  • Have you ever dined there, on the terrace, by moonlight? It’s not at all
  • bad. And there’s no earthly use in sitting here waiting.”
  • She stood before him in perplexity.
  • “But when I wrote yesterday I asked them to telegraph. I suppose they’re
  • horribly hard up, the poor dears, and they thought a letter would do
  • as well as a telegram.” The colour had risen to her face. “That’s why I
  • wrote instead of telegraphing; I haven’t a penny to spare myself!”
  • Nothing she could have said could have filled her listener with a deeper
  • contrition. He felt the red in his own face as he recalled the motive
  • with which he had credited her in his midnight musings. But that motive,
  • after all, had simply been trumped up to justify his own disloyalty: he
  • had never really believed in it. The reflection deepened his confusion,
  • and he would have liked to take her hand in his and confess the
  • injustice he had done her.
  • She may have interpreted his change of colour as an involuntary protest
  • at being initiated into such shabby details, for she went on with a
  • laugh: “I suppose you can hardly understand what it means to have to
  • stop and think whether one can afford a telegram? But I’ve always had to
  • consider such things. And I mustn’t stay here any longer now--I must try
  • to get a night train for Joigny. Even if the Farlows can’t take me in,
  • I can go to the hotel: it will cost less than staying here.” She paused
  • again and then exclaimed: “I ought to have thought of that sooner; I
  • ought to have telegraphed yesterday! But I was sure I should hear from
  • them today; and I wanted--oh, I DID so awfully want to stay!” She threw
  • a troubled look at Darrow. “Do you happen to remember,” she asked, “what
  • time it was when you posted my letter?”
  • VII
  • Darrow was still standing on her threshold. As she put the question he
  • entered the room and closed the door behind him.
  • His heart was beating a little faster than usual and he had no clear
  • idea of what he was about to do or say, beyond the definite conviction
  • that, whatever passing impulse of expiation moved him, he would not be
  • fool enough to tell her that he had not sent her letter. He knew that
  • most wrongdoing works, on the whole, less mischief than its useless
  • confession; and this was clearly a case where a passing folly might be
  • turned, by avowal, into a serious offense.
  • “I’m so sorry--so sorry; but you must let me help you...You will let me
  • help you?” he said.
  • He took her hands and pressed them together between his, counting on a
  • friendly touch to help out the insufficiency of words. He felt her yield
  • slightly to his clasp, and hurried on without giving her time to answer.
  • “Isn’t it a pity to spoil our good time together by regretting anything
  • you might have done to prevent our having it?”
  • She drew back, freeing her hands. Her face, losing its look of appealing
  • confidence, was suddenly sharpened by distrust.
  • “You didn’t forget to post my letter?”
  • Darrow stood before her, constrained and ashamed, and ever more keenly
  • aware that the betrayal of his distress must be a greater offense than
  • its concealment.
  • “What an insinuation!” he cried, throwing out his hands with a laugh.
  • Her face instantly melted to laughter. “Well, then--I WON’T be sorry; I
  • won’t regret anything except that our good time is over!”
  • The words were so unexpected that they routed all his resolves. If she
  • had gone on doubting him he could probably have gone on deceiving her;
  • but her unhesitating acceptance of his word made him hate the part he
  • was playing. At the same moment a doubt shot up its serpent-head in his
  • own bosom. Was it not he rather than she who was childishly trustful?
  • Was she not almost too ready to take his word, and dismiss once for all
  • the tiresome question of the letter? Considering what her experiences
  • must have been, such trustfulness seemed open to suspicion. But the
  • moment his eyes fell on her he was ashamed of the thought, and knew it
  • for what it really was: another pretext to lessen his own delinquency.
  • “Why should our good time be over?” he asked. “Why shouldn’t it last a
  • little longer?”
  • She looked up, her lips parted in surprise; but before she could speak
  • he went on: “I want you to stay with me--I want you, just for a few
  • days, to have all the things you’ve never had. It’s not always May
  • and Paris--why not make the most of them now? You know me--we’re not
  • strangers--why shouldn’t you treat me like a friend?”
  • While he spoke she had drawn away a little, but her hand still lay in
  • his. She was pale, and her eyes were fixed on him in a gaze in which
  • there was neither distrust or resentment, but only an ingenuous wonder.
  • He was extraordinarily touched by her expression.
  • “Oh, do! You must. Listen: to prove that I’m sincere I’ll tell
  • you...I’ll tell you I didn’t post your letter...I didn’t post it because
  • I wanted so much to give you a few good hours ... and because I couldn’t
  • bear to have you go.”
  • He had the feeling that the words were being uttered in spite of him by
  • some malicious witness of the scene, and yet that he was not sorry to
  • have them spoken.
  • The girl had listened to him in silence. She remained motionless for a
  • moment after he had ceased to speak; then she snatched away her hand.
  • “You didn’t post my letter? You kept it back on purpose? And you tell
  • me so NOW, to prove to me that I’d better put myself under your
  • protection?” She burst into a laugh that had in it all the piercing
  • echoes of her Murrett past, and her face, at the same moment, underwent
  • the same change, shrinking into a small malevolent white mask in which
  • the eyes burned black. “Thank you--thank you most awfully for
  • telling me! And for all your other kind intentions! The plan’s
  • delightful--really quite delightful, and I’m extremely flattered and
  • obliged.”
  • She dropped into a seat beside her dressing-table, resting her chin on
  • her lifted hands, and laughing out at him under the elf-lock which had
  • shaken itself down over her eyes.
  • Her outburst did not offend the young man; its immediate effect was that
  • of allaying his agitation. The theatrical touch in her manner made his
  • offense seem more venial than he had thought it a moment before.
  • He drew up a chair and sat down beside her. “After all,” he said, in a
  • tone of good-humoured protest, “I needn’t have told you I’d kept back
  • your letter; and my telling you seems rather strong proof that I hadn’t
  • any very nefarious designs on you.”
  • She met this with a shrug, but he did not give her time to answer. “My
  • designs,” he continued with a smile, “were not nefarious. I saw you’d
  • been through a bad time with Mrs. Murrett, and that there didn’t seem
  • to be much fun ahead for you; and I didn’t see--and I don’t yet see--the
  • harm of trying to give you a few hours of amusement between a depressing
  • past and a not particularly cheerful future.” He paused again, and then
  • went on, in the same tone of friendly reasonableness: “The mistake I
  • made was not to tell you this at once--not to ask you straight out to
  • give me a day or two, and let me try to make you forget all the things
  • that are troubling you. I was a fool not to see that if I’d put it to
  • you in that way you’d have accepted or refused, as you chose; but that
  • at least you wouldn’t have mistaken my intentions.--Intentions!” He
  • stood up, walked the length of the room, and turned back to where she
  • still sat motionless, her elbows propped on the dressing-table, her chin
  • on her hands. “What rubbish we talk about intentions! The truth is I
  • hadn’t any: I just liked being with you. Perhaps you don’t know how
  • extraordinarily one can like being with you...I was depressed and adrift
  • myself; and you made me forget my bothers; and when I found you were
  • going--and going back to dreariness, as I was--I didn’t see why we
  • shouldn’t have a few hours together first; so I left your letter in my
  • pocket.”
  • He saw her face melt as she listened, and suddenly she unclasped her
  • hands and leaned to him.
  • “But are YOU unhappy too? Oh, I never understood--I never dreamed it! I
  • thought you’d always had everything in the world you wanted!”
  • Darrow broke into a laugh at this ingenuous picture of his state. He
  • was ashamed of trying to better his case by an appeal to her pity, and
  • annoyed with himself for alluding to a subject he would rather have
  • kept out of his thoughts. But her look of sympathy had disarmed him; his
  • heart was bitter and distracted; she was near him, her eyes were shining
  • with compassion--he bent over her and kissed her hand.
  • “Forgive me--do forgive me,” he said.
  • She stood up with a smiling head-shake. “Oh, it’s not so often that
  • people try to give me any pleasure--much less two whole days of it!
  • I sha’n’t forget how kind you’ve been. I shall have plenty of time to
  • remember. But this IS good-bye, you know. I must telegraph at once to
  • say I’m coming.”
  • “To say you’re coming? Then I’m not forgiven?”
  • “Oh, you’re forgiven--if that’s any comfort.”
  • “It’s not, the very least, if your way of proving it is to go away!”
  • She hung her head in meditation. “But I can’t stay.--How CAN I stay?”
  • she broke out, as if arguing with some unseen monitor.
  • “Why can’t you? No one knows you’re here...No one need ever know.”
  • She looked up, and their eyes exchanged meanings for a rapid minute. Her
  • gaze was as clear as a boy’s. “Oh, it’s not THAT,” she exclaimed,
  • almost impatiently; “it’s not people I’m afraid of! They’ve never put
  • themselves out for me--why on earth should I care about them?”
  • He liked her directness as he had never liked it before. “Well, then,
  • what is it? Not ME, I hope?”
  • “No, not you: I like you. It’s the money! With me that’s always the root
  • of the matter. I could never yet afford a treat in my life!”
  • “Is _THAT_ all?” He laughed, relieved by her naturalness. “Look here;
  • since we re talking as man to man--can’t you trust me about that too?”
  • “Trust you? How do you mean? You’d better not trust ME!” she laughed
  • back sharply. “I might never be able to pay up!”
  • His gesture brushed aside the allusion. “Money may be the root of the
  • matter; it can’t be the whole of it, between friends. Don’t you think
  • one friend may accept a small service from another without looking too
  • far ahead or weighing too many chances? The question turns entirely on
  • what you think of me. If you like me well enough to be willing to take
  • a few days’ holiday with me, just for the pleasure of the thing, and the
  • pleasure you’ll be giving me, let’s shake hands on it. If you don’t like
  • me well enough we’ll shake hands too; only I shall be sorry,” he ended.
  • “Oh, but I shall be sorry too!” Her face, as she lifted it to his,
  • looked so small and young that Darrow felt a fugitive twinge of
  • compunction, instantly effaced by the excitement of pursuit.
  • “Well, then?” He stood looking down on her, his eyes persuading her.
  • He was now intensely aware that his nearness was having an effect which
  • made it less and less necessary for him to choose his words, and he went
  • on, more mindful of the inflections of his voice than of what he was
  • actually saying: “Why on earth should we say good-bye if we’re both
  • sorry to? Won’t you tell me your reason? It’s not a bit like you to let
  • anything stand in the way of your saying just what you feel. You mustn’t
  • mind offending me, you know!”
  • She hung before him like a leaf on the meeting of cross-currents, that
  • the next ripple may sweep forward or whirl back. Then she flung up
  • her head with the odd boyish movement habitual to her in moments of
  • excitement. “What I feel? Do you want to know what I feel? That you’re
  • giving me the only chance I’ve ever had!”
  • She turned about on her heel and, dropping into the nearest chair, sank
  • forward, her face hidden against the dressing-table.
  • Under the folds of her thin summer dress the modelling of her back and
  • of her lifted arms, and the slight hollow between her shoulder-blades,
  • recalled the faint curves of a terra-cotta statuette, some young image
  • of grace hardly more than sketched in the clay. Darrow, as he stood
  • looking at her, reflected that her character, for all its seeming
  • firmness, its flashing edges of “opinion”, was probably no less
  • immature. He had not expected her to yield so suddenly to his
  • suggestion, or to confess her yielding in that way. At first he was
  • slightly disconcerted; then he saw how her attitude simplified his own.
  • Her behaviour had all the indecision and awkwardness of inexperience. It
  • showed that she was a child after all; and all he could do--all he had
  • ever meant to do--was to give her a child’s holiday to look back to.
  • For a moment he fancied she was crying; but the next she was on her feet
  • and had swept round on him a face she must have turned away only to hide
  • the first rush of her pleasure.
  • For a while they shone on each other without speaking; then she sprang
  • to him and held out both hands.
  • “Is it true? Is it really true? Is it really going to happen to ME?”
  • He felt like answering: “You’re the very creature to whom it was bound
  • to happen”; but the words had a double sense that made him wince, and
  • instead he caught her proffered hands and stood looking at her across
  • the length of her arms, without attempting to bend them or to draw
  • her closer. He wanted her to know how her words had moved him; but his
  • thoughts were blurred by the rush of the same emotion that possessed
  • her, and his own words came with an effort.
  • He ended by giving her back a laugh as frank as her own, and declaring,
  • as he dropped her hands: “All that and more too--you’ll see!”
  • VIII
  • All day, since the late reluctant dawn, the rain had come down in
  • torrents. It streamed against Darrow’s high-perched windows, reduced
  • their vast prospect of roofs and chimneys to a black oily huddle, and
  • filled the room with the drab twilight of an underground aquarium.
  • The streams descended with the regularity of a third day’s rain, when
  • trimming and shuffling are over, and the weather has settled down to do
  • its worst. There were no variations of rhythm, no lyrical ups and downs:
  • the grey lines streaking the panes were as dense and uniform as a page
  • of unparagraphed narrative.
  • George Darrow had drawn his armchair to the fire. The time-table he
  • had been studying lay on the floor, and he sat staring with dull
  • acquiescence into the boundless blur of rain, which affected him like a
  • vast projection of his own state of mind. Then his eyes travelled slowly
  • about the room.
  • It was exactly ten days since his hurried unpacking had strewn it with
  • the contents of his portmanteaux. His brushes and razors were spread out
  • on the blotched marble of the chest of drawers. A stack of newspapers
  • had accumulated on the centre table under the “electrolier”, and half a
  • dozen paper novels lay on the mantelpiece among cigar-cases and toilet
  • bottles; but these traces of his passage had made no mark on the
  • featureless dulness of the room, its look of being the makeshift setting
  • of innumerable transient collocations. There was something sardonic,
  • almost sinister, in its appearance of having deliberately “made up” for
  • its anonymous part, all in noncommittal drabs and browns, with a
  • carpet and paper that nobody would remember, and chairs and tables as
  • impersonal as railway porters.
  • Darrow picked up the time-table and tossed it on to the table. Then he
  • rose to his feet, lit a cigar and went to the window. Through the rain
  • he could just discover the face of a clock in a tall building beyond the
  • railway roofs. He pulled out his watch, compared the two time-pieces,
  • and started the hands of his with such a rush that they flew past the
  • hour and he had to make them repeat the circuit more deliberately. He
  • felt a quite disproportionate irritation at the trifling blunder. When
  • he had corrected it he went back to his chair and threw himself down,
  • leaning back his head against his hands. Presently his cigar went out,
  • and he got up, hunted for the matches, lit it again and returned to his
  • seat.
  • The room was getting on his nerves. During the first few days, while
  • the skies were clear, he had not noticed it, or had felt for it only the
  • contemptuous indifference of the traveller toward a provisional shelter.
  • But now that he was leaving it, was looking at it for the last time,
  • it seemed to have taken complete possession of his mind, to be soaking
  • itself into him like an ugly indelible blot. Every detail pressed itself
  • on his notice with the familiarity of an accidental confidant: whichever
  • way he turned, he felt the nudge of a transient intimacy...
  • The one fixed point in his immediate future was that his leave was over
  • and that he must be back at his post in London the next morning. Within
  • twenty-four hours he would again be in a daylight world of recognized
  • activities, himself a busy, responsible, relatively necessary factor in
  • the big whirring social and official machine. That fixed obligation
  • was the fact he could think of with the least discomfort, yet for some
  • unaccountable reason it was the one on which he found it most difficult
  • to fix his thoughts. Whenever he did so, the room jerked him back into
  • the circle of its insistent associations. It was extraordinary with what
  • a microscopic minuteness of loathing he hated it all: the grimy carpet
  • and wallpaper, the black marble mantel-piece, the clock with a gilt
  • allegory under a dusty bell, the high-bolstered brown-counterpaned bed,
  • the framed card of printed rules under the electric light switch, and
  • the door of communication with the next room. He hated the door most of
  • all...
  • At the outset, he had felt no special sense of responsibility. He was
  • satisfied that he had struck the right note, and convinced of his power
  • of sustaining it. The whole incident had somehow seemed, in spite of its
  • vulgar setting and its inevitable prosaic propinquities, to be enacting
  • itself in some unmapped region outside the pale of the usual. It was not
  • like anything that had ever happened to him before, or in which he had
  • ever pictured himself as likely to be involved; but that, at first, had
  • seemed no argument against his fitness to deal with it.
  • Perhaps but for the three days’ rain he might have got away without a
  • doubt as to his adequacy. The rain had made all the difference. It had
  • thrown the whole picture out of perspective, blotted out the mystery
  • of the remoter planes and the enchantment of the middle distance, and
  • thrust into prominence every commonplace fact of the foreground. It was
  • the kind of situation that was not helped by being thought over; and
  • by the perversity of circumstance he had been forced into the unwilling
  • contemplation of its every aspect...
  • His cigar had gone out again, and he threw it into the fire and vaguely
  • meditated getting up to find another. But the mere act of leaving his
  • chair seemed to call for a greater exertion of the will than he was
  • capable of, and he leaned his head back with closed eyes and listened to
  • the drumming of the rain.
  • A different noise aroused him. It was the opening and closing of
  • the door leading from the corridor into the adjoining room. He sat
  • motionless, without opening his eyes; but now another sight forced
  • itself under his lowered lids. It was the precise photographic picture
  • of that other room. Everything in it rose before him and pressed itself
  • upon his vision with the same acuity of distinctness as the objects
  • surrounding him. A step sounded on the floor, and he knew which way the
  • step was directed, what pieces of furniture it had to skirt, where it
  • would probably pause, and what was likely to arrest it. He heard another
  • sound, and recognized it as that of a wet umbrella placed in the black
  • marble jamb of the chimney-piece, against the hearth. He caught the
  • creak of a hinge, and instantly differentiated it as that of the
  • wardrobe against the opposite wall. Then he heard the mouse-like squeal
  • of a reluctant drawer, and knew it was the upper one in the chest of
  • drawers beside the bed: the clatter which followed was caused by the
  • mahogany toilet-glass jumping on its loosened pivots...
  • The step crossed the floor again. It was strange how much better he knew
  • it than the person to whom it belonged! Now it was drawing near the door
  • of communication between the two rooms. He opened his eyes and looked.
  • The step had ceased and for a moment there was silence. Then he heard
  • a low knock. He made no response, and after an interval he saw that
  • the door handle was being tentatively turned. He closed his eyes once
  • more...
  • The door opened, and the step was in the room, coming cautiously toward
  • him. He kept his eyes shut, relaxing his body to feign sleep. There
  • was another pause, then a wavering soft advance, the rustle of a dress
  • behind his chair, the warmth of two hands pressed for a moment on his
  • lids. The palms of the hands had the lingering scent of some stuff that
  • he had bought on the Boulevard...He looked up and saw a letter falling
  • over his shoulder to his knee...
  • “Did I disturb you? I’m so sorry! They gave me this just now when I came
  • in.”
  • The letter, before he could catch it, had slipped between his knees to
  • the floor. It lay there, address upward, at his feet, and while he sat
  • staring down at the strong slender characters on the blue-gray envelope
  • an arm reached out from behind to pick it up.
  • “Oh, don’t--DON’T” broke from him, and he bent over and caught the arm.
  • The face above it was close to his.
  • “Don’t what?”
  • ----“take the trouble,” he stammered.
  • He dropped the arm and stooped down. His grasp closed over the letter,
  • he fingered its thickness and weight and calculated the number of sheets
  • it must contain.
  • Suddenly he felt the pressure of the hand on his shoulder, and became
  • aware that the face was still leaning over him, and that in a moment he
  • would have to look up and kiss it...
  • He bent forward first and threw the unopened letter into the middle of
  • the fire.
  • BOOK II
  • IX
  • The light of the October afternoon lay on an old high-roofed house which
  • enclosed in its long expanse of brick and yellowish stone the breadth of
  • a grassy court filled with the shadow and sound of limes.
  • From the escutcheoned piers at the entrance of the court a level drive,
  • also shaded by limes, extended to a white-barred gate beyond which
  • an equally level avenue of grass, cut through a wood, dwindled to a
  • blue-green blur against a sky banked with still white slopes of cloud.
  • In the court, half-way between house and drive, a lady stood. She held
  • a parasol above her head, and looked now at the house-front, with its
  • double flight of steps meeting before a glazed door under sculptured
  • trophies, now down the drive toward the grassy cutting through the wood.
  • Her air was less of expectancy than of contemplation: she seemed not so
  • much to be watching for any one, or listening for an approaching sound,
  • as letting the whole aspect of the place sink into her while she held
  • herself open to its influence. Yet it was no less apparent that the
  • scene was not new to her. There was no eagerness of investigation in her
  • survey: she seemed rather to be looking about her with eyes to which,
  • for some intimate inward reason, details long since familiar had
  • suddenly acquired an unwonted freshness.
  • This was in fact the exact sensation of which Mrs. Leath was conscious
  • as she came forth from the house and descended into the sunlit court.
  • She had come to meet her step-son, who was likely to be returning
  • at that hour from an afternoon’s shooting in one of the more distant
  • plantations, and she carried in her hand the letter which had sent her
  • in search of him; but with her first step out of the house all thought
  • of him had been effaced by another series of impressions.
  • The scene about her was known to satiety. She had seen Givre at all
  • seasons of the year, and for the greater part of every year, since the
  • far-off day of her marriage; the day when, ostensibly driving through
  • its gates at her husband’s side, she had actually been carried there on
  • a cloud of iris-winged visions.
  • The possibilities which the place had then represented were still
  • vividly present to her. The mere phrase “a French chateau” had called
  • up to her youthful fancy a throng of romantic associations, poetic,
  • pictorial and emotional; and the serene face of the old house seated in
  • its park among the poplar-bordered meadows of middle France, had
  • seemed, on her first sight of it, to hold out to her a fate as noble and
  • dignified as its own mien.
  • Though she could still call up that phase of feeling it had long since
  • passed, and the house had for a time become to her the very symbol
  • of narrowness and monotony. Then, with the passing of years, it had
  • gradually acquired a less inimical character, had become, not again a
  • castle of dreams, evoker of fair images and romantic legend, but the
  • shell of a life slowly adjusted to its dwelling: the place one came back
  • to, the place where one had one’s duties, one’s habits and one’s books,
  • the place one would naturally live in till one died: a dull house, an
  • inconvenient house, of which one knew all the defects, the shabbinesses,
  • the discomforts, but to which one was so used that one could hardly,
  • after so long a time, think one’s self away from it without suffering a
  • certain loss of identity.
  • Now, as it lay before her in the autumn mildness, its mistress was
  • surprised at her own insensibility. She had been trying to see the
  • house through the eyes of an old friend who, the next morning, would be
  • driving up to it for the first time; and in so doing she seemed to be
  • opening her own eyes upon it after a long interval of blindness.
  • The court was very still, yet full of a latent life: the wheeling and
  • rustling of pigeons about the rectangular yews and across the sunny
  • gravel; the sweep of rooks above the lustrous greyish-purple slates of
  • the roof, and the stir of the tree-tops as they met the breeze which
  • every day, at that hour, came punctually up from the river.
  • Just such a latent animation glowed in Anna Leath. In every nerve and
  • vein she was conscious of that equipoise of bliss which the fearful
  • human heart scarce dares acknowledge. She was not used to strong or
  • full emotions; but she had always known that she should not be afraid of
  • them. She was not afraid now; but she felt a deep inward stillness.
  • The immediate effect of the feeling had been to send her forth in quest
  • of her step-son. She wanted to stroll back with him and have a quiet
  • talk before they re-entered the house. It was always easy to talk to
  • him, and at this moment he was the one person to whom she could have
  • spoken without fear of disturbing her inner stillness. She was glad, for
  • all sorts of reasons, that Madame de Chantelle and Effie were still
  • at Ouchy with the governess, and that she and Owen had the house to
  • themselves. And she was glad that even he was not yet in sight. She
  • wanted to be alone a little longer; not to think, but to let the long
  • slow waves of joy break over her one by one.
  • She walked out of the court and sat down on one of the benches that
  • bordered the drive. From her seat she had a diagonal view of the long
  • house-front and of the domed chapel terminating one of the wings. Beyond
  • a gate in the court-yard wall the flower-garden drew its dark-green
  • squares and raised its statues against the yellowing background of the
  • park. In the borders only a few late pinks and crimsons smouldered,
  • but a peacock strutting in the sun seemed to have gathered into his
  • out-spread fan all the summer glories of the place.
  • In Mrs. Leath’s hand was the letter which had opened her eyes to these
  • things, and a smile rose to her lips at the mere feeling of the paper
  • between her fingers. The thrill it sent through her gave a keener edge
  • to every sense. She felt, saw, breathed the shining world as though a
  • thin impenetrable veil had suddenly been removed from it.
  • Just such a veil, she now perceived, had always hung between herself and
  • life. It had been like the stage gauze which gives an illusive air of
  • reality to the painted scene behind it, yet proves it, after all, to be
  • no more than a painted scene.
  • She had been hardly aware, in her girlhood, of differing from others in
  • this respect. In the well-regulated well-fed Summers world the unusual
  • was regarded as either immoral or ill-bred, and people with emotions
  • were not visited. Sometimes, with a sense of groping in a topsy-turvy
  • universe, Anna had wondered why everybody about her seemed to ignore all
  • the passions and sensations which formed the stuff of great poetry and
  • memorable action. In a community composed entirely of people like her
  • parents and her parents’ friends she did not see how the magnificent
  • things one read about could ever have happened. She was sure that if
  • anything of the kind had occurred in her immediate circle her mother
  • would have consulted the family clergyman, and her father perhaps even
  • have rung up the police; and her sense of humour compelled her to own
  • that, in the given conditions, these precautions might not have been
  • unjustified.
  • Little by little the conditions conquered her, and she learned to regard
  • the substance of life as a mere canvas for the embroideries of poet
  • and painter, and its little swept and fenced and tended surface as its
  • actual substance. It was in the visioned region of action and emotion
  • that her fullest hours were spent; but it hardly occurred to her that
  • they might be translated into experience, or connected with anything
  • likely to happen to a young lady living in West Fifty-fifth Street.
  • She perceived, indeed, that other girls, leading outwardly the same life
  • as herself, and seemingly unaware of her world of hidden beauty, were
  • yet possessed of some vital secret which escaped her. There seemed to be
  • a kind of freemasonry between them; they were wider awake than she, more
  • alert, and surer of their wants if not of their opinions. She supposed
  • they were “cleverer”, and accepted her inferiority good-humouredly, half
  • aware, within herself, of a reserve of unused power which the others
  • gave no sign of possessing.
  • This partly consoled her for missing so much of what made their “good
  • time”; but the resulting sense of exclusion, of being somehow laughingly
  • but firmly debarred from a share of their privileges, threw her back on
  • herself and deepened the reserve which made envious mothers cite her as
  • a model of ladylike repression. Love, she told herself, would one day
  • release her from this spell of unreality. She was persuaded that the
  • sublime passion was the key to the enigma; but it was difficult to
  • relate her conception of love to the forms it wore in her experience.
  • Two or three of the girls she had envied for their superior acquaintance
  • with the arts of life had contracted, in the course of time, what were
  • variously described as “romantic” or “foolish” marriages; one even made
  • a runaway match, and languished for a while under a cloud of social
  • reprobation. Here, then, was passion in action, romance converted
  • to reality; yet the heroines of these exploits returned from them
  • untransfigured, and their husbands were as dull as ever when one had to
  • sit next to them at dinner.
  • Her own case, of course, would be different. Some day she would find the
  • magic bridge between West Fifty-fifth Street and life; once or twice she
  • had even fancied that the clue was in her hand. The first time was
  • when she had met young Darrow. She recalled even now the stir of the
  • encounter. But his passion swept over her like a wind that shakes the
  • roof of the forest without reaching its still glades or rippling its
  • hidden pools. He was extraordinarily intelligent and agreeable, and her
  • heart beat faster when he was with her. He had a tall fair easy presence
  • and a mind in which the lights of irony played pleasantly through the
  • shades of feeling. She liked to hear his voice almost as much as to
  • listen to what he was saying, and to listen to what he was saying almost
  • as much as to feel that he was looking at her; but he wanted to kiss
  • her, and she wanted to talk to him about books and pictures, and have
  • him insinuate the eternal theme of their love into every subject they
  • discussed.
  • Whenever they were apart a reaction set in. She wondered how she could
  • have been so cold, called herself a prude and an idiot, questioned if
  • any man could really care for her, and got up in the dead of night to
  • try new ways of doing her hair. But as soon as he reappeared her head
  • straightened itself on her slim neck and she sped her little shafts of
  • irony, or flew her little kites of erudition, while hot and cold waves
  • swept over her, and the things she really wanted to say choked in her
  • throat and burned the palms of her hands.
  • Often she told herself that any silly girl who had waltzed through a
  • season would know better than she how to attract a man and hold him; but
  • when she said “a man” she did not really mean George Darrow.
  • Then one day, at a dinner, she saw him sitting next to one of the silly
  • girls in question: the heroine of the elopement which had shaken West
  • Fifty-fifth Street to its base. The young lady had come back from her
  • adventure no less silly than when she went; and across the table the
  • partner of her flight, a fat young man with eye-glasses, sat stolidly
  • eating terrapin and talking about polo and investments.
  • The young woman was undoubtedly as silly as ever; yet after watching
  • her for a few minutes Miss Summers perceived that she had somehow grown
  • luminous, perilous, obscurely menacing to nice girls and the young men
  • they intended eventually to accept. Suddenly, at the sight, a rage of
  • possessorship awoke in her. She must save Darrow, assert her right
  • to him at any price. Pride and reticence went down in a hurricane
  • of jealousy. She heard him laugh, and there was something new in his
  • laugh...She watched him talking, talking...He sat slightly sideways, a
  • faint smile beneath his lids, lowering his voice as he lowered it when
  • he talked to her. She caught the same inflections, but his eyes were
  • different. It would have offended her once if he had looked at her like
  • that. Now her one thought was that none but she had a right to be so
  • looked at. And that girl of all others! What illusions could he have
  • about a girl who, hardly a year ago, had made a fool of herself over
  • the fat young man stolidly eating terrapin across the table? If that
  • was where romance and passion ended, it was better to take to district
  • visiting or algebra!
  • All night she lay awake and wondered: “What was she saying to him? How
  • shall I learn to say such things?” and she decided that her heart would
  • tell her--that the next time they were alone together the irresistible
  • word would spring to her lips. He came the next day, and they were
  • alone, and all she found was: “I didn’t know that you and Kitty Mayne
  • were such friends.”
  • He answered with indifference that he didn’t know it either, and in the
  • reaction of relief she declared: “She’s certainly ever so much prettier
  • than she was...”
  • “She’s rather good fun,” he admitted, as though he had not noticed her
  • other advantages; and suddenly Anna saw in his eyes the look she had
  • seen there the previous evening.
  • She felt as if he were leagues and leagues away from her. All her hopes
  • dissolved, and she was conscious of sitting rigidly, with high head and
  • straight lips, while the irresistible word fled with a last wing-beat
  • into the golden mist of her illusions...
  • She was still quivering with the pain and bewilderment of this adventure
  • when Fraser Leath appeared. She met him first in Italy, where she was
  • travelling with her parents; and the following winter he came to
  • New York. In Italy he had seemed interesting: in New York he became
  • remarkable. He seldom spoke of his life in Europe, and let drop but the
  • most incidental allusions to the friends, the tastes, the pursuits which
  • filled his cosmopolitan days; but in the atmosphere of West Fifty-fifth
  • Street he seemed the embodiment of a storied past. He presented Miss
  • Summers with a prettily-bound anthology of the old French poets and,
  • when she showed a discriminating pleasure in the gift, observed with his
  • grave smile: “I didn’t suppose I should find any one here who would feel
  • about these things as I do.” On another occasion he asked her acceptance
  • of a half-effaced eighteenth century pastel which he had surprisingly
  • picked up in a New York auction-room. “I know no one but you who would
  • really appreciate it,” he explained.
  • He permitted himself no other comments, but these conveyed with
  • sufficient directness that he thought her worthy of a different setting.
  • That she should be so regarded by a man living in an atmosphere of art
  • and beauty, and esteeming them the vital elements of life, made her
  • feel for the first time that she was understood. Here was some one whose
  • scale of values was the same as hers, and who thought her opinion
  • worth hearing on the very matters which they both considered of supreme
  • importance. The discovery restored her self-confidence, and she revealed
  • herself to Mr. Leath as she had never known how to reveal herself to
  • Darrow.
  • As the courtship progressed, and they grew more confidential, her
  • suitor surprised and delighted her by little explosions of revolutionary
  • sentiment. He said: “Shall you mind, I wonder, if I tell you that you
  • live in a dread-fully conventional atmosphere?” and, seeing that she
  • manifestly did not mind: “Of course I shall say things now and then that
  • will horrify your dear delightful parents--I shall shock them awfully, I
  • warn you.”
  • In confirmation of this warning he permitted himself an occasional
  • playful fling at the regular church-going of Mr. and Mrs. Summers, at
  • the innocuous character of the literature in their library, and at their
  • guileless appreciations in art. He even ventured to banter Mrs. Summers
  • on her refusal to receive the irrepressible Kitty Mayne who, after a
  • rapid passage with George Darrow, was now involved in another and more
  • flagrant adventure.
  • “In Europe, you know, the husband is regarded as the only judge in such
  • matters. As long as he accepts the situation--” Mr. Leath explained
  • to Anna, who took his view the more emphatically in order to convince
  • herself that, personally, she had none but the most tolerant sentiments
  • toward the lady.
  • The subversiveness of Mr. Leath’s opinions was enhanced by the
  • distinction of his appearance and the reserve of his manners. He was
  • like the anarchist with a gardenia in his buttonhole who figures in
  • the higher melodrama. Every word, every allusion, every note of his
  • agreeably-modulated voice, gave Anna a glimpse of a society at once
  • freer and finer, which observed the traditional forms but had discarded
  • the underlying prejudices; whereas the world she knew had discarded many
  • of the forms and kept almost all the prejudices.
  • In such an atmosphere as his an eager young woman, curious as to all the
  • manifestations of life, yet instinctively desiring that they should come
  • to her in terms of beauty and fine feeling, must surely find the largest
  • scope for self-expression. Study, travel, the contact of the world, the
  • comradeship of a polished and enlightened mind, would combine to enrich
  • her days and form her character; and it was only in the rare moments
  • when Mr. Leath’s symmetrical blond mask bent over hers, and his kiss
  • dropped on her like a cold smooth pebble, that she questioned the
  • completeness of the joys he offered.
  • There had been a time when the walls on which her gaze now rested had
  • shed a glare of irony on these early dreams. In the first years of her
  • marriage the sober symmetry of Givre had suggested only her husband’s
  • neatly-balanced mind. It was a mind, she soon learned, contentedly
  • absorbed in formulating the conventions of the unconventional. West
  • Fifty-fifth Street was no more conscientiously concerned than Givre with
  • the momentous question of “what people did”; it was only the type of
  • deed investigated that was different. Mr. Leath collected his social
  • instances with the same seriousness and patience as his snuff-boxes.
  • He exacted a rigid conformity to his rules of non-conformity and his
  • scepticism had the absolute accent of a dogma. He even cherished certain
  • exceptions to his rules as the book-collector prizes a “defective” first
  • edition. The Protestant church-going of Anna’s parents had provoked
  • his gentle sarcasm; but he prided himself on his mother’s devoutness,
  • because Madame de Chantelle, in embracing her second husband’s creed,
  • had become part of a society which still observes the outward rites of
  • piety.
  • Anna, in fact, had discovered in her amiable and elegant mother-in-law
  • an unexpected embodiment of the West Fifty-fifth Street ideal. Mrs.
  • Summers and Madame de Chantelle, however strongly they would have
  • disagreed as to the authorized source of Christian dogma, would have
  • found themselves completely in accord on all the momentous minutiae of
  • drawing-room conduct; yet Mr. Leath treated his mother’s foibles with a
  • respect which Anna’s experience of him forbade her to attribute wholly
  • to filial affection.
  • In the early days, when she was still questioning the Sphinx instead of
  • trying to find an answer to it, she ventured to tax her husband with his
  • inconsistency.
  • “You say your mother won’t like it if I call on that amusing little
  • woman who came here the other day, and was let in by mistake; but
  • Madame de Chantelle tells me she lives with her husband, and when mother
  • refused to visit Kitty Mayne you said----”
  • Mr. Leath’s smile arrested her. “My dear child, I don’t pretend to apply
  • the principles of logic to my poor mother’s prejudices.”
  • “But if you admit that they ARE prejudices----?”
  • “There are prejudices and prejudices. My mother, of course, got hers
  • from Monsieur de Chantelle, and they seem to me as much in their place
  • in this house as the pot-pourri in your hawthorn jar. They preserve a
  • social tradition of which I should be sorry to lose the least perfume.
  • Of course I don’t expect you, just at first, to feel the difference, to
  • see the nuance. In the case of little Madame de Vireville, for instance:
  • you point out that she’s still under her husband’s roof. Very true; and
  • if she were merely a Paris acquaintance--especially if you had met her,
  • as one still might, in the RIGHT KIND of house in Paris--I should be the
  • last to object to your visiting her. But in the country it’s different.
  • Even the best provincial society is what you would call narrow: I
  • don’t deny it; and if some of our friends met Madame de Vireville at
  • Givre--well, it would produce a bad impression. You’re inclined to
  • ridicule such considerations, but gradually you’ll come to see their
  • importance; and meanwhile, do trust me when I ask you to be guided by
  • my mother. It is always well for a stranger in an old society to err a
  • little on the side of what you call its prejudices but I should rather
  • describe as its traditions.”
  • After that she no longer tried to laugh or argue her husband out of his
  • convictions. They WERE convictions, and therefore unassailable. Nor
  • was any insincerity implied in the fact that they sometimes seemed to
  • coincide with hers. There were occasions when he really did look at
  • things as she did; but for reasons so different as to make the distance
  • between them all the greater. Life, to Mr. Leath, was like a walk
  • through a carefully classified museum, where, in moments of doubt, one
  • had only to look at the number and refer to one’s catalogue; to his wife
  • it was like groping about in a huge dark lumber-room where the exploring
  • ray of curiosity lit up now some shape of breathing beauty and now a
  • mummy’s grin.
  • In the first bewilderment of her new state these discoveries had had the
  • effect of dropping another layer of gauze between herself and reality.
  • She seemed farther than ever removed from the strong joys and pangs for
  • which she felt herself made. She did not adopt her husband’s views, but
  • insensibly she began to live his life. She tried to throw a compensating
  • ardour into the secret excursions of her spirit, and thus the old
  • vicious distinction between romance and reality was re-established for
  • her, and she resigned herself again to the belief that “real life” was
  • neither real nor alive.
  • The birth of her little girl swept away this delusion. At last she felt
  • herself in contact with the actual business of living: but even this
  • impression was not enduring.
  • Everything but the irreducible crude fact of child-bearing assumed, in
  • the Leath household, the same ghostly tinge of unreality. Her husband,
  • at the time, was all that his own ideal of a husband required. He was
  • attentive, and even suitably moved: but as he sat by her bedside, and
  • thoughtfully proffered to her the list of people who had “called to
  • enquire”, she looked first at him, and then at the child between them,
  • and wondered at the blundering alchemy of Nature...
  • With the exception of the little girl herself, everything connected with
  • that time had grown curiously remote and unimportant. The days that had
  • moved so slowly as they passed seemed now to have plunged down head-long
  • steeps of time; and as she sat in the autumn sun, with Darrow’s letter
  • in her hand, the history of Anna Leath appeared to its heroine like some
  • grey shadowy tale that she might have read in an old book, one night as
  • she was falling asleep...
  • X
  • Two brown blurs emerging from the farther end of the wood-vista
  • gradually defined themselves as her step-son and an attendant
  • game-keeper. They grew slowly upon the bluish background, with
  • occasional delays and re-effacements, and she sat still, waiting till
  • they should reach the gate at the end of the drive, where the keeper
  • would turn off to his cottage and Owen continue on to the house.
  • She watched his approach with a smile. From the first days of her
  • marriage she had been drawn to the boy, but it was not until after
  • Effie’s birth that she had really begun to know him. The eager
  • observation of her own child had shown her how much she had still to
  • learn about the slight fair boy whom the holidays periodically restored
  • to Givre. Owen, even then, both physically and morally, furnished her
  • with the oddest of commentaries on his father’s mien and mind. He would
  • never, the family sighingly recognized, be nearly as handsome as Mr.
  • Leath; but his rather charmingly unbalanced face, with its brooding
  • forehead and petulant boyish smile, suggested to Anna what his father’s
  • countenance might have been could one have pictured its neat features
  • disordered by a rattling breeze. She even pushed the analogy farther,
  • and descried in her step-son’s mind a quaintly-twisted reflection of
  • her husband’s. With his bursts of door-slamming activity, his fits of
  • bookish indolence, his crude revolutionary dogmatizing and his flashes
  • of precocious irony, the boy was not unlike a boisterous embodiment of
  • his father’s theories. It was as though Fraser Leath’s ideas, accustomed
  • to hang like marionettes on their pegs, should suddenly come down
  • and walk. There were moments, indeed, when Owen’s humours must have
  • suggested to his progenitor the gambols of an infant Frankenstein; but
  • to Anna they were the voice of her secret rebellions, and her tenderness
  • to her step-son was partly based on her severity toward herself. As he
  • had the courage she had lacked, so she meant him to have the chances
  • she had missed; and every effort she made for him helped to keep her own
  • hopes alive.
  • Her interest in Owen led her to think more often of his mother, and
  • sometimes she would slip away and stand alone before her predecessor’s
  • portrait. Since her arrival at Givre the picture--a “full-length” by a
  • once fashionable artist--had undergone the successive displacements of
  • an exiled consort removed farther and farther from the throne; and
  • Anna could not help noting that these stages coincided with the gradual
  • decline of the artist’s fame. She had a fancy that if his credit had
  • been in the ascendant the first Mrs. Leath might have continued to
  • throne over the drawing-room mantel-piece, even to the exclusion of
  • her successor’s effigy. Instead of this, her peregrinations had finally
  • landed her in the shrouded solitude of the billiard-room, an apartment
  • which no one ever entered, but where it was understood that “the light
  • was better,” or might have been if the shutters had not been always
  • closed.
  • Here the poor lady, elegantly dressed, and seated in the middle of a
  • large lonely canvas, in the blank contemplation of a gilt console, had
  • always seemed to Anna to be waiting for visitors who never came.
  • “Of course they never came, you poor thing! I wonder how long it
  • took you to find out that they never would?” Anna had more than once
  • apostrophized her, with a derision addressed rather to herself than to
  • the dead; but it was only after Effie’s birth that it occurred to her to
  • study more closely the face in the picture, and speculate on the kind of
  • visitors that Owen’s mother might have hoped for.
  • “She certainly doesn’t look as if they would have been the same kind as
  • mine: but there’s no telling, from a portrait that was so obviously done
  • ‘to please the family’, and that leaves Owen so unaccounted for. Well,
  • they never came, the visitors; they never came; and she died of it. She
  • died of it long before they buried her: I’m certain of that. Those are
  • stone-dead eyes in the picture...The loneliness must have been awful, if
  • even Owen couldn’t keep her from dying of it. And to feel it so she must
  • have HAD feelings--real live ones, the kind that twitch and tug. And all
  • she had to look at all her life was a gilt console--yes, that’s it, a
  • gilt console screwed to the wall! That’s exactly and absolutely what he
  • is!”
  • She did not mean, if she could help it, that either Effie or Owen should
  • know that loneliness, or let her know it again. They were three, now, to
  • keep each other warm, and she embraced both children in the same passion
  • of motherhood, as though one were not enough to shield her from her
  • predecessor’s fate.
  • Sometimes she fancied that Owen Leath’s response was warmer than that
  • of her own child. But then Effie was still hardly more than a baby,
  • and Owen, from the first, had been almost “old enough to understand”:
  • certainly DID understand now, in a tacit way that yet perpetually spoke
  • to her. This sense of his understanding was the deepest element in their
  • feeling for each other. There were so many things between them that were
  • never spoken of, or even indirectly alluded to, yet that, even in their
  • occasional discussions and differences, formed the unadduced arguments
  • making for final agreement...
  • Musing on this, she continued to watch his approach; and her heart began
  • to beat a little faster at the thought of what she had to say to him.
  • But when he reached the gate she saw him pause, and after a moment he
  • turned aside as if to gain a cross-road through the park.
  • She started up and waved her sunshade, but he did not see her. No doubt
  • he meant to go back with the gamekeeper, perhaps to the kennels, to see
  • a retriever who had hurt his leg. Suddenly she was seized by the whim
  • to overtake him. She threw down the parasol, thrust her letter into her
  • bodice, and catching up her skirts began to run.
  • She was slight and light, with a natural ease and quickness of gait, but
  • she could not recall having run a yard since she had romped with Owen in
  • his school-days; nor did she know what impulse moved her now. She only
  • knew that run she must, that no other motion, short of flight, would
  • have been buoyant enough for her humour. She seemed to be keeping pace
  • with some inward rhythm, seeking to give bodily expression to the lyric
  • rush of her thoughts. The earth always felt elastic under her, and she
  • had a conscious joy in treading it; but never had it been as soft and
  • springy as today. It seemed actually to rise and meet her as she went,
  • so that she had the feeling, which sometimes came to her in dreams, of
  • skimming miraculously over short bright waves. The air, too, seemed to
  • break in waves against her, sweeping by on its current all the slanted
  • lights and moist sharp perfumes of the failing day. She panted to
  • herself: “This is nonsense!” her blood hummed back: “But it’s glorious!”
  • and she sped on till she saw that Owen had caught sight of her and was
  • striding back in her direction.
  • Then she stopped and waited, flushed and laughing, her hands clasped
  • against the letter in her breast.
  • “No, I’m not mad,” she called out; “but there’s something in the air
  • today--don’t you feel it?--And I wanted to have a little talk with you,”
  • she added as he came up to her, smiling at him and linking her arm in
  • his.
  • He smiled back, but above the smile she saw the shade of anxiety which,
  • for the last two months, had kept its fixed line between his handsome
  • eyes.
  • “Owen, don’t look like that! I don’t want you to!” she said imperiously.
  • He laughed. “You said that exactly like Effie. What do you want me to
  • do? To race with you as I do Effie? But I shouldn’t have a show!” he
  • protested, still with the little frown between his eyes.
  • “Where are you going?” she asked.
  • “To the kennels. But there’s not the least need. The vet has seen Garry
  • and he’s all right. If there’s anything you wanted to tell me----”
  • “Did I say there was? I just came out to meet you--I wanted to know if
  • you’d had good sport.”
  • The shadow dropped on him again. “None at all. The fact is I didn’t try.
  • Jean and I have just been knocking about in the woods. I wasn’t in a
  • sanguinary mood.”
  • They walked on with the same light gait, so nearly of a height that
  • keeping step came as naturally to them as breathing. Anna stole another
  • look at the young face on a level with her own.
  • “You DID say there was something you wanted to tell me,” her step-son
  • began after a pause.
  • “Well, there is.” She slackened her pace involuntarily, and they came to
  • a pause and stood facing each other under the limes.
  • “Is Darrow coming?” he asked.
  • She seldom blushed, but at the question a sudden heat suffused her. She
  • held her head high.
  • “Yes: he’s coming. I’ve just heard. He arrives to-morrow. But that’s
  • not----” She saw her blunder and tried to rectify it. “Or rather, yes,
  • in a way it is my reason for wanting to speak to you----”
  • “Because he’s coming?”
  • “Because he’s not yet here.”
  • “It’s about him, then?”
  • He looked at her kindly, half-humourously, an almost fraternal wisdom in
  • his smile.
  • “About----? No, no: I meant that I wanted to speak today because it’s
  • our last day alone together.”
  • “Oh, I see.” He had slipped his hands into the pockets of his tweed
  • shooting jacket and lounged along at her side, his eyes bent on the
  • moist ruts of the drive, as though the matter had lost all interest for
  • him.
  • “Owen----”
  • He stopped again and faced her. “Look here, my dear, it’s no sort of
  • use.”
  • “What’s no use?”
  • “Anything on earth you can any of you say.”
  • She challenged him: “Am I one of ‘any of you’?”
  • He did not yield. “Well, then--anything on earth that even YOU can say.”
  • “You don’t in the least know what I can say--or what I mean to.”
  • “Don’t I, generally?”
  • She gave him this point, but only to make another. “Yes; but this is
  • particularly. I want to say...Owen, you’ve been admirable all through.”
  • He broke into a laugh in which the odd elder-brotherly note was once
  • more perceptible.
  • “Admirable,” she emphasized. “And so has SHE.”
  • “Oh, and so have you to HER!” His voice broke down to boyishness. “I’ve
  • never lost sight of that for a minute. It’s been altogether easier for
  • her, though,” he threw off presently.
  • “On the whole, I suppose it has. Well----” she summed up with a laugh,
  • “aren’t you all the better pleased to be told you’ve behaved as well as
  • she?”
  • “Oh, you know, I’ve not done it for you,” he tossed back at her, without
  • the least note of hostility in the affected lightness of his tone.
  • “Haven’t you, though, perhaps--the least bit? Because, after all, you
  • knew I understood?”
  • “You’ve been awfully kind about pretending to.”
  • She laughed. “You don’t believe me? You must remember I had your
  • grandmother to consider.”
  • “Yes: and my father--and Effie, I suppose--and the outraged shades of
  • Givre!” He paused, as if to lay more stress on the boyish sneer: “Do you
  • likewise include the late Monsieur de Chantelle?”
  • His step-mother did not appear to resent the thrust. She went on, in the
  • same tone of affectionate persuasion: “Yes: I must have seemed to you
  • too subject to Givre. Perhaps I have been. But you know that was not my
  • real object in asking you to wait, to say nothing to your grandmother
  • before her return.”
  • He considered. “Your real object, of course, was to gain time.”
  • “Yes--but for whom? Why not for YOU?”
  • “For me?” He flushed up quickly. “You don’t mean----?”
  • She laid her hand on his arm and looked gravely into his handsome eyes.
  • “I mean that when your grandmother gets back from Ouchy I shall speak to
  • her----” “You’ll speak to her...?”
  • “Yes; if only you’ll promise to give me time----”
  • “Time for her to send for Adelaide Painter?”
  • “Oh, she’ll undoubtedly send for Adelaide Painter!”
  • The allusion touched a spring of mirth in both their minds, and they
  • exchanged a laughing look.
  • “Only you must promise not to rush things. You must give me time to
  • prepare Adelaide too,” Mrs. Leath went on.
  • “Prepare her too?” He drew away for a better look at her. “Prepare her
  • for what?”
  • “Why, to prepare your grandmother! For your marriage. Yes, that’s what I
  • mean. I’m going to see you through, you know----”
  • His feint of indifference broke down and he caught her hand. “Oh, you
  • dear divine thing! I didn’t dream----”
  • “I know you didn’t.” She dropped her gaze and began to walk on slowly.
  • “I can’t say you’ve convinced me of the wisdom of the step. Only I
  • seem to see that other things matter more--and that not missing things
  • matters most. Perhaps I’ve changed--or YOUR not changing has convinced
  • me. I’m certain now that you won’t budge. And that was really all I ever
  • cared about.”
  • “Oh, as to not budging--I told you so months ago: you might have been
  • sure of that! And how can you be any surer today than yesterday?”
  • “I don’t know. I suppose one learns something every day----”
  • “Not at Givre!” he laughed, and shot a half-ironic look at her. “But you
  • haven’t really BEEN at Givre lately--not for months! Don’t you suppose
  • I’ve noticed that, my dear?”
  • She echoed his laugh to merge it in an undenying sigh. “Poor Givre...”
  • “Poor empty Givre! With so many rooms full and yet not a soul in
  • it--except of course my grandmother, who is its soul!”
  • They had reached the gateway of the court and stood looking with a
  • common accord at the long soft-hued facade on which the autumn light was
  • dying. “It looks so made to be happy in----” she murmured.
  • “Yes--today, today!” He pressed her arm a little. “Oh, you darling--to
  • have given it that look for me!” He paused, and then went on in a lower
  • voice: “Don’t you feel we owe it to the poor old place to do what we can
  • to give it that look? You, too, I mean? Come, let’s make it grin
  • from wing to wing! I’ve such a mad desire to say outrageous things to
  • it--haven’t you? After all, in old times there must have been living
  • people here!”
  • Loosening her arm from his she continued to gaze up at the house-front,
  • which seemed, in the plaintive decline of light, to send her back the
  • mute appeal of something doomed.
  • “It IS beautiful,” she said.
  • “A beautiful memory! Quite perfect to take out and turn over when I’m
  • grinding at the law in New York, and you’re----” He broke off and looked
  • at her with a questioning smile. “Come! Tell me. You and I don’t have
  • to say things to talk to each other. When you turn suddenly absentminded
  • and mysterious I always feel like saying: ‘Come back. All is
  • discovered’.”
  • She returned his smile. “You know as much as I know. I promise you
  • that.”
  • He wavered, as if for the first time uncertain how far he might go. “I
  • don’t know Darrow as much as you know him,” he presently risked.
  • She frowned a little. “You said just now we didn’t need to say things”
  • “Was I speaking? I thought it was your eyes----” He caught her by both
  • elbows and spun her halfway round, so that the late sun shed a betraying
  • gleam on her face. “They’re such awfully conversational eyes! Don’t you
  • suppose they told me long ago why it’s just today you’ve made up your
  • mind that people have got to live their own lives--even at Givre?”
  • XI
  • “This is the south terrace,” Anna said. “Should you like to walk down to
  • the river?”
  • She seemed to listen to herself speaking from a far-off airy height, and
  • yet to be wholly gathered into the circle of consciousness which drew
  • its glowing ring about herself and Darrow. To the aerial listener her
  • words sounded flat and colourless, but to the self within the ring each
  • one beat with a separate heart.
  • It was the day after Darrow’s arrival, and he had come down early, drawn
  • by the sweetness of the light on the lawns and gardens below his window.
  • Anna had heard the echo of his step on the stairs, his pause in the
  • stone-flagged hall, his voice as he asked a servant where to find her.
  • She was at the end of the house, in the brown-panelled sitting-room
  • which she frequented at that season because it caught the sunlight first
  • and kept it longest. She stood near the window, in the pale band of
  • brightness, arranging some salmon-pink geraniums in a shallow porcelain
  • bowl. Every sensation of touch and sight was thrice-alive in her. The
  • grey-green fur of the geranium leaves caressed her fingers and the
  • sunlight wavering across the irregular surface of the old parquet floor
  • made it seem as bright and shifting as the brown bed of a stream.
  • Darrow stood framed in the door-way of the farthest drawing-room, a
  • light-grey figure against the black and white flagging of the hall; then
  • he began to move toward her down the empty pale-panelled vista, crossing
  • one after another the long reflections which a projecting cabinet or
  • screen cast here and there upon the shining floors.
  • As he drew nearer, his figure was suddenly displaced by that of her
  • husband, whom, from the same point, she had so often seen advancing down
  • the same perspective. Straight, spare, erect, looking to right and
  • left with quick precise turns of the head, and stopping now and then to
  • straighten a chair or alter the position of a vase, Fraser Leath used
  • to march toward her through the double file of furniture like a general
  • reviewing a regiment drawn up for his inspection. At a certain point,
  • midway across the second room, he always stopped before the mantel-piece
  • of pinkish-yellow marble and looked at himself in the tall garlanded
  • glass that surmounted it. She could not remember that he had ever found
  • anything to straighten or alter in his own studied attire, but she had
  • never known him to omit the inspection when he passed that particular
  • mirror.
  • When it was over he continued more briskly on his way, and the resulting
  • expression of satisfaction was still on his face when he entered the oak
  • sitting-room to greet his wife...
  • The spectral projection of this little daily scene hung but for a moment
  • before Anna, but in that moment she had time to fling a wondering glance
  • across the distance between her past and present. Then the footsteps of
  • the present came close, and she had to drop the geraniums to give her
  • hand to Darrow...
  • “Yes, let us walk down to the river.”
  • They had neither of them, as yet, found much to say to each other.
  • Darrow had arrived late on the previous afternoon, and during the
  • evening they had had between them Owen Leath and their own thoughts. Now
  • they were alone for the first time and the fact was enough in itself.
  • Yet Anna was intensely aware that as soon as they began to talk more
  • intimately they would feel that they knew each other less well.
  • They passed out onto the terrace and down the steps to the gravel walk
  • below. The delicate frosting of dew gave the grass a bluish shimmer, and
  • the sunlight, sliding in emerald streaks along the tree-boles, gathered
  • itself into great luminous blurs at the end of the wood-walks, and hung
  • above the fields a watery glory like the ring about an autumn moon.
  • “It’s good to be here,” Darrow said.
  • They took a turn to the left and stopped for a moment to look back at
  • the long pink house-front, plainer, friendlier, less adorned than on the
  • side toward the court. So prolonged yet delicate had been the friction
  • of time upon its bricks that certain expanses had the bloom and texture
  • of old red velvet, and the patches of gold lichen spreading over them
  • looked like the last traces of a dim embroidery. The dome of the chapel,
  • with its gilded cross, rose above one wing, and the other ended in a
  • conical pigeon-house, above which the birds were flying, lustrous and
  • slatey, their breasts merged in the blue of the roof when they dropped
  • down on it.
  • “And this is where you’ve been all these years.”
  • They turned away and began to walk down a long tunnel of yellowing
  • trees. Benches with mossy feet stood against the mossy edges of the
  • path, and at its farther end it widened into a circle about a basin
  • rimmed with stone, in which the opaque water strewn with leaves looked
  • like a slab of gold-flecked agate. The path, growing narrower, wound on
  • circuitously through the woods, between slender serried trunks twined
  • with ivy. Patches of blue appeared above them through the dwindling
  • leaves, and presently the trees drew back and showed the open fields
  • along the river.
  • They walked on across the fields to the tow-path. In a curve of the wall
  • some steps led up to a crumbling pavilion with openings choked with ivy.
  • Anna and Darrow seated themselves on the bench projecting from the inner
  • wall of the pavilion and looked across the river at the slopes divided
  • into blocks of green and fawn-colour, and at the chalk-tinted village
  • lifting its squat church-tower and grey roofs against the precisely
  • drawn lines of the landscape. Anna sat silent, so intensely aware of
  • Darrow’s nearness that there was no surprise in the touch he laid on her
  • hand. They looked at each other, and he smiled and said: “There are to
  • be no more obstacles now.”
  • “Obstacles?” The word startled her. “What obstacles?”
  • “Don’t you remember the wording of the telegram that turned me back
  • last May? ‘Unforeseen obstacle’: that was it. What was the earth-shaking
  • problem, by the way? Finding a governess for Effie, wasn’t it?”
  • “But I gave you my reason: the reason why it was an obstacle. I wrote
  • you fully about it.”
  • “Yes, I know you did.” He lifted her hand and kissed it. “How far off it
  • all seems, and how little it all matters today!”
  • She looked at him quickly. “Do you feel that? I suppose I’m different. I
  • want to draw all those wasted months into today--to make them a part of
  • it.”
  • “But they are, to me. You reach back and take everything--back to the
  • first days of all.”
  • She frowned a little, as if struggling with an inarticulate perplexity.
  • “It’s curious how, in those first days, too, something that I didn’t
  • understand came between us.”
  • “Oh, in those days we neither of us understood, did we? It’s part of
  • what’s called the bliss of being young.”
  • “Yes, I thought that, too: thought it, I mean, in looking back. But it
  • couldn’t, even then, have been as true of you as of me; and now----”
  • “Now,” he said, “the only thing that matters is that we’re sitting here
  • together.”
  • He dismissed the rest with a lightness that might have seemed conclusive
  • evidence of her power over him. But she took no pride in such triumphs.
  • It seemed to her that she wanted his allegiance and his adoration not so
  • much for herself as for their mutual love, and that in treating lightly
  • any past phase of their relation he took something from its present
  • beauty. The colour rose to her face.
  • “Between you and me everything matters.”
  • “Of course!” She felt the unperceiving sweetness of his smile. “That’s
  • why,” he went on, “‘everything,’ for me, is here and now: on this bench,
  • between you and me.”
  • She caught at the phrase. “That’s what I meant: it’s here and now; we
  • can’t get away from it.”
  • “Get away from it? Do you want to? AGAIN?”
  • Her heart was beating unsteadily. Something in her, fitfully and with
  • reluctance, struggled to free itself, but the warmth of his nearness
  • penetrated every sense as the sunlight steeped the landscape. Then,
  • suddenly, she felt that she wanted no less than the whole of her
  • happiness.
  • “‘Again’? But wasn’t it YOU, the last time----?”
  • She paused, the tremor in her of Psyche holding up the lamp. But in the
  • interrogative light of her pause her companion’s features underwent no
  • change.
  • “The last time? Last spring? But it was you who--for the best of
  • reasons, as you’ve told me--turned me back from your very door last
  • spring!”
  • She saw that he was good-humouredly ready to “thresh out,” for her
  • sentimental satisfaction, a question which, for his own, Time had so
  • conclusively dealt with; and the sense of his readiness reassured her.
  • “I wrote as soon as I could,” she rejoined. “I explained the delay and
  • asked you to come. And you never even answered my letter.”
  • “It was impossible to come then. I had to go back to my post.”
  • “And impossible to write and tell me so?”
  • “Your letter was a long time coming. I had waited a week--ten days. I
  • had some excuse for thinking, when it came, that you were in no great
  • hurry for an answer.”
  • “You thought that--really--after reading it?”
  • “I thought it.”
  • Her heart leaped up to her throat. “Then why are you here today?”
  • He turned on her with a quick look of wonder. “God knows--if you can ask
  • me that!”
  • “You see I was right to say I didn’t understand.”
  • He stood up abruptly and stood facing her, blocking the view over the
  • river and the checkered slopes. “Perhaps I might say so too.”
  • “No, no: we must neither of us have any reason for saying it again.”
  • She looked at him gravely. “Surely you and I needn’t arrange the lights
  • before we show ourselves to each other. I want you to see me just as I
  • am, with all my irrational doubts and scruples; the old ones and the new
  • ones too.”
  • He came back to his seat beside her. “Never mind the old ones. They were
  • justified--I’m willing to admit it. With the governess having suddenly
  • to be packed off, and Effie on your hands, and your mother-in-law ill,
  • I see the impossibility of your letting me come. I even see that, at the
  • moment, it was difficult to write and explain. But what does all that
  • matter now? The new scruples are the ones I want to tackle.”
  • Again her heart trembled. She felt her happiness so near, so sure, that
  • to strain it closer might be like a child’s crushing a pet bird in its
  • caress. But her very security urged her on. For so long her doubts had
  • been knife-edged: now they had turned into bright harmless toys that she
  • could toss and catch without peril!
  • “You didn’t come, and you didn’t answer my letter; and after waiting
  • four months I wrote another.” “And I answered that one; and I’m here.”
  • “Yes.” She held his eyes. “But in my last letter I repeated exactly what
  • I’d said in the first--the one I wrote you last June. I told you then
  • that I was ready to give you the answer to what you’d asked me in
  • London; and in telling you that, I told you what the answer was.”
  • “My dearest! My dearest!” Darrow murmured.
  • “You ignored that letter. All summer you made no sign. And all I ask now
  • is, that you should frankly tell me why.”
  • “I can only repeat what I’ve just said. I was hurt and unhappy and
  • I doubted you. I suppose if I’d cared less I should have been more
  • confident. I cared so much that I couldn’t risk another failure. For
  • you’d made me feel that I’d miserably failed. So I shut my eyes and set
  • my teeth and turned my back. There’s the whole pusillanimous truth of
  • it!”
  • “Oh, if it’s the WHOLE truth!----” She let him clasp her. “There’s my
  • torment, you see. I thought that was what your silence meant till I made
  • you break it. Now I want to be sure that I was right.”
  • “What can I tell you to make you sure?”
  • “You can let me tell YOU everything first.” She drew away, but without
  • taking her hands from him. “Owen saw you in Paris,” she began.
  • She looked at him and he faced her steadily. The light was full on his
  • pleasantly-browned face, his grey eyes, his frank white forehead. She
  • noticed for the first time a seal-ring in a setting of twisted silver on
  • the hand he had kept on hers.
  • “In Paris? Oh, yes...So he did.”
  • “He came back and told me. I think you talked to him a moment in a
  • theatre. I asked if you’d spoken of my having put you off--or if you’d
  • sent me any message. He didn’t remember that you had.”
  • “In a crush--in a Paris foyer? My dear!”
  • “It was absurd of me! But Owen and I have always been on odd kind of
  • brother-and-sister terms. I think he guessed about us when he saw you
  • with me in London. So he teased me a little and tried to make me curious
  • about you; and when he saw he’d succeeded he told me he hadn’t had time
  • to say much to you because you were in such a hurry to get back to the
  • lady you were with.”
  • He still held her hands, but she felt no tremor in his, and the blood
  • did not stir in his brown cheek. He seemed to be honestly turning over
  • his memories. “Yes: and what else did he tell you?”
  • “Oh, not much, except that she was awfully pretty. When I asked him
  • to describe her he said you had her tucked away in a baignoire and he
  • hadn’t actually seen her; but he saw the tail of her cloak, and somehow
  • knew from that that she was pretty. One DOES, you know...I think he said
  • the cloak was pink.”
  • Darrow broke into a laugh. “Of course it was--they always are! So that
  • was at the bottom of your doubts?”
  • “Not at first. I only laughed. But afterward, when I wrote you and you
  • didn’t answer----Oh, you DO see?” she appealed to him.
  • He was looking at her gently. “Yes: I see.”
  • “It’s not as if this were a light thing between us. I want you to know
  • me as I am. If I thought that at that moment ... when you were on your way
  • here, almost----”
  • He dropped her hand and stood up. “Yes, yes--I understand.”
  • “But do you?” Her look followed him. “I’m not a goose of a girl. I
  • know ... of course I KNOW...but there are things a woman feels ... when
  • what she knows doesn’t make any difference. It’s not that I want you to
  • explain--I mean about that particular evening. It’s only that I want you
  • to have the whole of my feeling. I didn’t know what it was till I saw
  • you again. I never dreamed I should say such things to you!”
  • “I never dreamed I should be here to hear you say them!” He turned back
  • and lifting a floating end of her scarf put his lips to it. “But now
  • that you have, I know--I know,” he smiled down at her.
  • “You know?”
  • “That this is no light thing between us. Now you may ask me anything you
  • please! That was all I wanted to ask YOU.”
  • For a long moment they looked at each other without speaking. She saw
  • the dancing spirit in his eyes turn grave and darken to a passionate
  • sternness. He stooped and kissed her, and she sat as if folded in wings.
  • XII
  • It was in the natural order of things that, on the way back to the
  • house, their talk should have turned to the future.
  • Anna was not eager to define it. She had an extraordinary sensitiveness
  • to the impalpable elements of happiness, and as she walked at Darrow’s
  • side her imagination flew back and forth, spinning luminous webs of
  • feeling between herself and the scene about her. Every heightening of
  • emotion produced for her a new effusion of beauty in visible things, and
  • with it the sense that such moments should be lingered over and absorbed
  • like some unrenewable miracle. She understood Darrow’s impatience to see
  • their plans take shape. She knew it must be so, she would not have had
  • it otherwise; but to reach a point where she could fix her mind on his
  • appeal for dates and decisions was like trying to break her way through
  • the silver tangle of an April wood.
  • Darrow wished to use his diplomatic opportunities as a means of studying
  • certain economic and social problems with which he presently hoped to
  • deal in print; and with this in view he had asked for, and obtained, a
  • South American appointment. Anna was ready to follow where he led, and
  • not reluctant to put new sights as well as new thoughts between herself
  • and her past. She had, in a direct way, only Effie and Effie’s education
  • to consider; and there seemed, after due reflection, no reason why the
  • most anxious regard for these should not be conciliated with the demands
  • of Darrow’s career. Effie, it was evident, could be left to Madame de
  • Chantelle’s care till the couple should have organized their life; and
  • she might even, as long as her future step-father’s work retained him
  • in distant posts, continue to divide her year between Givre and the
  • antipodes.
  • As for Owen, who had reached his legal majority two years before, and
  • was soon to attain the age fixed for the taking over of his paternal
  • inheritance, the arrival of this date would reduce his step-mother’s
  • responsibility to a friendly concern for his welfare. This made for the
  • prompt realization of Darrow’s wishes, and there seemed no reason why
  • the marriage should not take place within the six weeks that remained of
  • his leave.
  • They passed out of the wood-walk into the open brightness of the garden.
  • The noon sunlight sheeted with gold the bronze flanks of the polygonal
  • yews. Chrysanthemums, russet, saffron and orange, glowed like the
  • efflorescence of an enchanted forest; belts of red begonia purpling to
  • wine-colour ran like smouldering flame among the borders; and above
  • this outspread tapestry the house extended its harmonious length, the
  • soberness of its lines softened to grace in the luminous misty air.
  • Darrow stood still, and Anna felt that his glance was travelling from
  • her to the scene about them and then back to her face.
  • “You’re sure you’re prepared to give up Givre? You look so made for each
  • other!”
  • “Oh, Givre----” She broke off suddenly, feeling as if her too careless
  • tone had delivered all her past into his hands; and with one of her
  • instinctive movements of recoil she added: “When Owen marries I shall
  • have to give it up.”
  • “When Owen marries? That’s looking some distance ahead! I want to be
  • told that meanwhile you’ll have no regrets.”
  • She hesitated. Why did he press her to uncover to him her poor starved
  • past? A vague feeling of loyalty, a desire to spare what could no
  • longer harm her, made her answer evasively: “There will probably be no
  • ‘meanwhile.’ Owen may marry before long.”
  • She had not meant to touch on the subject, for her step-son had sworn
  • her to provisional secrecy; but since the shortness of Darrow’s leave
  • necessitated a prompt adjustment of their own plans, it was, after all,
  • inevitable that she should give him at least a hint of Owen’s.
  • “Owen marry? Why, he always seems like a faun in flannels! I hope he’s
  • found a dryad. There might easily be one left in these blue-and-gold
  • woods.”
  • “I can’t tell you yet where he found his dryad, but she IS one, I
  • believe: at any rate she’ll become the Givre woods better than I do.
  • Only there may be difficulties----”
  • “Well! At that age they’re not always to be wished away.”
  • She hesitated. “Owen, at any rate, has made up his mind to overcome
  • them; and I’ve promised to see him through.”
  • She went on, after a moment’s consideration, to explain that her
  • step-son’s choice was, for various reasons, not likely to commend itself
  • to his grandmother. “She must be prepared for it, and I’ve promised to
  • do the preparing. You know I always HAVE seen him through things, and he
  • rather counts on me now.”
  • She fancied that Darrow’s exclamation had in it a faint note of
  • annoyance, and wondered if he again suspected her of seeking a pretext
  • for postponement.
  • “But once Owen’s future is settled, you won’t, surely, for the sake
  • of what you call seeing him through, ask that I should go away again
  • without you?” He drew her closer as they walked. “Owen will understand,
  • if you don’t. Since he’s in the same case himself I’ll throw myself on
  • his mercy. He’ll see that I have the first claim on you; he won’t even
  • want you not to see it.”
  • “Owen sees everything: I’m not afraid of that. But his future isn’t
  • settled. He’s very young to marry--too young, his grandmother is sure to
  • think--and the marriage he wants to make is not likely to convince her
  • to the contrary.”
  • “You don’t mean that it’s like his first choice?”
  • “Oh, no! But it’s not what Madame de Chantelle would call a good match;
  • it’s not even what I call a wise one.”
  • “Yet you’re backing him up?”
  • “Yet I’m backing him up.” She paused. “I wonder if you’ll understand?
  • What I’ve most wanted for him, and shall want for Effie, is that
  • they shall always feel free to make their own mistakes, and never, if
  • possible, be persuaded to make other people’s. Even if Owen’s marriage
  • is a mistake, and has to be paid for, I believe he’ll learn and grow in
  • the paying. Of course I can’t make Madame de Chantelle see this; but I
  • can remind her that, with his character--his big rushes of impulse,
  • his odd intervals of ebb and apathy--she may drive him into some worse
  • blunder if she thwarts him now.”
  • “And you mean to break the news to her as soon as she comes back from
  • Ouchy?”
  • “As soon as I see my way to it. She knows the girl and likes her: that’s
  • our hope. And yet it may, in the end, prove our danger, make it harder
  • for us all, when she learns the truth, than if Owen had chosen a
  • stranger. I can’t tell you more till I’ve told her: I’ve promised Owen
  • not to tell any one. All I ask you is to give me time, to give me a few
  • days at any rate She’s been wonderfully ‘nice,’ as she would call it,
  • about you, and about the fact of my having soon to leave Givre; but
  • that, again, may make it harder for Owen. At any rate, you can see,
  • can’t you, how it makes me want to stand by him? You see, I couldn’t
  • bear it if the least fraction of my happiness seemed to be stolen from
  • his--as if it were a little scrap of happiness that had to be pieced out
  • with other people’s!” She clasped her hands on Darrow’s arm. “I want
  • our life to be like a house with all the windows lit: I’d like to string
  • lanterns from the roof and chimneys!”
  • She ended with an inward tremor. All through her exposition and her
  • appeal she had told herself that the moment could hardly have been less
  • well chosen. In Darrow’s place she would have felt, as he doubtless
  • did, that her carefully developed argument was only the disguise of an
  • habitual indecision. It was the hour of all others when she would have
  • liked to affirm herself by brushing aside every obstacle to his wishes;
  • yet it was only by opposing them that she could show the strength of
  • character she wanted him to feel in her.
  • But as she talked she began to see that Darrow’s face gave back no
  • reflection of her words, that he continued to wear the abstracted look
  • of a man who is not listening to what is said to him. It caused her a
  • slight pang to discover that his thoughts could wander at such a moment;
  • then, with a flush of joy she perceived the reason.
  • In some undefinable way she had become aware, without turning her
  • head, that he was steeped in the sense of her nearness, absorbed in
  • contemplating the details of her face and dress; and the discovery
  • made the words throng to her lips. She felt herself speak with ease,
  • authority, conviction. She said to herself: “He doesn’t care what I
  • say--it’s enough that I say it--even if it’s stupid he’ll like me better
  • for it...” She knew that every inflexion of her voice, every gesture,
  • every characteristic of her person--its very defects, the fact that her
  • forehead was too high, that her eyes were not large enough, that her
  • hands, though slender, were not small, and that the fingers did not
  • taper--she knew that these deficiencies were so many channels through
  • which her influence streamed to him; that she pleased him in spite of
  • them, perhaps because of them; that he wanted her as she was, and not as
  • she would have liked to be; and for the first time she felt in her veins
  • the security and lightness of happy love.
  • They reached the court and walked under the limes toward the house. The
  • hall door stood wide, and through the windows opening on the terrace the
  • sun slanted across the black and white floor, the faded tapestry chairs,
  • and Darrow’s travelling coat and cap, which lay among the cloaks and
  • rugs piled on a bench against the wall.
  • The sight of these garments, lying among her own wraps, gave her a sense
  • of homely intimacy. It was as if her happiness came down from the skies
  • and took on the plain dress of daily things. At last she seemed to hold
  • it in her hand.
  • As they entered the hall her eye lit on an unstamped note conspicuously
  • placed on the table.
  • “From Owen! He must have rushed off somewhere in the motor.”
  • She felt a secret stir of pleasure at the immediate inference that she
  • and Darrow would probably lunch alone. Then she opened the note and
  • stared at it in wonder.
  • “Dear,” Owen wrote, “after what you said yesterday I can’t wait another
  • hour, and I’m off to Francheuil, to catch the Dijon express and travel
  • back with them. Don’t be frightened; I won’t speak unless it’s safe to.
  • Trust me for that--but I had to go.”
  • She looked up slowly.
  • “He’s gone to Dijon to meet his grandmother. Oh, I hope I haven’t made a
  • mistake!”
  • “You? Why, what have you to do with his going to Dijon?”
  • She hesitated. “The day before yesterday I told him, for the first time,
  • that I meant to see him through, no matter what happened. And I’m afraid
  • he’s lost his head, and will be imprudent and spoil things. You see, I
  • hadn’t meant to say a word to him till I’d had time to prepare Madame de
  • Chantelle.”
  • She felt that Darrow was looking at her and reading her thoughts, and
  • the colour flew to her face. “Yes: it was when I heard you were coming
  • that I told him. I wanted him to feel as I felt ... it seemed too unkind
  • to make him wait!” Her hand was in his, and his arm rested for a moment
  • on her shoulder.
  • “It WOULD have been too unkind to make him wait.”
  • They moved side by side toward the stairs. Through the haze of bliss
  • enveloping her, Owen’s affairs seemed curiously unimportant and remote.
  • Nothing really mattered but this torrent of light in her veins. She put
  • her foot on the lowest step, saying: “It’s nearly luncheon time--I must
  • take off my hat...” and as she started up the stairs Darrow stood below
  • in the hall and watched her. But the distance between them did not make
  • him seem less near: it was as if his thoughts moved with her and touched
  • her like endearing hands.
  • In her bedroom she shut the door and stood still, looking about her in
  • a fit of dreamy wonder. Her feelings were unlike any she had ever known:
  • richer, deeper, more complete. For the first time everything in her,
  • from head to foot, seemed to be feeding the same full current of
  • sensation.
  • She took off her hat and went to the dressing-table to smooth her hair.
  • The pressure of the hat had flattened the dark strands on her forehead;
  • her face was paler than usual, with shadows about the eyes. She felt a
  • pang of regret for the wasted years. “If I look like this today,” she
  • said to herself, “what will he think of me when I’m ill or worried?” She
  • began to run her fingers through her hair, rejoicing in its thickness;
  • then she desisted and sat still, resting her chin on her hands.
  • “I want him to see me as I am,” she thought.
  • Deeper than the deepest fibre of her vanity was the triumphant sense
  • that AS SHE WAS, with her flattened hair, her tired pallor, her thin
  • sleeves a little tumbled by the weight of her jacket, he would like her
  • even better, feel her nearer, dearer, more desirable, than in all the
  • splendours she might put on for him. In the light of this discovery she
  • studied her face with a new intentness, seeing its defects as she had
  • never seen them, yet seeing them through a kind of radiance, as though
  • love were a luminous medium into which she had been bodily plunged.
  • She was glad now that she had confessed her doubts and her jealousy.
  • She divined that a man in love may be flattered by such involuntary
  • betrayals, that there are moments when respect for his liberty appeals
  • to him less than the inability to respect it: moments so propitious
  • that a woman’s very mistakes and indiscretions may help to establish her
  • dominion. The sense of power she had been aware of in talking to Darrow
  • came back with ten-fold force. She felt like testing him by the most
  • fantastic exactions, and at the same moment she longed to humble herself
  • before him, to make herself the shadow and echo of his mood. She wanted
  • to linger with him in a world of fancy and yet to walk at his side in
  • the world of fact. She wanted him to feel her power and yet to love her
  • for her ignorance and humility. She felt like a slave, and a goddess,
  • and a girl in her teens...
  • XIII
  • Darrow, late that evening, threw himself into an armchair before his
  • fire and mused.
  • The room was propitious to meditation. The red-veiled lamp, the corners
  • of shadow, the splashes of firelight on the curves of old full-bodied
  • wardrobes and cabinets, gave it an air of intimacy increased by its
  • faded hangings, its slightly frayed and threadbare rugs. Everything in
  • it was harmoniously shabby, with a subtle sought-for shabbiness in which
  • Darrow fancied he discerned the touch of Fraser Leath. But Fraser Leath
  • had grown so unimportant a factor in the scheme of things that these
  • marks of his presence caused the young man no emotion beyond that of a
  • faint retrospective amusement.
  • The afternoon and evening had been perfect.
  • After a moment of concern over her step-son’s departure, Anna had
  • surrendered herself to her happiness with an impetuosity that Darrow had
  • never suspected in her. Early in the afternoon they had gone out in the
  • motor, traversing miles of sober-tinted landscape in which, here and
  • there, a scarlet vineyard flamed, clattering through the streets of
  • stony villages, coming out on low slopes above the river, or winding
  • through the pale gold of narrow wood-roads with the blue of clear-cut
  • hills at their end. Over everything lay a faint sunshine that seemed
  • dissolved in the still air, and the smell of wet roots and decaying
  • leaves was merged in the pungent scent of burning underbrush. Once, at
  • the turn of a wall, they stopped the motor before a ruined gateway and,
  • stumbling along a road full of ruts, stood before a little old deserted
  • house, fantastically carved and chimneyed, which lay in a moat under the
  • shade of ancient trees. They paced the paths between the trees, found
  • a mouldy Temple of Love on an islet among reeds and plantains, and,
  • sitting on a bench in the stable-yard, watched the pigeons circling
  • against the sunset over their cot of patterned brick. Then the motor
  • flew on into the dusk...
  • When they came in they sat beside the fire in the oak drawing-room,
  • and Darrow noticed how delicately her head stood out against the sombre
  • panelling, and mused on the enjoyment there would always be in the mere
  • fact of watching her hands as they moved about among the tea-things...
  • They dined late, and facing her across the table, with its low lights
  • and flowers, he felt an extraordinary pleasure in seeing her again in
  • evening dress, and in letting his eyes dwell on the proud shy set of her
  • head, the way her dark hair clasped it, and the girlish thinness of her
  • neck above the slight swell of the breast. His imagination was struck
  • by the quality of reticence in her beauty. She suggested a fine portrait
  • kept down to a few tones, or a Greek vase on which the play of light is
  • the only pattern.
  • After dinner they went out on the terrace for a look at the moon-misted
  • park. Through the crepuscular whiteness the trees hung in blotted
  • masses. Below the terrace, the garden drew its dark diagrams between
  • statues that stood like muffled conspirators on the edge of the shadow.
  • Farther off, the meadows unrolled a silver-shot tissue to the mantling
  • of mist above the river; and the autumn stars trembled overhead like
  • their own reflections seen in dim water.
  • He lit his cigar, and they walked slowly up and down the flags in the
  • languid air, till he put an arm about her, saying: “You mustn’t stay
  • till you’re chilled”; then they went back into the room and drew up
  • their chairs to the fire.
  • It seemed only a moment later that she said: “It must be after eleven,”
  • and stood up and looked down on him, smiling faintly. He sat
  • still, absorbing the look, and thinking: “There’ll be evenings and
  • evenings”--till she came nearer, bent over him, and with a hand on his
  • shoulder said: “Good night.”
  • He got to his feet and put his arms about her.
  • “Good night,” he answered, and held her fast; and they gave each other a
  • long kiss of promise and communion.
  • The memory of it glowed in him still as he sat over his crumbling fire;
  • but beneath his physical exultation he felt a certain gravity of mood.
  • His happiness was in some sort the rallying-point of many scattered
  • purposes. He summed it up vaguely by saying to himself that to be loved
  • by a woman like that made “all the difference”...He was a little tired
  • of experimenting on life; he wanted to “take a line”, to follow things
  • up, to centralize and concentrate, and produce results. Two or three
  • more years of diplomacy--with her beside him!--and then their real life
  • would begin: study, travel and book-making for him, and for her--well,
  • the joy, at any rate, of getting out of an atmosphere of bric-a-brac and
  • card-leaving into the open air of competing activities.
  • The desire for change had for some time been latent in him, and his
  • meeting with Mrs. Leath the previous spring had given it a definite
  • direction. With such a comrade to focus and stimulate his energies he
  • felt modestly but agreeably sure of “doing something”. And under this
  • assurance was the lurking sense that he was somehow worthy of his
  • opportunity. His life, on the whole, had been a creditable affair. Out
  • of modest chances and middling talents he had built himself a fairly
  • marked personality, known some exceptional people, done a number of
  • interesting and a few rather difficult things, and found himself, at
  • thirty-seven, possessed of an intellectual ambition sufficient to occupy
  • the passage to a robust and energetic old age. As for the private and
  • personal side of his life, it had come up to the current standards, and
  • if it had dropped, now and then, below a more ideal measure, even these
  • declines had been brief, parenthetic, incidental. In the recognized
  • essentials he had always remained strictly within the limit of his
  • scruples.
  • From this reassuring survey of his case he came back to the
  • contemplation of its crowning felicity. His mind turned again to his
  • first meeting with Anna Summers and took up one by one the threads of
  • their faintly sketched romance. He dwelt with pardonable pride on
  • the fact that fate had so early marked him for the high privilege of
  • possessing her: it seemed to mean that they had really, in the truest
  • sense of the ill-used phrase, been made for each other.
  • Deeper still than all these satisfactions was the mere elemental sense
  • of well-being in her presence. That, after all, was what proved her to
  • be the woman for him: the pleasure he took in the set of her head, the
  • way her hair grew on her forehead and at the nape, her steady gaze when
  • he spoke, the grave freedom of her gait and gestures. He recalled every
  • detail of her face, the fine veinings of the temples, the bluish-brown
  • shadows in her upper lids, and the way the reflections of two stars
  • seemed to form and break up in her eyes when he held her close to him...
  • If he had had any doubt as to the nature of her feeling for him those
  • dissolving stars would have allayed it. She was reserved, she was shy
  • even, was what the shallow and effusive would call “cold”. She was like
  • a picture so hung that it can be seen only at a certain angle: an angle
  • known to no one but its possessor. The thought flattered his sense
  • of possessorship...He felt that the smile on his lips would have been
  • fatuous had it had a witness. He was thinking of her look when she had
  • questioned him about his meeting with Owen at the theatre: less of her
  • words than of her look, and of the effort the question cost her: the
  • reddening of her cheek, the deepening of the strained line between her
  • brows, the way her eyes sought shelter and then turned and drew on him.
  • Pride and passion were in the conflict--magnificent qualities in a wife!
  • The sight almost made up for his momentary embarrassment at the rousing
  • of a memory which had no place in his present picture of himself.
  • Yes! It was worth a good deal to watch that fight between her instinct
  • and her intelligence, and know one’s self the object of the struggle...
  • Mingled with these sensations were considerations of another order. He
  • reflected with satisfaction that she was the kind of woman with whom
  • one would like to be seen in public. It would be distinctly agreeable
  • to follow her into drawing-rooms, to walk after her down the aisle of a
  • theatre, to get in and out of trains with her, to say “my wife” of her
  • to all sorts of people. He draped these details in the handsome
  • phrase “She’s a woman to be proud of”, and felt that this fact somehow
  • justified and ennobled his instinctive boyish satisfaction in loving
  • her.
  • He stood up, rambled across the room and leaned out for a while into
  • the starry night. Then he dropped again into his armchair with a sigh of
  • deep content.
  • “Oh, hang it,” he suddenly exclaimed, “it’s the best thing that’s ever
  • happened to me, anyhow!”
  • The next day was even better. He felt, and knew she felt, that they had
  • reached a clearer understanding of each other. It was as if, after a
  • swim through bright opposing waves, with a dazzle of sun in their eyes,
  • they had gained an inlet in the shades of a cliff, where they could
  • float on the still surface and gaze far down into the depths.
  • Now and then, as they walked and talked, he felt a thrill of youthful
  • wonder at the coincidence of their views and their experiences, at the
  • way their minds leapt to the same point in the same instant.
  • “The old delusion, I suppose,” he smiled to himself. “Will Nature never
  • tire of the trick?”
  • But he knew it was more than that. There were moments in their talk when
  • he felt, distinctly and unmistakably, the solid ground of friendship
  • underneath the whirling dance of his sensations. “How I should like her
  • if I didn’t love her!” he summed it up, wondering at the miracle of such
  • a union.
  • In the course of the morning a telegram had come from Owen Leath,
  • announcing that he, his grandmother and Effie would arrive from Dijon
  • that afternoon at four. The station of the main line was eight or ten
  • miles from Givre, and Anna, soon after three, left in the motor to meet
  • the travellers.
  • When she had gone Darrow started for a walk, planning to get back late,
  • in order that the reunited family might have the end of the afternoon
  • to themselves. He roamed the country-side till long after dark, and the
  • stable-clock of Givre was striking seven as he walked up the avenue to
  • the court.
  • In the hall, coming down the stairs, he encountered Anna. Her face was
  • serene, and his first glance showed him that Owen had kept his word and
  • that none of her forebodings had been fulfilled.
  • She had just come down from the school-room, where Effie and the
  • governess were having supper; the little girl, she told him, looked
  • immensely better for her Swiss holiday, but was dropping with sleep
  • after the journey, and too tired to make her habitual appearance in the
  • drawing-room before being put to bed. Madame de Chantelle was resting,
  • but would be down for dinner; and as for Owen, Anna supposed he was off
  • somewhere in the park--he had a passion for prowling about the park at
  • nightfall...
  • Darrow followed her into the brown room, where the tea-table had been
  • left for him. He declined her offer of tea, but she lingered a moment
  • to tell him that Owen had in fact kept his word, and that Madame de
  • Chantelle had come back in the best of humours, and unsuspicious of the
  • blow about to fall.
  • “She has enjoyed her month at Ouchy, and it has given her a lot to talk
  • about--her symptoms, and the rival doctors, and the people at the hotel.
  • It seems she met your Ambassadress there, and Lady Wantley, and
  • some other London friends of yours, and she’s heard what she calls
  • ‘delightful things’ about you: she told me to tell you so. She attaches
  • great importance to the fact that your grandmother was an Everard of
  • Albany. She’s prepared to open her arms to you. I don’t know whether it
  • won’t make it harder for poor Owen ... the contrast, I mean...There are no
  • Ambassadresses or Everards to vouch for HIS choice! But you’ll help me,
  • won’t you? You’ll help me to help him? To-morrow I’ll tell you the rest.
  • Now I must rush up and tuck in Effie...”
  • “Oh, you’ll see, we’ll pull it off for him!” he assured her; “together,
  • we can’t fail to pull it off.”
  • He stood and watched her with a smile as she fled down the half-lit
  • vista to the hall.
  • XIV
  • If Darrow, on entering the drawing-room before dinner, examined its new
  • occupant with unusual interest, it was more on Owen Leath’s account than
  • his own.
  • Anna’s hints had roused his interest in the lad’s love affair, and he
  • wondered what manner of girl the heroine of the coming conflict might
  • be. He had guessed that Owen’s rebellion symbolized for his step-mother
  • her own long struggle against the Leath conventions, and he understood
  • that if Anna so passionately abetted him it was partly because, as she
  • owned, she wanted his liberation to coincide with hers.
  • The lady who was to represent, in the impending struggle, the forces of
  • order and tradition was seated by the fire when Darrow entered. Among
  • the flowers and old furniture of the large pale-panelled room, Madame
  • de Chantelle had the inanimate elegance of a figure introduced into a
  • “still-life” to give the scale. And this, Darrow reflected, was exactly
  • what she doubtless regarded as her chief obligation: he was sure she
  • thought a great deal of “measure”, and approved of most things only
  • up to a certain point. She was a woman of sixty, with a figure at once
  • young and old-fashioned. Her fair faded tints, her quaint corseting,
  • the passementerie on her tight-waisted dress, the velvet band on her
  • tapering arm, made her resemble a “carte de visite” photograph of the
  • middle ’sixties. One saw her, younger but no less invincibly lady-like,
  • leaning on a chair with a fringed back, a curl in her neck, a locket
  • on her tuckered bosom, toward the end of an embossed morocco album
  • beginning with The Beauties of the Second Empire.
  • She received her daughter-in-law’s suitor with an affability which
  • implied her knowledge and approval of his suit. Darrow had already
  • guessed her to be a person who would instinctively oppose any suggested
  • changes, and then, after one had exhausted one’s main arguments,
  • unexpectedly yield to some small incidental reason, and adhere doggedly
  • to her new position. She boasted of her old-fashioned prejudices, talked
  • a good deal of being a grandmother, and made a show of reaching up to
  • tap Owen’s shoulder, though his height was little more than hers.
  • She was full of a small pale prattle about the people she had seen
  • at Ouchy, as to whom she had the minute statistical information of a
  • gazetteer, without any apparent sense of personal differences. She said
  • to Darrow: “They tell me things are very much changed in America...Of
  • course in my youth there WAS a Society”...She had no desire to return
  • there she was sure the standards must be so different. “There are
  • charming people everywhere ... and one must always look on the best
  • side ... but when one has lived among Traditions it’s difficult to adapt
  • one’s self to the new ideas...These dreadful views of marriage ... it’s
  • so hard to explain them to my French relations...I’m thankful to say I
  • don’t pretend to understand them myself! But YOU’RE an Everard--I told
  • Anna last spring in London that one sees that instantly”...
  • She wandered off to the cooking and the service of the hotel at Ouchy.
  • She attached great importance to gastronomic details and to the manners
  • of hotel servants. There, too, there was a falling off, she said. “I don
  • t know, of course; but people say it’s owing to the Americans. Certainly
  • my waiter had a way of slapping down the dishes ... they tell me that many
  • of them are Anarchists ... belong to Unions, you know.” She appealed
  • to Darrow’s reported knowledge of economic conditions to confirm this
  • ominous rumour.
  • After dinner Owen Leath wandered into the next room, where the piano
  • stood, and began to play among the shadows. His step-mother presently
  • joined him, and Darrow sat alone with Madame de Chantelle.
  • She took up the thread of her mild chat and carried it on at the
  • same pace as her knitting. Her conversation resembled the large
  • loose-stranded web between her fingers: now and then she dropped a
  • stitch, and went on regardless of the gap in the pattern.
  • Darrow listened with a lazy sense of well-being. In the mental lull of
  • the after-dinner hour, with harmonious memories murmuring through
  • his mind, and the soft tints and shadowy spaces of the fine old room
  • charming his eyes to indolence, Madame de Chantelle’s discourse seemed
  • not out of place. He could understand that, in the long run, the
  • atmosphere of Givre might be suffocating; but in his present mood its
  • very limitations had a grace.
  • Presently he found the chance to say a word in his own behalf; and
  • thereupon measured the advantage, never before particularly apparent to
  • him, of being related to the Everards of Albany. Madame de Chantelle’s
  • conception of her native country--to which she had not returned since
  • her twentieth year--reminded him of an ancient geographer’s map of the
  • Hyperborean regions. It was all a foggy blank, from which only one or
  • two fixed outlines emerged; and one of these belonged to the Everards of
  • Albany.
  • The fact that they offered such firm footing--formed, so to speak,
  • a friendly territory on which the opposing powers could meet and
  • treat--helped him through the task of explaining and justifying himself
  • as the successor of Fraser Leath. Madame de Chantelle could not resist
  • such incontestable claims. She seemed to feel her son’s hovering and
  • discriminating presence, and she gave Darrow the sense that he was being
  • tested and approved as a last addition to the Leath Collection.
  • She also made him aware of the immense advantage he possessed in
  • belonging to the diplomatic profession. She spoke of this humdrum
  • calling as a Career, and gave Darrow to understand that she supposed him
  • to have been seducing Duchesses when he was not negotiating Treaties.
  • He heard again quaint phrases which romantic old ladies had used in his
  • youth: “Brilliant diplomatic society ... social advantages ... the entree
  • everywhere ... nothing else FORMS a young man in the same way...” and she
  • sighingly added that she could have wished her grandson had chosen the
  • same path to glory.
  • Darrow prudently suppressed his own view of the profession, as well
  • as the fact that he had adopted it provisionally, and for reasons
  • less social than sociological; and the talk presently passed on to the
  • subject of his future plans.
  • Here again, Madame de Chantelle’s awe of the Career made her admit
  • the necessity of Anna’s consenting to an early marriage. The fact that
  • Darrow was “ordered” to South America seemed to put him in the romantic
  • light of a young soldier charged to lead a forlorn hope: she sighed and
  • said: “At such moments a wife’s duty is at her husband’s side.”
  • The problem of Effie’s future might have disturbed her, she added; but
  • since Anna, for a time, consented to leave the little girl with her,
  • that problem was at any rate deferred. She spoke plaintively of the
  • responsibility of looking after her granddaughter, but Darrow divined
  • that she enjoyed the flavour of the word more than she felt the weight
  • of the fact.
  • “Effie’s a perfect child. She’s more like my son, perhaps, than dear
  • Owen. She’ll never intentionally give me the least trouble. But of
  • course the responsibility will be great...I’m not sure I should dare
  • to undertake it if it were not for her having such a treasure of a
  • governess. Has Anna told you about our little governess? After all the
  • worry we had last year, with one impossible creature after another, it
  • seems providential, just now, to have found her. At first we were afraid
  • she was too young; but now we’ve the greatest confidence in her. So
  • clever and amusing--and SUCH a lady! I don’t say her education’s all it
  • might be ... no drawing or singing ... but one can’t have everything; and
  • she speaks Italian...”
  • Madame de Chantelle’s fond insistence on the likeness between Effie
  • Leath and her father, if not particularly gratifying to Darrow, had at
  • least increased his desire to see the little girl. It gave him an
  • odd feeling of discomfort to think that she should have any of the
  • characteristics of the late Fraser Leath: he had, somehow, fantastically
  • pictured her as the mystical offspring of the early tenderness between
  • himself and Anna Summers.
  • His encounter with Effie took place the next morning, on the lawn below
  • the terrace, where he found her, in the early sunshine, knocking about
  • golf balls with her brother. Almost at once, and with infinite relief,
  • he saw that the resemblance of which Madame de Chantelle boasted was
  • mainly external. Even that discovery was slightly distasteful, though
  • Darrow was forced to own that Fraser Leath’s straight-featured fairness
  • had lent itself to the production of a peculiarly finished image of
  • childish purity. But it was evident that other elements had also gone
  • to the making of Effie, and that another spirit sat in her eyes. Her
  • serious handshake, her “pretty” greeting, were worthy of the Leath
  • tradition, and he guessed her to be more malleable than Owen, more
  • subject to the influences of Givre; but the shout with which she
  • returned to her romp had in it the note of her mother’s emancipation.
  • He had begged a holiday for her, and when Mrs. Leath appeared he and she
  • and the little girl went off for a ramble. Anna wished her daughter to
  • have time to make friends with Darrow before learning in what relation
  • he was to stand to her; and the three roamed the woods and fields till
  • the distant chime of the stable-clock made them turn back for luncheon.
  • Effie, who was attended by a shaggy terrier, had picked up two or three
  • subordinate dogs at the stable; and as she trotted on ahead with her
  • yapping escort, Anna hung back to throw a look at Darrow.
  • “Yes,” he answered it, “she’s exquisite...Oh, I see what I’m asking of
  • you! But she’ll be quite happy here, won’t she? And you must remember it
  • won’t be for long...”
  • Anna sighed her acquiescence. “Oh, she’ll be happy here. It’s her nature
  • to be happy. She’ll apply herself to it, conscientiously, as she does
  • to her lessons, and to what she calls ‘being good’...In a way, you see,
  • that’s just what worries me. Her idea of ‘being good’ is to please the
  • person she’s with--she puts her whole dear little mind on it! And so, if
  • ever she’s with the wrong person----”
  • “But surely there’s no danger of that just now? Madame de Chantelle
  • tells me that you’ve at last put your hand on a perfect governess----”
  • Anna, without answering, glanced away from him toward her daughter.
  • “It’s lucky, at any rate,” Darrow continued, “that Madame de Chantelle
  • thinks her so.”
  • “Oh, I think very highly of her too.”
  • “Highly enough to feel quite satisfied to leave her with Effie?”
  • “Yes. She’s just the person for Effie. Only, of course, one never
  • knows...She’s young, and she might take it into her head to leave us...”
  • After a pause she added: “I’m naturally anxious to know what you think
  • of her.”
  • When they entered the house the hands of the hall clock stood within a
  • few minutes of the luncheon hour. Anna led Effie off to have her hair
  • smoothed and Darrow wandered into the oak sitting-room, which he found
  • untenanted. The sun lay pleasantly on its brown walls, on the scattered
  • books and the flowers in old porcelain vases. In his eyes lingered the
  • vision of the dark-haired mother mounting the stairs with her little
  • fair daughter. The contrast between them seemed a last touch of grace
  • in the complex harmony of things. He stood in the window, looking out at
  • the park, and brooding inwardly upon his happiness...
  • He was roused by Effie’s voice and the scamper of her feet down the long
  • floors behind him.
  • “Here he is! Here he is!” she cried, flying over the threshold.
  • He turned and stooped to her with a smile, and as she caught his hand he
  • perceived that she was trying to draw him toward some one who had paused
  • behind her in the doorway, and whom he supposed to be her mother.
  • “HERE he is!” Effie repeated, with her sweet impatience.
  • The figure in the doorway came forward and Darrow, looking up, found
  • himself face to face with Sophy Viner. They stood still, a yard or two
  • apart, and looked at each other without speaking.
  • As they paused there, a shadow fell across one of the terrace windows,
  • and Owen Leath stepped whistling into the room. In his rough shooting
  • clothes, with the glow of exercise under his fair skin, he looked
  • extraordinarily light-hearted and happy. Darrow, with a quick
  • side-glance, noticed this, and perceived also that the glow on the
  • youth’s cheek had deepened suddenly to red. He too stopped short, and
  • the three stood there motionless for a barely perceptible beat of time.
  • During its lapse, Darrow’s eyes had turned back from Owen’s face to that
  • of the girl between them. He had the sense that, whatever was done, it
  • was he who must do it, and that it must be done immediately. He went
  • forward and held out his hand.
  • “How do you do, Miss Viner?”
  • She answered: “How do you do?” in a voice that sounded clear and
  • natural; and the next moment he again became aware of steps behind him,
  • and knew that Mrs. Leath was in the room.
  • To his strained senses there seemed to be another just measurable
  • pause before Anna said, looking gaily about the little group: “Has Owen
  • introduced you? This is Effie’s friend, Miss Viner.”
  • Effie, still hanging on her governess’s arm, pressed herself closer with
  • a little gesture of appropriation; and Miss Viner laid her hand on her
  • pupil’s hair.
  • Darrow felt that Anna’s eyes had turned to him.
  • “I think Miss Viner and I have met already--several years ago in
  • London.”
  • “I remember,” said Sophy Viner, in the same clear voice.
  • “How charming! Then we’re all friends. But luncheon must be ready,” said
  • Mrs. Leath.
  • She turned back to the door, and the little procession moved down the
  • two long drawing-rooms, with Effie waltzing on ahead.
  • XV
  • Madame de Chantelle and Anna had planned, for the afternoon, a visit to
  • a remotely situated acquaintance whom the introduction of the motor had
  • transformed into a neighbour. Effie was to pay for her morning’s holiday
  • by an hour or two in the school-room, and Owen suggested that he and
  • Darrow should betake themselves to a distant covert in the desultory
  • quest for pheasants.
  • Darrow was not an ardent sportsman, but any pretext for physical
  • activity would have been acceptable at the moment; and he was glad both
  • to get away from the house and not to be left to himself.
  • When he came downstairs the motor was at the door, and Anna stood before
  • the hall mirror, swathing her hat in veils. She turned at the sound of
  • his step and smiled at him for a long full moment.
  • “I’d no idea you knew Miss Viner,” she said, as he helped her into her
  • long coat.
  • “It came back to me, luckily, that I’d seen her two or three times in
  • London, several years ago. She was secretary, or something of the sort,
  • in the background of a house where I used to dine.”
  • He loathed the slighting indifference of the phrase, but he had uttered
  • it deliberately, had been secretly practising it all through the
  • interminable hour at the luncheon-table. Now that it was spoken, he
  • shivered at its note of condescension. In such cases one was almost sure
  • to overdo...But Anna seemed to notice nothing unusual.
  • “Was she really? You must tell me all about it--tell me exactly how she
  • struck you. I’m so glad it turns out that you know her.”
  • “‘Know’ is rather exaggerated: we used to pass each other on the
  • stairs.”
  • Madame de Chantelle and Owen appeared together as he spoke, and Anna,
  • gathering up her wraps, said: “You’ll tell me about that, then. Try and
  • remember everything you can.”
  • As he tramped through the woods at his young host’s side, Darrow felt
  • the partial relief from thought produced by exercise and the obligation
  • to talk. Little as he cared for shooting, he had the habit of
  • concentration which makes it natural for a man to throw himself wholly
  • into whatever business he has in hand, and there were moments of the
  • afternoon when a sudden whirr in the undergrowth, a vivider gleam
  • against the hazy browns and greys of the woods, was enough to fill the
  • foreground of his attention. But all the while, behind these voluntarily
  • emphasized sensations, his secret consciousness continued to revolve on
  • a loud wheel of thought. For a time it seemed to be sweeping him through
  • deep gulfs of darkness. His sensations were too swift and swarming to be
  • disentangled. He had an almost physical sense of struggling for air,
  • of battling helplessly with material obstructions, as though the russet
  • covert through which he trudged were the heart of a maleficent jungle...
  • Snatches of his companion’s talk drifted to him intermittently through
  • the confusion of his thoughts. He caught eager self-revealing phrases,
  • and understood that Owen was saying things about himself, perhaps
  • hinting indirectly at the hopes for which Darrow had been prepared by
  • Anna’s confidences. He had already become aware that the lad liked
  • him, and had meant to take the first opportunity of showing that he
  • reciprocated the feeling. But the effort of fixing his attention on
  • Owen’s words was so great that it left no power for more than the
  • briefest and most inexpressive replies.
  • Young Leath, it appeared, felt that he had reached a turning-point in
  • his career, a height from which he could impartially survey his past
  • progress and projected endeavour. At one time he had had musical and
  • literary yearnings, visions of desultory artistic indulgence; but these
  • had of late been superseded by the resolute determination to plunge into
  • practical life.
  • “I don’t want, you see,” Darrow heard him explaining, “to drift into
  • what my grandmother, poor dear, is trying to make of me: an adjunct of
  • Givre. I don’t want--hang it all!--to slip into collecting sensations
  • as my father collected snuff-boxes. I want Effie to have Givre--it’s my
  • grandmother’s, you know, to do as she likes with; and I’ve understood
  • lately that if it belonged to me it would gradually gobble me up. I want
  • to get out of it, into a life that’s big and ugly and struggling. If
  • I can extract beauty out of THAT, so much the better: that’ll prove my
  • vocation. But I want to MAKE beauty, not be drowned in the ready-made,
  • like a bee in a pot of honey.”
  • Darrow knew that he was being appealed to for corroboration of these
  • views and for encouragement in the course to which they pointed. To his
  • own ears his answers sounded now curt, now irrelevant: at one moment he
  • seemed chillingly indifferent, at another he heard himself launching out
  • on a flood of hazy discursiveness. He dared not look at Owen, for fear
  • of detecting the lad’s surprise at these senseless transitions. And
  • through the confusion of his inward struggles and outward loquacity he
  • heard the ceaseless trip-hammer beat of the question: “What in God’s
  • name shall I do?”...
  • To get back to the house before Anna’s return seemed his most pressing
  • necessity. He did not clearly know why: he simply felt that he ought to
  • be there. At one moment it occurred to him that Miss Viner might want to
  • speak to him alone--and again, in the same flash, that it would probably
  • be the last thing she would want...At any rate, he felt he ought to try
  • to speak to HER; or at least be prepared to do so, if the chance should
  • occur...
  • Finally, toward four, he told his companion that he had some letters
  • on his mind and must get back to the house and despatch them before the
  • ladies returned. He left Owen with the beater and walked on to the edge
  • of the covert. At the park gates he struck obliquely through the trees,
  • following a grass avenue at the end of which he had caught a glimpse
  • of the roof of the chapel. A grey haze had blotted out the sun and the
  • still air clung about him tepidly. At length the house-front raised
  • before him its expanse of damp-silvered brick, and he was struck afresh
  • by the high decorum of its calm lines and soberly massed surfaces. It
  • made him feel, in the turbid coil of his fears and passions, like a
  • muddy tramp forcing his way into some pure sequestered shrine...
  • By and bye, he knew, he should have to think the complex horror out,
  • slowly, systematically, bit by bit; but for the moment it was whirling
  • him about so fast that he could just clutch at its sharp spikes and
  • be tossed off again. Only one definite immediate fact stuck in his
  • quivering grasp. He must give the girl every chance--must hold himself
  • passive till she had taken them...
  • In the court Effie ran up to him with her leaping terrier.
  • “I was coming out to meet you--you and Owen. Miss Viner was coming, too,
  • and then she couldn’t because she’s got such a headache. I’m afraid I
  • gave it to her because I did my division so disgracefully. It’s too bad,
  • isn’t it? But won’t you walk back with me? Nurse won’t mind the least
  • bit; she’d so much rather go in to tea.”
  • Darrow excused himself laughingly, on the plea that he had letters to
  • write, which was much worse than having a headache, and not infrequently
  • resulted in one.
  • “Oh, then you can go and write them in Owen’s study. That’s where
  • gentlemen always write their letters.”
  • She flew on with her dog and Darrow pursued his way to the house.
  • Effie’s suggestion struck him as useful. He had pictured himself
  • as vaguely drifting about the drawing-rooms, and had perceived the
  • difficulty of Miss Viner’s having to seek him there; but the study,
  • a small room on the right of the hall, was in easy sight from the
  • staircase, and so situated that there would be nothing marked in his
  • being found there in talk with her.
  • He went in, leaving the door open, and sat down at the writing-table.
  • The room was a friendly heterogeneous place, the one repository, in the
  • well-ordered and amply-servanted house, of all its unclassified odds and
  • ends: Effie’s croquet-box and fishing rods, Owen’s guns and golf-sticks
  • and racquets, his step-mother’s flower-baskets and gardening implements,
  • even Madame de Chantelle’s embroidery frame, and the back numbers of the
  • Catholic Weekly. The early twilight had begun to fall, and presently
  • a slanting ray across the desk showed Darrow that a servant was coming
  • across the hall with a lamp. He pulled out a sheet of note-paper and
  • began to write at random, while the man, entering, put the lamp at his
  • elbow and vaguely “straightened” the heap of newspapers tossed on the
  • divan. Then his steps died away and Darrow sat leaning his head on his
  • locked hands.
  • Presently another step sounded on the stairs, wavered a moment and then
  • moved past the threshold of the study. Darrow got up and walked into
  • the hall, which was still unlighted. In the dimness he saw Sophy Viner
  • standing by the hall door in her hat and jacket. She stopped at sight
  • of him, her hand on the door-bolt, and they stood for a second without
  • speaking.
  • “Have you seen Effie?” she suddenly asked. “She went out to meet you.”
  • “She DID meet me, just now, in the court. She’s gone on to join her
  • brother.”
  • Darrow spoke as naturally as he could, but his voice sounded to his own
  • ears like an amateur actor’s in a “light” part.
  • Miss Viner, without answering, drew back the bolt. He watched her in
  • silence as the door swung open; then he said: “She has her nurse with
  • her. She won’t be long.”
  • She stood irresolute, and he added: “I was writing in there--won’t you
  • come and have a little talk? Every one’s out.”
  • The last words struck him as not well-chosen, but there was no time to
  • choose. She paused a second longer and then crossed the threshold of the
  • study. At luncheon she had sat with her back to the window, and beyond
  • noting that she had grown a little thinner, and had less colour and
  • vivacity, he had seen no change in her; but now, as the lamplight fell
  • on her face, its whiteness startled him.
  • “Poor thing ... poor thing ... what in heaven’s name can she suppose?” he
  • wondered.
  • “Do sit down--I want to talk to you,” he said and pushed a chair toward
  • her.
  • She did not seem to see it, or, if she did, she deliberately chose
  • another seat. He came back to his own chair and leaned his elbows on the
  • blotter. She faced him from the farther side of the table.
  • “You promised to let me hear from you now and then,” he began awkwardly,
  • and with a sharp sense of his awkwardness.
  • A faint smile made her face more tragic. “Did I? There was nothing to
  • tell. I’ve had no history--like the happy countries...”
  • He waited a moment before asking: “You ARE happy here?”
  • “I WAS,” she said with a faint emphasis.
  • “Why do you say ‘was’? You’re surely not thinking of going? There can’t
  • be kinder people anywhere.” Darrow hardly knew what he was saying; but
  • her answer came to him with deadly definiteness.
  • “I suppose it depends on you whether I go or stay.”
  • “On me?” He stared at her across Owen’s scattered papers. “Good God!
  • What can you think of me, to say that?”
  • The mockery of the question flashed back at him from her wretched face.
  • She stood up, wandered away, and leaned an instant in the darkening
  • window-frame. From there she turned to fling back at him: “Don’t imagine
  • I’m the least bit sorry for anything!”
  • He steadied his elbows on the table and hid his face in his hands.
  • It was harder, oh, damnably harder, than he had expected! Arguments,
  • expedients, palliations, evasions, all seemed to be slipping away
  • from him: he was left face to face with the mere graceless fact of his
  • inferiority. He lifted his head to ask at random: “You’ve been here,
  • then, ever since?”
  • “Since June; yes. It turned out that the Farlows were hunting for
  • me--all the while--for this.”
  • She stood facing him, her back to the window, evidently impatient to be
  • gone, yet with something still to say, or that she expected to hear him
  • say. The sense of her expectancy benumbed him. What in heaven’s name
  • could he say to her that was not an offense or a mockery?
  • “Your idea of the theatre--you gave that up at once, then?”
  • “Oh, the theatre!” She gave a little laugh. “I couldn’t wait for the
  • theatre. I had to take the first thing that offered; I took this.”
  • He pushed on haltingly: “I’m glad--extremely glad--you’re happy
  • here...I’d counted on your letting me know if there was anything I could
  • do...The theatre, now--if you still regret it--if you’re not contented
  • here...I know people in that line in London--I’m certain I can manage it
  • for you when I get back----”
  • She moved up to the table and leaned over it to ask, in a voice that was
  • hardly above a whisper: “Then you DO want me to leave? Is that it?”
  • He dropped his arms with a groan. “Good heavens! How can you think such
  • things? At the time, you know, I begged you to let me do what I could,
  • but you wouldn’t hear of it ... and ever since I’ve been wanting to be of
  • use--to do something, anything, to help you...”
  • She heard him through, motionless, without a quiver of the clasped hands
  • she rested on the edge of the table.
  • “If you want to help me, then--you can help me to stay here,” she
  • brought out with low-toned intensity.
  • Through the stillness of the pause which followed, the bray of a
  • motor-horn sounded far down the drive. Instantly she turned, with a last
  • white look at him, and fled from the room and up the stairs. He stood
  • motionless, benumbed by the shock of her last words. She was afraid,
  • then--afraid of him--sick with fear of him! The discovery beat him down
  • to a lower depth...
  • The motor-horn sounded again, close at hand, and he turned and went
  • up to his room. His letter-writing was a sufficient pretext for not
  • immediately joining the party about the tea-table, and he wanted to be
  • alone and try to put a little order into his tumultuous thinking.
  • Upstairs, the room held out the intimate welcome of its lamp and fire.
  • Everything in it exhaled the same sense of peace and stability which,
  • two evenings before, had lulled him to complacent meditation. His
  • armchair again invited him from the hearth, but he was too agitated to
  • sit still, and with sunk head and hands clasped behind his back he began
  • to wander up and down the room.
  • His five minutes with Sophy Viner had flashed strange lights into the
  • shadowy corners of his consciousness. The girl’s absolute candour,
  • her hard ardent honesty, was for the moment the vividest point in his
  • thoughts. He wondered anew, as he had wondered before, at the way in
  • which the harsh discipline of life had stripped her of false sentiment
  • without laying the least touch on her pride. When they had parted, five
  • months before, she had quietly but decidedly rejected all his offers
  • of help, even to the suggestion of his trying to further her theatrical
  • aims: she had made it clear that she wished their brief alliance to
  • leave no trace on their lives save that of its own smiling memory. But
  • now that they were unexpectedly confronted in a situation which seemed,
  • to her terrified fancy, to put her at his mercy, her first impulse was
  • to defend her right to the place she had won, and to learn as quickly
  • as possible if he meant to dispute it. While he had pictured her as
  • shrinking away from him in a tremor of self-effacement she had watched
  • his movements, made sure of her opportunity, and come straight down to
  • “have it out” with him. He was so struck by the frankness and energy of
  • the proceeding that for a moment he lost sight of the view of his own
  • character implied in it.
  • “Poor thing ... poor thing!” he could only go on saying; and with the
  • repetition of the words the picture of himself as she must see him
  • pitiably took shape again.
  • He understood then, for the first time, how vague, in comparison with
  • hers, had been his own vision of the part he had played in the brief
  • episode of their relation. The incident had left in him a sense of
  • exasperation and self-contempt, but that, as he now perceived, was
  • chiefly, if not altogether, as it bore on his preconceived ideal of his
  • attitude toward another woman. He had fallen below his own standard of
  • sentimental loyalty, and if he thought of Sophy Viner it was mainly
  • as the chance instrument of his lapse. These considerations were not
  • agreeable to his pride, but they were forced on him by the example of
  • her valiant common-sense. If he had cut a sorry figure in the business,
  • he owed it to her not to close his eyes to the fact any longer...
  • But when he opened them, what did he see? The situation, detestable at
  • best, would yet have been relatively simple if protecting Sophy Viner
  • had been the only duty involved in it. The fact that that duty was
  • paramount did not do away with the contingent obligations. It was
  • Darrow’s instinct, in difficult moments, to go straight to the bottom
  • of the difficulty; but he had never before had to take so dark a dive
  • as this, and for the minute he shivered on the brink...Well, his first
  • duty, at any rate, was to the girl: he must let her see that he meant to
  • fulfill it to the last jot, and then try to find out how to square the
  • fulfillment with the other problems already in his path...
  • XVI
  • In the oak room he found Mrs. Leath, her mother-in-law and Effie. The
  • group, as he came toward it down the long drawing-rooms, composed itself
  • prettily about the tea-table. The lamps and the fire crossed their
  • gleams on silver and porcelain, on the bright haze of Effie’s hair and
  • on the whiteness of Anna’s forehead, as she leaned back in her chair
  • behind the tea-urn.
  • She did not move at Darrow’s approach, but lifted to him a deep gaze of
  • peace and confidence. The look seemed to throw about him the spell of
  • a divine security: he felt the joy of a convalescent suddenly waking to
  • find the sunlight on his face.
  • Madame de Chantelle, across her knitting, discoursed of their
  • afternoon’s excursion, with occasional pauses induced by the hypnotic
  • effect of the fresh air; and Effie, kneeling, on the hearth, softly but
  • insistently sought to implant in her terrier’s mind some notion of the
  • relation between a vertical attitude and sugar.
  • Darrow took a chair behind the little girl, so that he might look across
  • at her mother. It was almost a necessity for him, at the moment, to
  • let his eyes rest on Anna’s face, and to meet, now and then, the proud
  • shyness of her gaze.
  • Madame de Chantelle presently enquired what had become of Owen, and
  • a moment later the window behind her opened, and her grandson, gun in
  • hand, came in from the terrace. As he stood there in the lamp-light,
  • with dead leaves and bits of bramble clinging to his mud-spattered
  • clothes, the scent of the night about him and its chill on his pale
  • bright face, he really had the look of a young faun strayed in from the
  • forest.
  • Effie abandoned the terrier to fly to him. “Oh, Owen, where in the world
  • have you been? I walked miles and miles with Nurse and couldn’t find
  • you, and we met Jean and he said he didn’t know where you’d gone.”
  • “Nobody knows where I go, or what I see when I get there--that’s the
  • beauty of it!” he laughed back at her. “But if you’re good,” he added,
  • “I’ll tell you about it one of these days.”
  • “Oh, now, Owen, now! I don’t really believe I’ll ever be much better
  • than I am now.”
  • “Let Owen have his tea first,” her mother suggested; but the young man,
  • declining the offer, propped his gun against the wall, and, lighting
  • a cigarette, began to pace up and down the room in a way that reminded
  • Darrow of his own caged wanderings. Effie pursued him with her
  • blandishments, and for a while he poured out to her a low-voiced stream
  • of nonsense; then he sat down beside his step-mother and leaned over to
  • help himself to tea.
  • “Where’s Miss Viner?” he asked, as Effie climbed up on him. “Why isn’t
  • she here to chain up this ungovernable infant?”
  • “Poor Miss Viner has a headache. Effie says she went to her room as soon
  • as lessons were over, and sent word that she wouldn’t be down for tea.”
  • “Ah,” said Owen, abruptly setting down his cup. He stood up, lit another
  • cigarette, and wandered away to the piano in the room beyond.
  • From the twilight where he sat a lonely music, borne on fantastic
  • chords, floated to the group about the tea-table. Under its influence
  • Madame de Chantelle’s meditative pauses increased in length and
  • frequency, and Effie stretched herself on the hearth, her drowsy head
  • against the dog. Presently her nurse appeared, and Anna rose at the same
  • time. “Stop a minute in my sitting-room on your way up,” she paused to
  • say to Darrow as she went.
  • A few hours earlier, her request would have brought him instantly to his
  • feet. She had given him, on the day of his arrival, an inviting glimpse
  • of the spacious book-lined room above stairs in which she had gathered
  • together all the tokens of her personal tastes: the retreat in which,
  • as one might fancy, Anna Leath had hidden the restless ghost of Anna
  • Summers; and the thought of a talk with her there had been in his mind
  • ever since. But now he sat motionless, as if spell-bound by the play of
  • Madame de Chantelle’s needles and the pulsations of Owen’s fitful music.
  • “She will want to ask me about the girl,” he repeated to himself, with a
  • fresh sense of the insidious taint that embittered all his thoughts;
  • the hand of the slender-columned clock on the mantel-piece had spanned
  • a half-hour before shame at his own indecision finally drew him to his
  • feet.
  • From her writing-table, where she sat over a pile of letters, Anna
  • lifted her happy smile. The impulse to press his lips to it made him
  • come close and draw her upward. She threw her head back, as if surprised
  • at the abruptness of the gesture; then her face leaned to his with the
  • slow droop of a flower. He felt again the sweep of the secret tides, and
  • all his fears went down in them.
  • She sat down in the sofa-corner by the fire and he drew an armchair
  • close to her. His gaze roamed peacefully about the quiet room.
  • “It’s just like you--it is you,” he said, as his eyes came back to her.
  • “It’s a good place to be alone in--I don’t think I’ve ever before cared
  • to talk with any one here.”
  • “Let’s be quiet, then: it’s the best way of talking.”
  • “Yes; but we must save it up till later. There are things I want to say
  • to you now.”
  • He leaned back in his chair. “Say them, then, and I’ll listen.”
  • “Oh, no. I want you to tell me about Miss Viner.”
  • “About Miss Viner?” He summoned up a look of faint interrogation.
  • He thought she seemed surprised at his surprise. “It’s important,
  • naturally,” she explained, “that I should find out all I can about her
  • before I leave.”
  • “Important on Effie’s account?”
  • “On Effie’s account--of course.”
  • “Of course...But you’ve every reason to be satisfied, haven’t you?”
  • “Every apparent reason. We all like her. Effie’s very fond of her, and
  • she seems to have a delightful influence on the child. But we know so
  • little, after all--about her antecedents, I mean, and her past history.
  • That’s why I want you to try and recall everything you heard about her
  • when you used to see her in London.”
  • “Oh, on that score I’m afraid I sha’n’t be of much use. As I told you,
  • she was a mere shadow in the background of the house I saw her in--and
  • that was four or five years ago...”
  • “When she was with a Mrs. Murrett?”
  • “Yes; an appalling woman who runs a roaring dinner-factory that used now
  • and then to catch me in its wheels. I escaped from them long ago; but
  • in my time there used to be half a dozen fagged ‘hands’ to tend the
  • machine, and Miss Viner was one of them. I’m glad she’s out of it, poor
  • girl!” “Then you never really saw anything of her there?”
  • “I never had the chance. Mrs. Murrett discouraged any competition on the
  • part of her subordinates.”
  • “Especially such pretty ones, I suppose?” Darrow made no comment, and
  • she continued: “And Mrs. Murrett’s own opinion--if she’d offered you
  • one--probably wouldn’t have been of much value?”
  • “Only in so far as her disapproval would, on general principles, have
  • been a good mark for Miss Viner. But surely,” he went on after a pause,
  • “you could have found out about her from the people through whom you
  • first heard of her?”
  • Anna smiled. “Oh, we heard of her through Adelaide Painter--;” and in
  • reply to his glance of interrogation she explained that the lady in
  • question was a spinster of South Braintree, Massachusetts, who, having
  • come to Paris some thirty years earlier, to nurse a brother through an
  • illness, had ever since protestingly and provisionally camped there in a
  • state of contemptuous protestation oddly manifested by her never taking
  • the slip-covers off her drawing-room chairs. Her long residence on
  • Gallic soil had not mitigated her hostility toward the creed and customs
  • of the race, but though she always referred to the Catholic Church as
  • the Scarlet Woman and took the darkest views of French private
  • life, Madame de Chantelle placed great reliance on her judgment and
  • experience, and in every domestic crisis the irreducible Adelaide was
  • immediately summoned to Givre.
  • “It’s all the odder because my mother-in-law, since her second marriage,
  • has lived so much in the country that she’s practically lost sight
  • of all her other American friends. Besides which, you can see how
  • completely she has identified herself with Monsieur de Chantelle’s
  • nationality and adopted French habits and prejudices. Yet when anything
  • goes wrong she always sends for Adelaide Painter, who’s more American
  • than the Stars and Stripes, and might have left South Braintree
  • yesterday, if she hadn’t, rather, brought it over with her in her
  • trunk.”
  • Darrow laughed. “Well, then, if South Braintree vouches for Miss
  • Viner----”
  • “Oh, but only indirectly. When we had that odious adventure with
  • Mademoiselle Grumeau, who’d been so highly recommended by Monsieur de
  • Chantelle’s aunt, the Chanoinesse, Adelaide was of course sent for, and
  • she said at once: ‘I’m not the least bit surprised. I’ve always told you
  • that what you wanted for Effie was a sweet American girl, and not one of
  • these nasty foreigners.’ Unluckily she couldn’t, at the moment, put her
  • hand on a sweet American; but she presently heard of Miss Viner through
  • the Farlows, an excellent couple who live in the Quartier Latin and
  • write about French life for the American papers. I was only too thankful
  • to find anyone who was vouched for by decent people; and so far I’ve had
  • no cause to regret my choice. But I know, after all, very little about
  • Miss Viner; and there are all kinds of reasons why I want, as soon as
  • possible, to find out more--to find out all I can.”
  • “Since you’ve got to leave Effie I understand your feeling in that way.
  • But is there, in such a case, any recommendation worth half as much as
  • your own direct experience?”
  • “No; and it’s been so favourable that I was ready to accept it as
  • conclusive. Only, naturally, when I found you’d known her in London I
  • was in hopes you’d give me some more specific reasons for liking her as
  • much as I do.”
  • “I’m afraid I can give you nothing more specific than my general vague
  • impression that she seems very plucky and extremely nice.”
  • “You don’t, at any rate, know anything specific to the contrary?”
  • “To the contrary? How should I? I’m not conscious of ever having heard
  • any one say two words about her. I only infer that she must have pluck
  • and character to have stuck it out so long at Mrs. Murrett’s.”
  • “Yes, poor thing! She has pluck, certainly; and pride, too; which must
  • have made it all the harder.” Anna rose to her feet. “You don’t know how
  • glad I am that your impression’s on the whole so good. I particularly
  • wanted you to like her.”
  • He drew her to him with a smile. “On that condition I’m prepared to love
  • even Adelaide Painter.”
  • “I almost hope you wont have the chance to--poor Adelaide! Her
  • appearance here always coincides with a catastrophe.”
  • “Oh, then I must manage to meet her elsewhere.” He held Anna closer,
  • saying to himself, as he smoothed back the hair from her forehead: “What
  • does anything matter but just THIS?--Must I go now?” he added aloud.
  • She answered absently: “It must be time to dress”; then she drew back a
  • little and laid her hands on his shoulders. “My love--oh, my dear love!”
  • she said.
  • It came to him that they were the first words of endearment he had heard
  • her speak, and their rareness gave them a magic quality of reassurance,
  • as though no danger could strike through such a shield.
  • A knock on the door made them draw apart. Anna lifted her hand to
  • her hair and Darrow stooped to examine a photograph of Effie on the
  • writing-table.
  • “Come in!” Anna said.
  • The door opened and Sophy Viner entered. Seeing Darrow, she drew back.
  • “Do come in, Miss Viner,” Anna repeated, looking at her kindly.
  • The girl, a quick red in her cheeks, still hesitated on the threshold.
  • “I’m so sorry; but Effie has mislaid her Latin grammar, and I thought
  • she might have left it here. I need it to prepare for tomorrow’s
  • lesson.”
  • “Is this it?” Darrow asked, picking up a book from the table.
  • “Oh, thank you!”
  • He held it out to her and she took it and moved to the door.
  • “Wait a minute, please, Miss Viner,” Anna said; and as the girl turned
  • back, she went on with her quiet smile: “Effie told us you’d gone to
  • your room with a headache. You mustn’t sit up over tomorrow’s lessons if
  • you don’t feel well.”
  • Sophy’s blush deepened. “But you see I have to. Latin’s one of my weak
  • points, and there’s generally only one page of this book between me and
  • Effie.” She threw the words off with a half-ironic smile. “Do excuse my
  • disturbing you,” she added.
  • “You didn’t disturb me,” Anna answered. Darrow perceived that she was
  • looking intently at the girl, as though struck by something tense and
  • tremulous in her face, her voice, her whole mien and attitude. “You DO
  • look tired. You’d much better go straight to bed. Effie won’t be sorry
  • to skip her Latin.”
  • “Thank you--but I’m really all right,” murmured Sophy Viner. Her glance,
  • making a swift circuit of the room, dwelt for an appreciable instant on
  • the intimate propinquity of arm-chair and sofa-corner; then she turned
  • back to the door.
  • BOOK III
  • XVII
  • At dinner that evening Madame de Chantelle’s slender monologue was
  • thrown out over gulfs of silence. Owen was still in the same state of
  • moody abstraction as when Darrow had left him at the piano; and even
  • Anna’s face, to her friend’s vigilant eye, revealed not, perhaps, a
  • personal preoccupation, but a vague sense of impending disturbance.
  • She smiled, she bore a part in the talk, her eyes dwelt on Darrow’s with
  • their usual deep reliance; but beneath the surface of her serenity his
  • tense perceptions detected a hidden stir.
  • He was sufficiently self-possessed to tell himself that it was doubtless
  • due to causes with which he was not directly concerned. He knew the
  • question of Owen’s marriage was soon to be raised, and the abrupt
  • alteration in the young man’s mood made it seem probable that he was
  • himself the centre of the atmospheric disturbance. For a moment it
  • occurred to Darrow that Anna might have employed her afternoon in
  • preparing Madame de Chantelle for her grandson’s impending announcement;
  • but a glance at the elder lady’s unclouded brow showed that he must seek
  • elsewhere the clue to Owen’s taciturnity and his step-mother’s concern.
  • Possibly Anna had found reason to change her own attitude in the matter,
  • and had made the change known to Owen. But this, again, was negatived by
  • the fact that, during the afternoon’s shooting, young Leath had been in
  • a mood of almost extravagant expansiveness, and that, from the moment of
  • his late return to the house till just before dinner, there had been,
  • to Darrow’s certain knowledge, no possibility of a private talk between
  • himself and his step-mother.
  • This obscured, if it narrowed, the field of conjecture; and Darrow’s
  • gropings threw him back on the conclusion that he was probably reading
  • too much significance into the moods of a lad he hardly knew, and who
  • had been described to him as subject to sudden changes of humour. As to
  • Anna’s fancied perturbation, it might simply be due to the fact that she
  • had decided to plead Owen’s cause the next day, and had perhaps already
  • had a glimpse of the difficulties awaiting her. But Darrow knew that he
  • was too deep in his own perplexities to judge the mental state of those
  • about him. It might be, after all, that the variations he felt in the
  • currents of communication were caused by his own inward tremor.
  • Such, at any rate, was the conclusion he had reached when, shortly after
  • the two ladies left the drawing-room, he bade Owen good-night and went
  • up to his room. Ever since the rapid self-colloquy which had followed on
  • his first sight of Sophy Viner, he had known there were other questions
  • to be faced behind the one immediately confronting him. On the score
  • of that one, at least, his mind, if not easy, was relieved. He had
  • done what was possible to reassure the girl, and she had apparently
  • recognized the sincerity of his intention. He had patched up as decent a
  • conclusion as he could to an incident that should obviously have had
  • no sequel; but he had known all along that with the securing of Miss
  • Viner’s peace of mind only a part of his obligation was discharged, and
  • that with that part his remaining duty was in conflict. It had been his
  • first business to convince the girl that their secret was safe with
  • him; but it was far from easy to square this with the equally urgent
  • obligation of safe-guarding Anna’s responsibility toward her child.
  • Darrow was not much afraid of accidental disclosures. Both he and Sophy
  • Viner had too much at stake not to be on their guard. The fear that
  • beset him was of another kind, and had a profounder source. He wanted to
  • do all he could for the girl, but the fact of having had to urge Anna
  • to confide Effie to her was peculiarly repugnant to him. His own ideas
  • about Sophy Viner were too mixed and indeterminate for him not to feel
  • the risk of such an experiment; yet he found himself in the intolerable
  • position of appearing to press it on the woman he desired above all
  • others to protect...
  • Till late in the night his thoughts revolved in a turmoil of indecision.
  • His pride was humbled by the discrepancy between what Sophy Viner had
  • been to him and what he had thought of her. This discrepancy, which at
  • the time had seemed to simplify the incident, now turned out to be
  • its most galling complication. The bare truth, indeed, was that he had
  • hardly thought of her at all, either at the time or since, and that he
  • was ashamed to base his judgement of her on his meagre memory of their
  • adventure.
  • The essential cheapness of the whole affair--as far as his share in it
  • was concerned--came home to him with humiliating distinctness. He would
  • have liked to be able to feel that, at the time at least, he had
  • staked something more on it, and had somehow, in the sequel, had a more
  • palpable loss to show. But the plain fact was that he hadn’t spent a
  • penny on it; which was no doubt the reason of the prodigious score it
  • had since been rolling up. At any rate, beat about the case as he would,
  • it was clear that he owed it to Anna--and incidentally to his own peace
  • of mind--to find some way of securing Sophy Viner’s future without
  • leaving her installed at Givre when he and his wife should depart for
  • their new post.
  • The night brought no aid to the solving of this problem; but it gave
  • him, at any rate, the clear conviction that no time was to be lost. His
  • first step must be to obtain from Miss Viner the chance of another and
  • calmer talk; and he resolved to seek it at the earliest hour.
  • He had gathered that Effie’s lessons were preceded by an early scamper
  • in the park, and conjecturing that her governess might be with her he
  • betook himself the next morning to the terrace, whence he wandered on to
  • the gardens and the walks beyond.
  • The atmosphere was still and pale. The muffled sunlight gleamed like
  • gold tissue through grey gauze, and the beech alleys tapered away to a
  • blue haze blent of sky and forest. It was one of those elusive days
  • when the familiar forms of things seem about to dissolve in a prismatic
  • shimmer.
  • The stillness was presently broken by joyful barks, and Darrow, tracking
  • the sound, overtook Effie flying down one of the long alleys at the head
  • of her pack. Beyond her he saw Miss Viner seated near the stone-rimmed
  • basin beside which he and Anna had paused on their first walk to the
  • river.
  • The girl, coming forward at his approach, returned his greeting almost
  • gaily. His first glance showed him that she had regained her composure,
  • and the change in her appearance gave him the measure of her fears. For
  • the first time he saw in her again the sidelong grace that had charmed
  • his eyes in Paris; but he saw it now as in a painted picture.
  • “Shall we sit down a minute?” he asked, as Effie trotted off.
  • The girl looked away from him. “I’m afraid there’s not much time; we
  • must be back at lessons at half-past nine.”
  • “But it’s barely ten minutes past. Let’s at least walk a little way
  • toward the river.”
  • She glanced down the long walk ahead of them and then back in the
  • direction of the house. “If you like,” she said in a low voice, with one
  • of her quick fluctuations of colour; but instead of taking the way he
  • proposed she turned toward a narrow path which branched off obliquely
  • through the trees.
  • Darrow was struck, and vaguely troubled, by the change in her look
  • and tone. There was in them an undefinable appeal, whether for help or
  • forbearance he could not tell. Then it occurred to him that there might
  • have been something misleading in his so pointedly seeking her, and he
  • felt a momentary constraint. To ease it he made an abrupt dash at the
  • truth.
  • “I came out to look for you because our talk of yesterday was so
  • unsatisfactory. I want to hear more about you--about your plans and
  • prospects. I’ve been wondering ever since why you’ve so completely given
  • up the theatre.”
  • Her face instantly sharpened to distrust. “I had to live,” she said in
  • an off-hand tone.
  • “I understand perfectly that you should like it here--for a time.”
  • His glance strayed down the gold-roofed windings ahead of them. “It’s
  • delightful: you couldn’t be better placed. Only I wonder a little at
  • your having so completely given up any idea of a different future.”
  • She waited for a moment before answering: “I suppose I’m less restless
  • than I used to be.”
  • “It’s certainly natural that you should be less restless here than at
  • Mrs. Murrett’s; yet somehow I don’t seem to see you permanently given up
  • to forming the young.”
  • “What--exactly--DO you seem to see me permanently given up to? You know
  • you warned me rather emphatically against the theatre.” She threw
  • off the statement without impatience, as though they were discussing
  • together the fate of a third person in whom both were benevolently
  • interested. Darrow considered his reply. “If I did, it was because you
  • so emphatically refused to let me help you to a start.”
  • She stopped short and faced him “And you think I may let you now?”
  • Darrow felt the blood in his cheek. He could not understand her
  • attitude--if indeed she had consciously taken one, and her changes of
  • tone did not merely reflect the involuntary alternations of her mood. It
  • humbled him to perceive once more how little he had to guide him in his
  • judgment of her. He said to himself: “If I’d ever cared a straw for
  • her I should know how to avoid hurting her now”--and his insensibility
  • struck him as no better than a vulgar obtuseness. But he had a fixed
  • purpose ahead and could only push on to it.
  • “I hope, at any rate, you’ll listen to my reasons. There’s been time,
  • on both sides, to think them over since----” He caught himself back
  • and hung helpless on the “since”: whatever words he chose, he seemed to
  • stumble among reminders of their past.
  • She walked on beside him, her eyes on the ground. “Then I’m to
  • understand--definitely--that you DO renew your offer?” she asked
  • “With all my heart! If you’ll only let me----”
  • She raised a hand, as though to check him. “It’s extremely friendly of
  • you--I DO believe you mean it as a friend--but I don’t quite understand
  • why, finding me, as you say, so well placed here, you should show more
  • anxiety about my future than at a time when I was actually, and rather
  • desperately, adrift.”
  • “Oh, no, not more!”
  • “If you show any at all, it must, at any rate, be for different
  • reasons.--In fact, it can only be,” she went on, with one of her
  • disconcerting flashes of astuteness, “for one of two reasons; either
  • because you feel you ought to help me, or because, for some reason, you
  • think you owe it to Mrs. Leath to let her know what you know of me.”
  • Darrow stood still in the path. Behind him he heard Effie’s call, and at
  • the child’s voice he saw Sophy turn her head with the alertness of one
  • who is obscurely on the watch. The look was so fugitive that he could
  • not have said wherein it differed from her normal professional air of
  • having her pupil on her mind.
  • Effie sprang past them, and Darrow took up the girl’s challenge.
  • “What you suggest about Mrs. Leath is hardly worth answering. As to my
  • reasons for wanting to help you, a good deal depends on the words one
  • uses to define rather indefinite things. It’s true enough that I want to
  • help you; but the wish isn’t due to ... to any past kindness on your part,
  • but simply to my own interest in you. Why not put it that our friendship
  • gives me the right to intervene for what I believe to be your benefit?”
  • She took a few hesitating steps and then paused again. Darrow noticed
  • that she had grown pale and that there were rings of shade about her
  • eyes.
  • “You’ve known Mrs. Leath a long time?” she asked him suddenly.
  • He paused with a sense of approaching peril. “A long time--yes.”
  • “She told me you were friends--great friends”
  • “Yes,” he admitted, “we’re great friends.”
  • “Then you might naturally feel yourself justified in telling her that
  • you don’t think I’m the right person for Effie.” He uttered a sound of
  • protest, but she disregarded it. “I don’t say you’d LIKE to do it. You
  • wouldn’t: you’d hate it. And the natural alternative would be to try
  • to persuade me that I’d be better off somewhere else than here. But
  • supposing that failed, and you saw I was determined to stay? THEN you
  • might think it your duty to tell Mrs. Leath.”
  • She laid the case before him with a cold lucidity. “I should, in your
  • place, I believe,” she ended with a little laugh.
  • “I shouldn’t feel justified in telling her, behind your back, if
  • I thought you unsuited for the place; but I should certainly feel
  • justified,” he rejoined after a pause, “in telling YOU if I thought the
  • place unsuited to you.”
  • “And that’s what you’re trying to tell me now?”
  • “Yes; but not for the reasons you imagine.”
  • “What, then, are your reasons, if you please?”
  • “I’ve already implied them in advising you not to give up all idea
  • of the theatre. You’re too various, too gifted, too personal, to tie
  • yourself down, at your age, to the dismal drudgery of teaching.”
  • “And is THAT what you’ve told Mrs. Leath?”
  • She rushed the question out at him as if she expected to trip him up
  • over it. He was moved by the simplicity of the stratagem.
  • “I’ve told her exactly nothing,” he replied.
  • “And what--exactly--do you mean by ‘nothing’? You and she were talking
  • about me when I came into her sitting-room yesterday.”
  • Darrow felt his blood rise at the thrust.
  • “I’ve told her, simply, that I’d seen you once or twice at Mrs.
  • Murrett’s.”
  • “And not that you’ve ever seen me since?”
  • “And not that I’ve ever seen you since...”
  • “And she believes you--she completely believes you?”
  • He uttered a protesting exclamation, and his flush reflected itself in
  • the girl’s cheek.
  • “Oh, I beg your pardon! I didn’t mean to ask you that.” She halted, and
  • again cast a rapid glance behind and ahead of her. Then she held out her
  • hand. “Well, then, thank you--and let me relieve your fears. I sha’n’t
  • be Effie’s governess much longer.”
  • At the announcement, Darrow tried to merge his look of relief into the
  • expression of friendly interest with which he grasped her hand. “You
  • really do agree with me, then? And you’ll give me a chance to talk
  • things over with you?”
  • She shook her head with a faint smile. “I’m not thinking of the stage.
  • I’ve had another offer: that’s all.”
  • The relief was hardly less great. After all, his personal responsibility
  • ceased with her departure from Givre.
  • “You’ll tell me about that, then--won’t you?”
  • Her smile flickered up. “Oh, you’ll hear about it soon...I must catch
  • Effie now and drag her back to the blackboard.”
  • She walked on for a few yards, and then paused again and confronted him.
  • “I’ve been odious to you--and not quite honest,” she broke out suddenly.
  • “Not quite honest?” he repeated, caught in a fresh wave of wonder.
  • “I mean, in seeming not to trust you. It’s come over me again as we
  • talked that, at heart, I’ve always KNOWN I could...”
  • Her colour rose in a bright wave, and her eyes clung to his for a swift
  • instant of reminder and appeal. For the same space of time the past
  • surged up in him confusedly; then a veil dropped between them.
  • “Here’s Effie now!” she exclaimed.
  • He turned and saw the little girl trotting back to them, her hand in
  • Owen Leath’s. Even through the stir of his subsiding excitement Darrow
  • was at once aware of the change effected by the young man’s approach.
  • For a moment Sophy Viner’s cheeks burned redder; then they faded to
  • the paleness of white petals. She lost, however, nothing of the bright
  • bravery which it was her way to turn on the unexpected. Perhaps no one
  • less familiar with her face than Darrow would have discerned the
  • tension of the smile she transferred from himself to Owen Leath, or
  • have remarked that her eyes had hardened from misty grey to a shining
  • darkness. But her observer was less struck by this than by the
  • corresponding change in Owen Leath. The latter, when he came in sight,
  • had been laughing and talking unconcernedly with Effie; but as his eye
  • fell on Miss Viner his expression altered as suddenly as hers.
  • The change, for Darrow, was less definable; but, perhaps for that
  • reason, it struck him as more sharply significant. Only--just what did
  • it signify? Owen, like Sophy Viner, had the kind of face which seems
  • less the stage on which emotions move than the very stuff they work
  • in. In moments of excitement his odd irregular features seemed to grow
  • fluid, to unmake and remake themselves like the shadows of clouds on a
  • stream. Darrow, through the rapid flight of the shadows, could not seize
  • on any specific indication of feeling: he merely perceived that the
  • young man was unaccountably surprised at finding him with Miss
  • Viner, and that the extent of his surprise might cover all manner of
  • implications.
  • Darrow’s first idea was that Owen, if he suspected that the conversation
  • was not the result of an accidental encounter, might wonder at his
  • step-mother’s suitor being engaged, at such an hour, in private talk
  • with her little girl’s governess. The thought was so disturbing that,
  • as the three turned back to the house, he was on the point of saying to
  • Owen: “I came out to look for your mother.” But, in the contingency he
  • feared, even so simple a phrase might seem like an awkward attempt at
  • explanation; and he walked on in silence at Miss Viner’s side. Presently
  • he was struck by the fact that Owen Leath and the girl were silent also;
  • and this gave a new turn to his thoughts. Silence may be as variously
  • shaded as speech; and that which enfolded Darrow and his two companions
  • seemed to his watchful perceptions to be quivering with cross-threads of
  • communication. At first he was aware only of those that centred in
  • his own troubled consciousness; then it occurred to him that an equal
  • activity of intercourse was going on outside of it. Something was in
  • fact passing mutely and rapidly between young Leath and Sophy Viner; but
  • what it was, and whither it tended, Darrow, when they reached the house,
  • was but just beginning to divine...
  • XVIII
  • Anna Leath, from the terrace, watched the return of the little group.
  • She looked down on them, as they advanced across the garden, from the
  • serene height of her unassailable happiness. There they were, coming
  • toward her in the mild morning light, her child, her step-son, her
  • promised husband: the three beings who filled her life. She smiled a
  • little at the happy picture they presented, Effie’s gambols encircling
  • it in a moving frame within which the two men came slowly forward in the
  • silence of friendly understanding. It seemed part of the deep intimacy
  • of the scene that they should not be talking to each other, and it did
  • not till afterward strike her as odd that neither of them apparently
  • felt it necessary to address a word to Sophy Viner.
  • Anna herself, at the moment, was floating in the mid-current of
  • felicity, on a tide so bright and buoyant that she seemed to be one with
  • its warm waves. The first rush of bliss had stunned and dazzled her;
  • but now that, each morning, she woke to the calm certainty of its
  • recurrence, she was growing used to the sense of security it gave.
  • “I feel as if I could trust my happiness to carry me; as if it had grown
  • out of me like wings.” So she phrased it to Darrow, as, later in the
  • morning, they paced the garden-paths together. His answering look gave
  • her the same assurance of safety. The evening before he had seemed
  • preoccupied, and the shadow of his mood had faintly encroached on the
  • great golden orb of their blessedness; but now it was uneclipsed again,
  • and hung above them high and bright as the sun at noon.
  • Upstairs in her sitting-room, that afternoon, she was thinking of
  • these things. The morning mists had turned to rain, compelling the
  • postponement of an excursion in which the whole party were to have
  • joined. Effie, with her governess, had been despatched in the motor to
  • do some shopping at Francheuil; and Anna had promised Darrow to join
  • him, later in the afternoon, for a quick walk in the rain.
  • He had gone to his room after luncheon to get some belated letters off
  • his conscience; and when he had left her she had continued to sit in the
  • same place, her hands crossed on her knees, her head slightly bent, in
  • an attitude of brooding retrospection. As she looked back at her past
  • life, it seemed to her to have consisted of one ceaseless effort to pack
  • into each hour enough to fill out its slack folds; but now each moment
  • was like a miser’s bag stretched to bursting with pure gold.
  • She was roused by the sound of Owen’s step in the gallery outside her
  • room. It paused at her door and in answer to his knock she called out
  • “Come in!”
  • As the door closed behind him she was struck by his look of pale
  • excitement, and an impulse of compunction made her say: “You’ve come to
  • ask me why I haven’t spoken to your grandmother!” He sent about him a
  • glance vaguely reminding her of the strange look with which Sophy Viner
  • had swept the room the night before; then his brilliant eyes came back
  • to her.
  • “I’ve spoken to her myself,” he said.
  • Anna started up, incredulous.
  • “You’ve spoken to her? When?”
  • “Just now. I left her to come here.”
  • Anna’s first feeling was one of annoyance. There was really something
  • comically incongruous in this boyish surrender to impulse on the part of
  • a young man so eager to assume the responsibilities of life. She looked
  • at him with a faintly veiled amusement.
  • “You asked me to help you and I promised you I would. It was hardly
  • worth while to work out such an elaborate plan of action if you intended
  • to take the matter out of my hands without telling me.”
  • “Oh, don’t take that tone with me!” he broke out, almost angrily.
  • “That tone? What tone?” She stared at his quivering face. “I might,” she
  • pursued, still half-laughing, “more properly make that request of YOU!”
  • Owen reddened and his vehemence suddenly subsided.
  • “I meant that I HAD to speak--that’s all. You don’t give me a chance to
  • explain...”
  • She looked at him gently, wondering a little at her own impatience.
  • “Owen! Don’t I always want to give you every chance? It’s because I DO
  • that I wanted to talk to your grandmother first--that I was waiting and
  • watching for the right moment...”
  • “The right moment? So was I. That’s why I’ve spoken.” His voice rose
  • again and took the sharp edge it had in moments of high pressure.
  • His step-mother turned away and seated herself in her sofa-corner. “Oh,
  • my dear, it’s not a privilege to quarrel over! You’ve taken a load off
  • my shoulders. Sit down and tell me all about it.”
  • He stood before her, irresolute. “I can’t sit down,” he said.
  • “Walk about, then. Only tell me: I’m impatient.”
  • His immediate response was to throw himself into the armchair at her
  • side, where he lounged for a moment without speaking, his legs stretched
  • out, his arms locked behind his thrown-back head. Anna, her eyes on his
  • face, waited quietly for him to speak.
  • “Well--of course it was just what one expected.”
  • “She takes it so badly, you mean?”
  • “All the heavy batteries were brought up: my father, Givre, Monsieur de
  • Chantelle, the throne and the altar. Even my poor mother was dragged out
  • of oblivion and armed with imaginary protests.”
  • Anna sighed out her sympathy. “Well--you were prepared for all that?”
  • “I thought I was, till I began to hear her say it. Then it sounded so
  • incredibly silly that I told her so.”
  • “Oh, Owen--Owen!”
  • “Yes: I know. I was a fool; but I couldn’t help it.”
  • “And you’ve mortally offended her, I suppose? That’s exactly what I
  • wanted to prevent.” She laid a hand on his shoulder. “You tiresome boy,
  • not to wait and let me speak for you!”
  • He moved slightly away, so that her hand slipped from its place. “You
  • don’t understand,” he said, frowning.
  • “I don’t see how I can, till you explain. If you thought the time had
  • come to tell your grandmother, why not have asked me to do it? I had my
  • reasons for waiting; but if you’d told me to speak I should have done
  • so, naturally.”
  • He evaded her appeal by a sudden turn. “What WERE your reasons for
  • waiting?”
  • Anna did not immediately answer. Her step-son’s eyes were on her face,
  • and under his gaze she felt a faint disquietude.
  • “I was feeling my way...I wanted to be absolutely sure...”
  • “Absolutely sure of what?”
  • She delayed again for a just perceptible instant. “Why, simply of OUR
  • side of the case.”
  • “But you told me you were, the other day, when we talked it over before
  • they came back from Ouchy.”
  • “Oh, my dear--if you think that, in such a complicated matter, every
  • day, every hour, doesn’t more or less modify one’s surest sureness!”
  • “That’s just what I’m driving at. I want to know what has modified
  • yours.”
  • She made a slight gesture of impatience. “What does it matter, now the
  • thing’s done? I don’t know that I could give any clear reason...”
  • He got to his feet and stood looking down on her with a tormented brow.
  • “But it’s absolutely necessary that you should.”
  • At his tone her impatience flared up. “It’s not necessary that I should
  • give you any explanation whatever, since you’ve taken the matter out of
  • my hands. All I can say is that I was trying to help you: that no other
  • thought ever entered my mind.” She paused a moment and then added: “If
  • you doubted it, you were right to do what you’ve done.”
  • “Oh, I never doubted YOU!” he retorted, with a fugitive stress on
  • the pronoun. His face had cleared to its old look of trust. “Don’t be
  • offended if I’ve seemed to,” he went on. “I can’t quite explain myself,
  • either ... it’s all a kind of tangle, isn’t it? That’s why I thought I’d
  • better speak at once; or rather why I didn’t think at all, but just
  • suddenly blurted the thing out----”
  • Anna gave him back his look of conciliation. “Well, the how and why
  • don’t much matter now. The point is how to deal with your grandmother.
  • You’ve not told me what she means to do.”
  • “Oh, she means to send for Adelaide Painter.”
  • The name drew a faint note of mirth from him and relaxed both their
  • faces to a smile.
  • “Perhaps,” Anna added, “it’s really the best thing for us all.”
  • Owen shrugged his shoulders. “It’s too preposterous and humiliating.
  • Dragging that woman into our secrets----!”
  • “This could hardly be a secret much longer.”
  • He had moved to the hearth, where he stood pushing about the small
  • ornaments on the mantel-shelf; but at her answer he turned back to her.
  • “You haven’t, of course, spoken of it to any one?”
  • “No; but I intend to now.”
  • She paused for his reply, and as it did not come she continued: “If
  • Adelaide Painter’s to be told there’s no possible reason why I shouldn’t
  • tell Mr. Darrow.” Owen abruptly set down the little statuette between
  • his fingers. “None whatever: I want every one to know.”
  • She smiled a little at his over-emphasis, and was about to meet it with
  • a word of banter when he continued, facing her: “You haven’t, as yet,
  • said a word to him?”
  • “I’ve told him nothing, except what the discussion of our own plans--his
  • and mine--obliged me to: that you were thinking of marrying, and that
  • I wasn’t willing to leave France till I’d done what I could to see you
  • through.”
  • At her first words the colour had rushed to his forehead; but as she
  • continued she saw his face compose itself and his blood subside.
  • “You’re a brick, my dear!” he exclaimed.
  • “You had my word, you know.”
  • “Yes; yes--I know.” His face had clouded again. “And that’s
  • all--positively all--you’ve ever said to him?”
  • “Positively all. But why do you ask?”
  • He had a moment’s embarrassed hesitation. “It was understood, wasn’t it,
  • that my grandmother was to be the first to know?”
  • “Well--and so she has been, hasn’t she, since you’ve told her?”
  • He turned back to his restless shifting of the knick-knacks.
  • “And you’re sure that nothing you’ve said to Darrow could possibly have
  • given him a hint----?”
  • “Nothing I’ve said to him--certainly.”
  • He swung about on her. “Why do you put it in that way?”
  • “In what way?”
  • “Why--as if you thought some one else might have spoken...”
  • “Some one else? Who else?” She rose to her feet. “What on earth, my dear
  • boy, can you be driving at?”
  • “I’m trying to find out whether you think he knows anything definite.”
  • “Why should I think so? Do YOU?”
  • “I don’t know. I want to find out.”
  • She laughed at his obstinate insistence. “To test my veracity, I
  • suppose?” At the sound of a step in the gallery she added: “Here he
  • is--you can ask him yourself.”
  • She met Darrow’s knock with an invitation to enter, and he came into the
  • room and paused between herself and Owen. She was struck, as he stood
  • there, by the contrast between his happy careless good-looks and her
  • step-son’s frowning agitation.
  • Darrow met her eyes with a smile. “Am I too soon? Or is our walk given
  • up?”
  • “No; I was just going to get ready.” She continued to linger between
  • the two, looking slowly from one to the other. “But there’s something we
  • want to tell you first: Owen is engaged to Miss Viner.”
  • The sense of an indefinable interrogation in Owen’s mind made her, as
  • she spoke, fix her eyes steadily on Darrow.
  • He had paused just opposite the window, so that, even in the rainy
  • afternoon light, his face was clearly open to her scrutiny. For a
  • second, immense surprise was alone visible on it: so visible that
  • she half turned to her step-son, with a faint smile for his refuted
  • suspicions. Why, she wondered, should Owen have thought that Darrow had
  • already guessed his secret, and what, after all, could be so disturbing
  • to him in this not improbable contingency? At any rate, his doubt
  • must have been dispelled: there was nothing feigned about Darrow’s
  • astonishment. When her eyes turned back to him he was already crossing
  • to Owen with outstretched hand, and she had, through an unaccountable
  • faint flutter of misgiving, a mere confused sense of their exchanging
  • the customary phrases. Her next perception was of Owen’s tranquillized
  • look, and of his smiling return of Darrow’s congratulatory grasp. She
  • had the eerie feeling of having been overswept by a shadow which there
  • had been no cloud to cast...
  • A moment later Owen had left the room and she and Darrow were alone. He
  • had turned away to the window and stood staring out into the down-pour.
  • “You’re surprised at Owen’s news?” she asked.
  • “Yes: I am surprised,” he answered.
  • “You hadn’t thought of its being Miss Viner?”
  • “Why should I have thought of Miss Viner?”
  • “You see now why I wanted so much to find out what you knew about her.”
  • He made no comment, and she pursued: “Now that you DO know it’s she, if
  • there’s anything----”
  • He moved back into the room and went up to her. His face was serious,
  • with a slight shade of annoyance. “What on earth should there be? As I
  • told you, I’ve never in my life heard any one say two words about Miss
  • Viner.”
  • Anna made no answer and they continued to face each other without
  • moving. For the moment she had ceased to think about Sophy Viner and
  • Owen: the only thought in her mind was that Darrow was alone with her,
  • close to her, and that, for the first time, their hands and lips had not
  • met.
  • He glanced back doubtfully at the window. “It’s pouring. Perhaps you’d
  • rather not go out?”
  • She hesitated, as if waiting for him to urge her. “I suppose I’d better
  • not. I ought to go at once to my mother-in-law--Owen’s just been telling
  • her,” she said.
  • “Ah.” Darrow hazarded a smile. “That accounts for my having, on my way
  • up, heard some one telephoning for Miss Painter!”
  • At the allusion they laughed together, vaguely, and Anna moved toward
  • the door. He held it open for her and followed her out.
  • XIX
  • He left her at the door of Madame de Chantelle’s sitting-room, and
  • plunged out alone into the rain.
  • The wind flung about the stripped tree-tops of the avenue and dashed the
  • stinging streams into his face. He walked to the gate and then turned
  • into the high-road and strode along in the open, buffeted by slanting
  • gusts. The evenly ridged fields were a blurred waste of mud, and
  • the russet coverts which he and Owen had shot through the day before
  • shivered desolately against a driving sky.
  • Darrow walked on and on, indifferent to the direction he was taking. His
  • thoughts were tossing like the tree-tops. Anna’s announcement had not
  • come to him as a complete surprise: that morning, as he strolled back
  • to the house with Owen Leath and Miss Viner, he had had a momentary
  • intuition of the truth. But it had been no more than an intuition, the
  • merest faint cloud-puff of surmise; and now it was an attested fact,
  • darkening over the whole sky.
  • In respect of his own attitude, he saw at once that the discovery made
  • no appreciable change. If he had been bound to silence before, he was no
  • less bound to it now; the only difference lay in the fact that what he
  • had just learned had rendered his bondage more intolerable. Hitherto
  • he had felt for Sophy Viner’s defenseless state a sympathy profoundly
  • tinged with compunction. But now he was half-conscious of an obscure
  • indignation against her. Superior as he had fancied himself to
  • ready-made judgments, he was aware of cherishing the common doubt as to
  • the disinterestedness of the woman who tries to rise above her past. No
  • wonder she had been sick with fear on meeting him! It was in his power
  • to do her more harm than he had dreamed...
  • Assuredly he did not want to harm her; but he did desperately want to
  • prevent her marrying Owen Leath. He tried to get away from the feeling,
  • to isolate and exteriorize it sufficiently to see what motives it
  • was made of; but it remained a mere blind motion of his blood, the
  • instinctive recoil from the thing that no amount of arguing can make
  • “straight.” His tramp, prolonged as it was, carried him no nearer
  • to enlightenment; and after trudging through two or three sallow
  • mud-stained villages he turned about and wearily made his way back to
  • Givre. As he walked up the black avenue, making for the lights that
  • twinkled through its pitching branches, he had a sudden realisation
  • of his utter helplessness. He might think and combine as he would; but
  • there was nothing, absolutely nothing, that he could do...
  • He dropped his wet coat in the vestibule and began to mount the stairs
  • to his room. But on the landing he was overtaken by a sober-faced maid
  • who, in tones discreetly lowered, begged him to be so kind as to step,
  • for a moment, into the Marquise’s sitting-room. Somewhat disconcerted
  • by the summons, he followed its bearer to the door at which, a couple of
  • hours earlier, he had taken leave of Mrs. Leath. It opened to admit him
  • to a large lamp-lit room which he immediately perceived to be empty; and
  • the fact gave him time to note, even through his disturbance of mind,
  • the interesting degree to which Madame de Chantelle’s apartment “dated”
  • and completed her. Its looped and corded curtains, its purple satin
  • upholstery, the Sevres jardinieres, the rosewood fire-screen, the little
  • velvet tables edged with lace and crowded with silver knick-knacks and
  • simpering miniatures, reconstituted an almost perfect setting for the
  • blonde beauty of the ’sixties. Darrow wondered that Fraser Leath’s
  • filial respect should have prevailed over his aesthetic scruples to the
  • extent of permitting such an anachronism among the eighteenth century
  • graces of Givre; but a moment’s reflection made it clear that, to its
  • late owner, the attitude would have seemed exactly in the traditions of
  • the place.
  • Madame de Chantelle’s emergence from an inner room snatched Darrow from
  • these irrelevant musings. She was already beaded and bugled for the
  • evening, and, save for a slight pinkness of the eye-lids, her elaborate
  • appearance revealed no mark of agitation; but Darrow noticed that,
  • in recognition of the solemnity of the occasion, she pinched a lace
  • handkerchief between her thumb and forefinger.
  • She plunged at once into the centre of the difficulty, appealing to him,
  • in the name of all the Everards, to descend there with her to the rescue
  • of her darling. She wasn’t, she was sure, addressing herself in vain to
  • one whose person, whose “tone,” whose traditions so brilliantly declared
  • his indebtedness to the principles she besought him to defend. Her own
  • reception of Darrow, the confidence she had at once accorded him,
  • must have shown him that she had instinctively felt their unanimity of
  • sentiment on these fundamental questions. She had in fact recognized in
  • him the one person whom, without pain to her maternal piety, she could
  • welcome as her son’s successor; and it was almost as to Owen’s father
  • that she now appealed to Darrow to aid in rescuing the wretched boy.
  • “Don’t think, please, that I’m casting the least reflection on Anna,
  • or showing any want of sympathy for her, when I say that I consider
  • her partly responsible for what’s happened. Anna is ‘modern’--I believe
  • that’s what it’s called when you read unsettling books and admire
  • hideous pictures. Indeed,” Madame de Chantelle continued, leaning
  • confidentially forward, “I myself have always more or less lived in that
  • atmosphere: my son, you know, was very revolutionary. Only he didn’t, of
  • course, apply his ideas: they were purely intellectual. That’s what dear
  • Anna has always failed to understand. And I’m afraid she’s created the
  • same kind of confusion in Owen’s mind--led him to mix up things you read
  • about with things you do...You know, of course, that she sides with him
  • in this wretched business?”
  • Developing at length upon this theme, she finally narrowed down to
  • the point of Darrow’s intervention. “My grandson, Mr. Darrow, calls me
  • illogical and uncharitable because my feelings toward Miss Viner have
  • changed since I’ve heard this news. Well! You’ve known her, it appears,
  • for some years: Anna tells me you used to see her when she was a
  • companion, or secretary or something, to a dreadfully vulgar Mrs.
  • Murrett. And I ask you as a friend, I ask you as one of US, to tell me
  • if you think a girl who has had to knock about the world in that kind
  • of position, and at the orders of all kinds of people, is fitted to be
  • Owen’s wife. I’m not implying anything against her! I LIKED the girl, Mr.
  • Darrow...But what’s that got to do with it? I don’t want her to marry
  • my grandson. If I’d been looking for a wife for Owen, I shouldn’t
  • have applied to the Farlows to find me one. That’s what Anna won’t
  • understand; and what you must help me to make her see.”
  • Darrow, to this appeal, could oppose only the repeated assurance of his
  • inability to interfere. He tried to make Madame de Chantelle see
  • that the very position he hoped to take in the household made his
  • intervention the more hazardous. He brought up the usual arguments, and
  • sounded the expected note of sympathy; but Madame de Chantelle’s alarm
  • had dispelled her habitual imprecision, and, though she had not many
  • reasons to advance, her argument clung to its point like a frightened
  • sharp-clawed animal.
  • “Well, then,” she summed up, in response to his repeated assertions that
  • he saw no way of helping her, “you can, at least, even if you won’t
  • say a word to the others, tell me frankly and fairly--and quite between
  • ourselves--your personal opinion of Miss Viner, since you’ve known her
  • so much longer than we have.”
  • He protested that, if he had known her longer, he had known her much
  • less well, and that he had already, on this point, convinced Anna of his
  • inability to pronounce an opinion.
  • Madame de Chantelle drew a deep sigh of intelligence. “Your opinion of
  • Mrs. Murrett is enough! I don’t suppose you pretend to conceal THAT? And
  • heaven knows what other unspeakable people she’s been mixed up with. The
  • only friends she can produce are called Hoke...Don’t try to reason with
  • me, Mr. Darrow. There are feelings that go deeper than facts...And
  • I KNOW she thought of studying for the stage...” Madame de Chantelle
  • raised the corner of her lace handkerchief to her eyes. “I’m
  • old-fashioned--like my furniture,” she murmured. “And I thought I could
  • count on you, Mr. Darrow...”
  • When Darrow, that night, regained his room, he reflected with a flash
  • of irony that each time he entered it he brought a fresh troop of
  • perplexities to trouble its serene seclusion. Since the day after his
  • arrival, only forty-eight hours before, when he had set his window
  • open to the night, and his hopes had seemed as many as its stars,
  • each evening had brought its new problem and its renewed distress. But
  • nothing, as yet, had approached the blank misery of mind with which he
  • now set himself to face the fresh questions confronting him.
  • Sophy Viner had not shown herself at dinner, so that he had had no
  • glimpse of her in her new character, and no means of divining the real
  • nature of the tie between herself and Owen Leath. One thing, however,
  • was clear: whatever her real feelings were, and however much or little
  • she had at stake, if she had made up her mind to marry Owen she had more
  • than enough skill and tenacity to defeat any arts that poor Madame de
  • Chantelle could oppose to her.
  • Darrow himself was in fact the only person who might possibly turn her
  • from her purpose: Madame de Chantelle, at haphazard, had hit on the
  • surest means of saving Owen--if to prevent his marriage were to save
  • him! Darrow, on this point, did not pretend to any fixed opinion; one
  • feeling alone was clear and insistent in him: he did not mean, if he
  • could help it, to let the marriage take place.
  • How he was to prevent it he did not know: to his tormented imagination
  • every issue seemed closed. For a fantastic instant he was moved to
  • follow Madame de Chantelle’s suggestion and urge Anna to withdraw her
  • approval. If his reticence, his efforts to avoid the subject, had not
  • escaped her, she had doubtless set them down to the fact of his knowing
  • more, and thinking less, of Sophy Viner than he had been willing to
  • admit; and he might take advantage of this to turn her mind gradually
  • from the project. Yet how do so without betraying his insincerity? If
  • he had had nothing to hide he could easily have said: “It’s one thing to
  • know nothing against the girl, it’s another to pretend that I think her
  • a good match for Owen.” But could he say even so much without betraying
  • more? It was not Anna’s questions, or his answers to them, that he
  • feared, but what might cry aloud in the intervals between them. He
  • understood now that ever since Sophy Viner’s arrival at Givre he had
  • felt in Anna the lurking sense of something unexpressed, and perhaps
  • inexpressible, between the girl and himself...When at last he fell
  • asleep he had fatalistically committed his next step to the chances of
  • the morrow.
  • The first that offered itself was an encounter with Mrs. Leath as he
  • descended the stairs the next morning. She had come down already hatted
  • and shod for a dash to the park lodge, where one of the gatekeeper’s
  • children had had an accident. In her compact dark dress she looked more
  • than usually straight and slim, and her face wore the pale glow it took
  • on at any call on her energy: a kind of warrior brightness that made her
  • small head, with its strong chin and close-bound hair, like that of an
  • amazon in a frieze.
  • It was their first moment alone since she had left him, the afternoon
  • before, at her mother-in-law’s door; and after a few words about the
  • injured child their talk inevitably reverted to Owen.
  • Anna spoke with a smile of her “scene” with Madame de Chantelle, who
  • belonged, poor dear, to a generation when “scenes” (in the ladylike
  • and lachrymal sense of the term) were the tribute which sensibility was
  • expected to pay to the unusual. Their conversation had been, in every
  • detail, so exactly what Anna had foreseen that it had clearly not made
  • much impression on her; but she was eager to know the result of Darrow’s
  • encounter with her mother-in-law.
  • “She told me she’d sent for you: she always ‘sends for’ people in
  • emergencies. That again, I suppose, is DE L’EPOQUE. And failing Adelaide
  • Painter, who can’t get here till this afternoon, there was no one but
  • poor you to turn to.”
  • She put it all lightly, with a lightness that seemed to his tight-strung
  • nerves slightly, undefinably over-done. But he was so aware of his own
  • tension that he wondered, the next moment, whether anything would ever
  • again seem to him quite usual and insignificant and in the common order
  • of things.
  • As they hastened on through the drizzle in which the storm of the night
  • was weeping itself out, Anna drew close under his umbrella, and at the
  • pressure of her arm against his he recalled his walk up the Dover
  • pier with Sophy Viner. The memory gave him a startled vision of the
  • inevitable occasions of contact, confidence, familiarity, which his
  • future relationship to the girl would entail, and the countless chances
  • of betrayal that every one of them involved.
  • “Do tell me just what you said,” he heard Anna pleading; and with sudden
  • resolution he affirmed: “I quite understand your mother-in-law’s feeling
  • as she does.”
  • The words, when uttered, seemed a good deal less significant than they
  • had sounded to his inner ear; and Anna replied without surprise: “Of
  • course. It’s inevitable that she should. But we shall bring her round
  • in time.” Under the dripping dome she raised her face to his. “Don’t you
  • remember what you said the day before yesterday? ‘Together we can’t
  • fail to pull it off for him!’ I’ve told Owen that, so you’re pledged and
  • there’s no going back.”
  • The day before yesterday! Was it possible that, no longer ago, life
  • had seemed a sufficiently simple business for a sane man to hazard such
  • assurances?
  • “Anna,” he questioned her abruptly, “why are you so anxious for this
  • marriage?”
  • She stopped short to face him. “Why? But surely I’ve explained to
  • you--or rather I’ve hardly had to, you seemed so in sympathy with my
  • reasons!”
  • “I didn’t know, then, who it was that Owen wanted to marry.”
  • The words were out with a spring and he felt a clearer air in his brain.
  • But her logic hemmed him in.
  • “You knew yesterday; and you assured me then that you hadn’t a word to
  • say----”
  • “Against Miss Viner?” The name, once uttered, sounded on and on in his
  • ears. “Of course not. But that doesn’t necessarily imply that I think
  • her a good match for Owen.”
  • Anna made no immediate answer. When she spoke it was to question: “Why
  • don’t you think her a good match for Owen?”
  • “Well--Madame de Chantelle’s reasons seem to me not quite as negligible
  • as you think.”
  • “You mean the fact that she’s been Mrs. Murrett’s secretary, and that
  • the people who employed her before were called Hoke? For, as far as Owen
  • and I can make out, these are the gravest charges against her.”
  • “Still, one can understand that the match is not what Madame de
  • Chantelle had dreamed of.”
  • “Oh, perfectly--if that’s all you mean.” The lodge was in sight, and she
  • hastened her step. He strode on beside her in silence, but at the gate
  • she checked him with the question: “Is it really all you mean?”
  • “Of course,” he heard himself declare.
  • “Oh, then I think I shall convince you--even if I can’t, like Madame
  • de Chantelle, summon all the Everards to my aid!” She lifted to him
  • the look of happy laughter that sometimes brushed her with a gleam of
  • spring.
  • Darrow watched her hasten along the path between the dripping
  • chrysanthemums and enter the lodge. After she had gone in he paced up
  • and down outside in the drizzle, waiting to learn if she had any message
  • to send back to the house; and after the lapse of a few minutes she came
  • out again.
  • The child, she said, was badly, though not dangerously, hurt, and the
  • village doctor, who was already on hand, had asked that the surgeon,
  • already summoned from Francheuil, should be told to bring with him
  • certain needful appliances. Owen had started by motor to fetch the
  • surgeon, but there was still time to communicate with the latter by
  • telephone. The doctor furthermore begged for an immediate provision of
  • such bandages and disinfectants as Givre itself could furnish, and Anna
  • bade Darrow address himself to Miss Viner, who would know where to find
  • the necessary things, and would direct one of the servants to bicycle
  • with them to the lodge.
  • Darrow, as he hurried off on this errand, had at once perceived the
  • opportunity it offered of a word with Sophy Viner. What that word was to
  • be he did not know; but now, if ever, was the moment to make it urgent
  • and conclusive. It was unlikely that he would again have such a chance
  • of unobserved talk with her.
  • He had supposed he should find her with her pupil in the school-room;
  • but he learned from a servant that Effie had gone to Francheuil with her
  • step-brother, and that Miss Viner was still in her room. Darrow sent her
  • word that he was the bearer of a message from the lodge, and a moment
  • later he heard her coming down the stairs.
  • XX
  • For a second, as she approached him, the quick tremor of her glance
  • showed her all intent on the same thought as himself. He transmitted
  • his instructions with mechanical precision, and she answered in the same
  • tone, repeating his words with the intensity of attention of a child not
  • quite sure of understanding. Then she disappeared up the stairs.
  • Darrow lingered on in the hall, not knowing if she meant to return, yet
  • inwardly sure she would. At length he saw her coming down in her hat and
  • jacket. The rain still streaked the window panes, and, in order to say
  • something, he said: “You’re not going to the lodge yourself?”
  • “I’ve sent one of the men ahead with the things; but I thought Mrs.
  • Leath might need me.”
  • “She didn’t ask for you,” he returned, wondering how he could detain
  • her; but she answered decidedly: “I’d better go.”
  • He held open the door, picked up his umbrella and followed her out. As
  • they went down the steps she glanced back at him. “You’ve forgotten your
  • mackintosh.”
  • “I sha’n’t need it.”
  • She had no umbrella, and he opened his and held it out to her. She
  • rejected it with a murmur of thanks and walked on through the thin
  • drizzle, and he kept the umbrella over his own head, without offering to
  • shelter her.
  • Rapidly and in silence they crossed the court and began to walk down
  • the avenue. They had traversed a third of its length before Darrow
  • said abruptly: “Wouldn’t it have been fairer, when we talked together
  • yesterday, to tell me what I’ve just heard from Mrs. Leath?”
  • “Fairer----?” She stopped short with a startled look.
  • “If I’d known that your future was already settled I should have spared
  • you my gratuitous suggestions.”
  • She walked on, more slowly, for a yard or two. “I couldn’t speak
  • yesterday. I meant to have told you today.”
  • “Oh, I’m not reproaching you for your lack of confidence. Only, if you
  • HAD told me, I should have been more sure of your really meaning what
  • you said to me yesterday.”
  • She did not ask him to what he referred, and he saw that her parting
  • words to him lived as vividly in her memory as in his.
  • “Is it so important that you should be sure?” she finally questioned.
  • “Not to you, naturally,” he returned with involuntary asperity. It was
  • incredible, yet it was a fact, that for the moment his immediate purpose
  • in seeking to speak to her was lost under a rush of resentment at
  • counting for so little in her fate. Of what stuff, then, was his feeling
  • for her made? A few hours earlier she had touched his thoughts as little
  • as his senses; but now he felt old sleeping instincts stir in him...
  • A rush of rain dashed against his face, and, catching Sophy’s hat,
  • strained it back from her loosened hair. She put her hands to her head
  • with a familiar gesture...He came closer and held his umbrella over
  • her...
  • At the lodge he waited while she went in. The rain continued to stream
  • down on him and he shivered in the dampness and stamped his feet on the
  • flags. It seemed to him that a long time elapsed before the door opened
  • and she reappeared. He glanced into the house for a glimpse of Anna, but
  • obtained none; yet the mere sense of her nearness had completely altered
  • his mood.
  • The child, Sophy told him, was doing well; but Mrs. Leath had decided to
  • wait till the surgeon came. Darrow, as they turned away, looked through
  • the gates, and saw the doctor’s old-fashioned carriage by the roadside.
  • “Let me tell the doctor’s boy to drive you back,” he suggested; but
  • Sophy answered: “No; I’ll walk,” and he moved on toward the house at her
  • side. She expressed no surprise at his not remaining at the lodge, and
  • again they walked on in silence through the rain. She had accepted
  • the shelter of his umbrella, but she kept herself at such a carefully
  • measured distance that even the slight swaying movements produced by
  • their quick pace did not once bring her arm in touch with his; and,
  • noticing this, he perceived that every drop of her blood must be alive
  • to his nearness.
  • “What I meant just now,” he began, “was that you ought to have been sure
  • of my good wishes.”
  • She seemed to weigh the words. “Sure enough for what?”
  • “To trust me a little farther than you did.”
  • “I’ve told you that yesterday I wasn’t free to speak.”
  • “Well, since you are now, may I say a word to you?”
  • She paused perceptibly, and when she spoke it was in so low a tone that
  • he had to bend his head to catch her answer. “I can’t think what you can
  • have to say.”
  • “It’s not easy to say here, at any rate. And indoors I sha’n’t know
  • where to say it.” He glanced about him in the rain. “Let’s walk over to
  • the spring-house for a minute.”
  • To the right of the drive, under a clump of trees, a little stucco
  • pavilion crowned by a balustrade rose on arches of mouldering brick over
  • a flight of steps that led down to a spring. Other steps curved up to a
  • door above. Darrow mounted these, and opening the door entered a
  • small circular room hung with loosened strips of painted paper whereon
  • spectrally faded Mandarins executed elongated gestures. Some black and
  • gold chairs with straw seats and an unsteady table of cracked lacquer
  • stood on the floor of red-glazed tile.
  • Sophy had followed him without comment. He closed the door after her,
  • and she stood motionless, as though waiting for him to speak.
  • “Now we can talk quietly,” he said, looking at her with a smile into
  • which he tried to put an intention of the frankest friendliness.
  • She merely repeated: “I can’t think what you can have to say.”
  • Her voice had lost the note of half-wistful confidence on which their
  • talk of the previous day had closed, and she looked at him with a kind
  • of pale hostility. Her tone made it evident that his task would be
  • difficult, but it did not shake his resolve to go on. He sat down, and
  • mechanically she followed his example. The table was between them and
  • she rested her arms on its cracked edge and her chin on her interlocked
  • hands. He looked at her and she gave him back his look.
  • “Have you nothing to say to ME?” he asked at length.
  • A faint smile lifted, in the remembered way, the left corner of her
  • narrowed lips.
  • “About my marriage?”
  • “About your marriage.”
  • She continued to consider him between half-drawn lids. “What can I say
  • that Mrs. Leath has not already told you?”
  • “Mrs. Leath has told me nothing whatever but the fact--and her pleasure
  • in it.”
  • “Well; aren’t those the two essential points?”
  • “The essential points to YOU? I should have thought----”
  • “Oh, to YOU, I meant,” she put in keenly.
  • He flushed at the retort, but steadied himself and rejoined: “The
  • essential point to me is, of course, that you should be doing what’s
  • really best for you.”
  • She sat silent, with lowered lashes. At length she stretched out her arm
  • and took up from the table a little threadbare Chinese hand-screen. She
  • turned its ebony stem once or twice between her fingers, and as she did
  • so Darrow was whimsically struck by the way in which their evanescent
  • slight romance was symbolized by the fading lines on the frail silk.
  • “Do you think my engagement to Mr. Leath not really best for me?” she
  • asked at length.
  • Darrow, before answering, waited long enough to get his words into the
  • tersest shape--not without a sense, as he did so, of his likeness to the
  • surgeon deliberately poising his lancet for a clean incision. “I’m not
  • sure,” he replied, “of its being the best thing for either of you.”
  • She took the stroke steadily, but a faint red swept her face like the
  • reflection of a blush. She continued to keep her lowered eyes on the
  • screen.
  • “From whose point of view do you speak?”
  • “Naturally, that of the persons most concerned.”
  • “From Owen’s, then, of course? You don’t think me a good match for him?”
  • “From yours, first of all. I don’t think him a good match for you.”
  • He brought the answer out abruptly, his eyes on her face. It had grown
  • extremely pale, but as the meaning of his words shaped itself in her
  • mind he saw a curious inner light dawn through her set look. She lifted
  • her lids just far enough for a veiled glance at him, and a smile slipped
  • through them to her trembling lips. For a moment the change merely
  • bewildered him; then it pulled him up with a sharp jerk of apprehension.
  • “I don’t think him a good match for you,” he stammered, groping for the
  • lost thread of his words.
  • She threw a vague look about the chilly rain-dimmed room. “And you’ve
  • brought me here to tell me why?”
  • The question roused him to the sense that their minutes were numbered,
  • and that if he did not immediately get to his point there might be no
  • other chance of making it.
  • “My chief reason is that I believe he’s too young and inexperienced to
  • give you the kind of support you need.”
  • At his words her face changed again, freezing to a tragic coldness. She
  • stared straight ahead of her, perceptibly struggling with the tremor of
  • her muscles; and when she had controlled it she flung out a pale-lipped
  • pleasantry. “But you see I’ve always had to support myself!”
  • “He’s a boy,” Darrow pushed on, “a charming, wonderful boy; but with
  • no more notion than a boy how to deal with the inevitable daily
  • problems ... the trivial stupid unimportant things that life is chiefly
  • made up of.” “I’ll deal with them for him,” she rejoined.
  • “They’ll be more than ordinarily difficult.”
  • She shot a challenging glance at him. “You must have some special reason
  • for saying so.”
  • “Only my clear perception of the facts.”
  • “What facts do you mean?”
  • Darrow hesitated. “You must know better than I,” he returned at length,
  • “that the way won’t be made easy to you.”
  • “Mrs. Leath, at any rate, has made it so.”
  • “Madame de Chantelle will not.”
  • “How do YOU know that?” she flung back.
  • He paused again, not sure how far it was prudent to reveal himself
  • in the confidence of the household. Then, to avoid involving Anna, he
  • answered: “Madame de Chantelle sent for me yesterday.”
  • “Sent for you--to talk to you about me?” The colour rose to her forehead
  • and her eyes burned black under lowered brows. “By what right, I should
  • like to know? What have you to do with me, or with anything in the world
  • that concerns me?”
  • Darrow instantly perceived what dread suspicion again possessed her, and
  • the sense that it was not wholly unjustified caused him a passing pang
  • of shame. But it did not turn him from his purpose.
  • “I’m an old friend of Mrs. Leath’s. It’s not unnatural that Madame de
  • Chantelle should talk to me.”
  • She dropped the screen on the table and stood up, turning on him the
  • same small mask of wrath and scorn which had glared at him, in Paris,
  • when he had confessed to his suppression of her letter. She walked away
  • a step or two and then came back.
  • “May I ask what Madame de Chantelle said to you?”
  • “She made it clear that she should not encourage the marriage.”
  • “And what was her object in making that clear to YOU?”
  • Darrow hesitated. “I suppose she thought----”
  • “That she could persuade you to turn Mrs. Leath against me?”
  • He was silent, and she pressed him: “Was that it?” “That was it.”
  • “But if you don’t--if you keep your promise----”
  • “My promise?”
  • “To say nothing ... nothing whatever...” Her strained look threw a haggard
  • light along the pause.
  • As she spoke, the whole odiousness of the scene rushed over him. “Of
  • course I shall say nothing ... you know that...” He leaned to her and laid
  • his hand on hers. “You know I wouldn’t for the world...”
  • She drew back and hid her face with a sob. Then she sank again into her
  • seat, stretched her arms across the table and laid her face upon them.
  • He sat still, overwhelmed with compunction. After a long interval, in
  • which he had painfully measured the seconds by her hard-drawn breathing,
  • she looked up at him with a face washed clear of bitterness.
  • “Don’t suppose I don’t know what you must have thought of me!”
  • The cry struck him down to a lower depth of self-abasement. “My poor
  • child,” he felt like answering, “the shame of it is that I’ve never
  • thought of you at all!” But he could only uselessly repeat: “I’ll do
  • anything I can to help you.”
  • She sat silent, drumming the table with her hand. He saw that her doubt
  • of him was allayed, and the perception made him more ashamed, as if her
  • trust had first revealed to him how near he had come to not deserving
  • it. Suddenly she began to speak.
  • “You think, then, I’ve no right to marry him?”
  • “No right? God forbid! I only meant----”
  • “That you’d rather I didn’t marry any friend of yours.” She brought
  • it out deliberately, not as a question, but as a mere dispassionate
  • statement of fact.
  • Darrow in turn stood up and wandered away helplessly to the window. He
  • stood staring out through its small discoloured panes at the dim brown
  • distances; then he moved back to the table.
  • “I’ll tell you exactly what I meant. You’ll be wretched if you marry a
  • man you’re not in love with.”
  • He knew the risk of misapprehension that he ran, but he estimated his
  • chances of success as precisely in proportion to his peril. If certain
  • signs meant what he thought they did, he might yet--at what cost he
  • would not stop to think--make his past pay for his future.
  • The girl, at his words, had lifted her head with a movement of surprise.
  • Her eyes slowly reached his face and rested there in a gaze of deep
  • interrogation. He held the look for a moment; then his own eyes dropped
  • and he waited.
  • At length she began to speak. “You’re mistaken--you’re quite mistaken.”
  • He waited a moment longer. “Mistaken----?”
  • “In thinking what you think. I’m as happy as if I deserved it!” she
  • suddenly proclaimed with a laugh.
  • She stood up and moved toward the door. “NOW are you satisfied?” she
  • asked, turning her vividest face to him from the threshold.
  • XXI
  • Down the avenue there came to them, with the opening of the door, the
  • voice of Owen’s motor. It was the signal which had interrupted their
  • first talk, and again, instinctively, they drew apart at the sound.
  • Without a word Darrow turned back into the room, while Sophy Viner went
  • down the steps and walked back alone toward the court.
  • At luncheon the presence of the surgeon, and the non-appearance
  • of Madame de Chantelle--who had excused herself on the plea of a
  • headache--combined to shift the conversational centre of gravity; and
  • Darrow, under shelter of the necessarily impersonal talk, had time to
  • adjust his disguise and to perceive that the others were engaged in the
  • same re-arrangement. It was the first time that he had seen young Leath
  • and Sophy Viner together since he had learned of their engagement; but
  • neither revealed more emotion than befitted the occasion. It was evident
  • that Owen was deeply under the girl’s charm, and that at the least
  • sign from her his bliss would have broken bounds; but her reticence
  • was justified by the tacitly recognized fact of Madame de Chantelle’s
  • disapproval. This also visibly weighed on Anna’s mind, making her manner
  • to Sophy, if no less kind, yet a trifle more constrained than if the
  • moment of final understanding had been reached. So Darrow interpreted
  • the tension perceptible under the fluent exchange of commonplaces in
  • which he was diligently sharing. But he was more and more aware of his
  • inability to test the moral atmosphere about him: he was like a man in
  • fever testing another’s temperature by the touch.
  • After luncheon Anna, who was to motor the surgeon home, suggested to
  • Darrow that he should accompany them. Effie was also of the party; and
  • Darrow inferred that Anna wished to give her step-son a chance to be
  • alone with his betrothed. On the way back, after the surgeon had been
  • left at his door, the little girl sat between her mother and Darrow, and
  • her presence kept their talk from taking a personal turn. Darrow knew
  • that Mrs. Leath had not yet told Effie of the relation in which he was
  • to stand to her. The premature divulging of Owen’s plans had thrown
  • their own into the background, and by common consent they continued, in
  • the little girl’s presence, on terms of an informal friendliness.
  • The sky had cleared after luncheon, and to prolong their excursion they
  • returned by way of the ivy-mantled ruin which was to have been the scene
  • of the projected picnic. This circuit brought them back to the park
  • gates not long before sunset, and as Anna wished to stop at the lodge
  • for news of the injured child Darrow left her there with Effie and
  • walked on alone to the house. He had the impression that she
  • was slightly surprised at his not waiting for her; but his inner
  • restlessness vented itself in an intense desire for bodily movement. He
  • would have liked to walk himself into a state of torpor; to tramp on
  • for hours through the moist winds and the healing darkness and come
  • back staggering with fatigue and sleep. But he had no pretext for such
  • a flight, and he feared that, at such a moment, his prolonged absence
  • might seem singular to Anna.
  • As he approached the house, the thought of her nearness produced a swift
  • reaction of mood. It was as if an intenser vision of her had scattered
  • his perplexities like morning mists. At this moment, wherever she was,
  • he knew he was safely shut away in her thoughts, and the knowledge made
  • every other fact dwindle away to a shadow. He and she loved each other,
  • and their love arched over them open and ample as the day: in all its
  • sunlit spaces there was no cranny for a fear to lurk. In a few minutes
  • he would be in her presence and would read his reassurance in her eyes.
  • And presently, before dinner, she would contrive that they should have
  • an hour by themselves in her sitting-room, and he would sit by the
  • hearth and watch her quiet movements, and the way the bluish lustre on
  • her hair purpled a little as she bent above the fire.
  • A carriage drove out of the court as he entered it, and in the hall his
  • vision was dispelled by the exceedingly substantial presence of a lady
  • in a waterproof and a tweed hat, who stood firmly planted in the centre
  • of a pile of luggage, as to which she was giving involved but lucid
  • directions to the footman who had just admitted her. She went on with
  • these directions regardless of Darrow’s entrance, merely fixing her
  • small pale eyes on him while she proceeded, in a deep contralto voice,
  • and a fluent French pronounced with the purest Boston accent, to specify
  • the destination of her bags; and this enabled Darrow to give her back a
  • gaze protracted enough to take in all the details of her plain thick-set
  • person, from the square sallow face beneath bands of grey hair to the
  • blunt boot-toes protruding under her wide walking skirt.
  • She submitted to this scrutiny with no more evidence of surprise than
  • a monument examined by a tourist; but when the fate of her luggage had
  • been settled she turned suddenly to Darrow and, dropping her eyes from
  • his face to his feet, asked in trenchant accents: “What sort of boots
  • have you got on?”
  • Before he could summon his wits to the consideration of this question
  • she continued in a tone of suppressed indignation: “Until Americans get
  • used to the fact that France is under water for half the year they’re
  • perpetually risking their lives by not being properly protected. I
  • suppose you’ve been tramping through all this nasty clammy mud as if
  • you’d been taking a stroll on Boston Common.”
  • Darrow, with a laugh, affirmed his previous experience of French
  • dampness, and the degree to which he was on his guard against it; but
  • the lady, with a contemptuous snort, rejoined: “You young men are all
  • alike----“; to which she appended, after another hard look at him:
  • “I suppose you’re George Darrow? I used to know one of your mother’s
  • cousins, who married a Tunstall of Mount Vernon Street. My name is
  • Adelaide Painter. Have you been in Boston lately? No? I’m sorry for
  • that. I hear there have been several new houses built at the lower
  • end of Commonwealth Avenue and I hoped you could tell me about them. I
  • haven’t been there for thirty years myself.”
  • Miss Painter’s arrival at Givre produced the same effect as the wind’s
  • hauling around to the north after days of languid weather. When Darrow
  • joined the group about the tea-table she had already given a tingle to
  • the air. Madame de Chantelle still remained invisible above stairs;
  • but Darrow had the impression that even through her drawn curtains and
  • bolted doors a stimulating whiff must have entered.
  • Anna was in her usual seat behind the tea-tray, and Sophy Viner
  • presently led in her pupil. Owen was also there, seated, as usual,
  • a little apart from the others, and following Miss Painter’s massive
  • movements and equally substantial utterances with a smile of secret
  • intelligence which gave Darrow the idea of his having been in
  • clandestine parley with the enemy. Darrow further took note that the
  • girl and her suitor perceptibly avoided each other; but this might be a
  • natural result of the tension Miss Painter had been summoned to relieve.
  • Sophy Viner would evidently permit no recognition of the situation save
  • that which it lay with Madame de Chantelle to accord; but meanwhile Miss
  • Painter had proclaimed her tacit sense of it by summoning the girl to a
  • seat at her side.
  • Darrow, as he continued to observe the newcomer, who was perched on her
  • arm-chair like a granite image on the edge of a cliff, was aware
  • that, in a more detached frame of mind, he would have found an extreme
  • interest in studying and classifying Miss Painter. It was not that she
  • said anything remarkable, or betrayed any of those unspoken perceptions
  • which give significance to the most commonplace utterances. She talked
  • of the lateness of her train, of an impending crisis in international
  • politics, of the difficulty of buying English tea in Paris and of the
  • enormities of which French servants were capable; and her views on these
  • subjects were enunciated with a uniformity of emphasis implying complete
  • unconsciousness of any difference in their interest and importance. She
  • always applied to the French race the distant epithet of “those people”,
  • but she betrayed an intimate acquaintance with many of its members,
  • and an encyclopaedic knowledge of the domestic habits, financial
  • difficulties and private complications of various persons of social
  • importance. Yet, as she evidently felt no incongruity in her
  • attitude, so she revealed no desire to parade her familiarity with the
  • fashionable, or indeed any sense of it as a fact to be paraded. It was
  • evident that the titled ladies whom she spoke of as Mimi or Simone or
  • Odette were as much “those people” to her as the bonne who tampered with
  • her tea and steamed the stamps off her letters (“when, by a miracle,
  • I don’t put them in the box myself.”) Her whole attitude was of a vast
  • grim tolerance of things-as-they-came, as though she had been some
  • wonderful automatic machine which recorded facts but had not yet been
  • perfected to the point of sorting or labelling them.
  • All this, as Darrow was aware, still fell short of accounting for the
  • influence she obviously exerted on the persons in contact with her.
  • It brought a slight relief to his state of tension to go on wondering,
  • while he watched and listened, just where the mystery lurked.
  • Perhaps, after all, it was in the fact of her blank insensibility,
  • an insensibility so devoid of egotism that it had no hardness and no
  • grimaces, but rather the freshness of a simpler mental state. After
  • living, as he had, as they all had, for the last few days, in an
  • atmosphere perpetually tremulous with echoes and implications, it was
  • restful and fortifying merely to walk into the big blank area of Miss
  • Painter’s mind, so vacuous for all its accumulated items, so echoless
  • for all its vacuity.
  • His hope of a word with Anna before dinner was dispelled by her rising
  • to take Miss Painter up to Madame de Chantelle; and he wandered away
  • to his own room, leaving Owen and Miss Viner engaged in working out a
  • picture-puzzle for Effie.
  • Madame de Chantelle--possibly as the result of her friend’s
  • ministrations--was able to appear at the dinner-table, rather pale and
  • pink-nosed, and casting tenderly reproachful glances at her grandson,
  • who faced them with impervious serenity; and the situation was relieved
  • by the fact that Miss Viner, as usual, had remained in the school-room
  • with her pupil.
  • Darrow conjectured that the real clash of arms would not take place till
  • the morrow; and wishing to leave the field open to the contestants he
  • set out early on a solitary walk. It was nearly luncheon-time when he
  • returned from it and came upon Anna just emerging from the house. She
  • had on her hat and jacket and was apparently coming forth to seek him,
  • for she said at once: “Madame de Chantelle wants you to go up to her.”
  • “To go up to her? Now?”
  • “That’s the message she sent. She appears to rely on you to do
  • something.” She added with a smile: “Whatever it is, let’s have it
  • over!”
  • Darrow, through his rising sense of apprehension, wondered why, instead
  • of merely going for a walk, he had not jumped into the first train and
  • got out of the way till Owen’s affairs were finally settled.
  • “But what in the name of goodness can I do?” he protested, following
  • Anna back into the hall.
  • “I don’t know. But Owen seems so to rely on you, too----”
  • “Owen! Is HE to be there?”
  • “No. But you know I told him he could count on you.”
  • “But I’ve said to your mother-in-law all I could.”
  • “Well, then you can only repeat it.”
  • This did not seem to Darrow to simplify his case as much as she appeared
  • to think; and once more he had a movement of recoil. “There’s no
  • possible reason for my being mixed up in this affair!”
  • Anna gave him a reproachful glance. “Not the fact that I am?” she
  • reminded him; but even this only stiffened his resistance.
  • “Why should you be, either--to this extent?”
  • The question made her pause. She glanced about the hall, as if to be
  • sure they had it to themselves; and then, in a lowered voice: “I don’t
  • know,” she suddenly confessed; “but, somehow, if THEY’RE not happy I
  • feel as if we shouldn’t be.”
  • “Oh, well--” Darrow acquiesced, in the tone of the man who perforce
  • yields to so lovely an unreasonableness. Escape was, after all,
  • impossible, and he could only resign himself to being led to Madame de
  • Chantelle’s door.
  • Within, among the bric-a-brac and furbelows, he found Miss Painter
  • seated in a redundant purple armchair with the incongruous air of a
  • horseman bestriding a heavy mount. Madame de Chantelle sat opposite,
  • still a little wan and disordered under her elaborate hair, and clasping
  • the handkerchief whose visibility symbolized her distress. On the
  • young man’s entrance she sighed out a plaintive welcome, to which she
  • immediately appended: “Mr. Darrow, I can’t help feeling that at heart
  • you’re with me!”
  • The directness of the challenge made it easier for Darrow to protest,
  • and he reiterated his inability to give an opinion on either side.
  • “But Anna declares you have--on hers!”
  • He could not restrain a smile at this faint flaw in an impartiality so
  • scrupulous. Every evidence of feminine inconsequence in Anna seemed to
  • attest her deeper subjection to the most inconsequent of passions. He
  • had certainly promised her his help--but before he knew what he was
  • promising.
  • He met Madame de Chantelle’s appeal by replying: “If there were anything
  • I could possibly say I should want it to be in Miss Viner’s favour.”
  • “You’d want it to be--yes! But could you make it so?”
  • “As far as facts go, I don’t see how I can make it either for or against
  • her. I’ve already said that I know nothing of her except that she’s
  • charming.”
  • “As if that weren’t enough--weren’t all there OUGHT to be!” Miss Painter
  • put in impatiently. She seemed to address herself to Darrow, though her
  • small eyes were fixed on her friend.
  • “Madame de Chantelle seems to imagine,” she pursued, “that a young
  • American girl ought to have a dossier--a police-record, or whatever you
  • call it: what those awful women in the streets have here. In our country
  • it’s enough to know that a young girl’s pure and lovely: people don’t
  • immediately ask her to show her bank-account and her visiting-list.”
  • Madame de Chantelle looked plaintively at her sturdy monitress. “You
  • don’t expect me not to ask if she’s got a family?”
  • “No; nor to think the worse of her if she hasn’t. The fact that she’s an
  • orphan ought, with your ideas, to be a merit. You won’t have to invite
  • her father and mother to Givre!”
  • “Adelaide--Adelaide!” the mistress of Givre lamented.
  • “Lucretia Mary,” the other returned--and Darrow spared an instant’s
  • amusement to the quaint incongruity of the name--“you know you sent for
  • Mr. Darrow to refute me; and how can he, till he knows what I think?”
  • “You think it’s perfectly simple to let Owen marry a girl we know
  • nothing about?”
  • “No; but I don’t think it’s perfectly simple to prevent him.”
  • The shrewdness of the answer increased Darrow’s interest in Miss
  • Painter. She had not hitherto struck him as being a person of much
  • penetration, but he now felt sure that her gimlet gaze might bore to the
  • heart of any practical problem.
  • Madame de Chantelle sighed out her recognition of the difficulty.
  • “I haven’t a word to say against Miss Viner; but she’s knocked about
  • so, as it’s called, that she must have been mixed up with some rather
  • dreadful people. If only Owen could be made to see that--if one could
  • get at a few facts, I mean. She says, for instance, that she has a
  • sister; but it seems she doesn’t even know her address!”
  • “If she does, she may not want to give it to you. I daresay the sister’s
  • one of the dreadful people. I’ve no doubt that with a little time you
  • could rake up dozens of them: have her ‘traced’, as they call it in
  • detective stories. I don’t think you’d frighten Owen, but you might:
  • it’s natural enough he should have been corrupted by those foreign
  • ideas. You might even manage to part him from the girl; but you couldn’t
  • keep him from being in love with her. I saw that when I looked them
  • over last evening. I said to myself: ‘It’s a real old-fashioned American
  • case, as sweet and sound as home-made bread.’ Well, if you take his loaf
  • away from him, what are you going to feed him with instead? Which of
  • your nasty Paris poisons do you think he’ll turn to? Supposing you
  • succeed in keeping him out of a really bad mess--and, knowing the young
  • man as I do, I rather think that, at this crisis, the only way to do it
  • would be to marry him slap off to somebody else--well, then, who, may I
  • ask, would you pick out? One of your sweet French ingenues, I suppose?
  • With as much mind as a minnow and as much snap as a soft-boiled egg. You
  • might hustle him into that kind of marriage; I daresay you could--but
  • if I know Owen, the natural thing would happen before the first baby was
  • weaned.”
  • “I don’t know why you insinuate such odious things against Owen!”
  • “Do you think it would be odious of him to return to his real love when
  • he’d been forcibly parted from her? At any rate, it’s what your French
  • friends do, every one of them! Only they don’t generally have the grace
  • to go back to an old love; and I believe, upon my word, Owen would!”
  • Madame de Chantelle looked at her with a mixture of awe and exultation.
  • “Of course you realize, Adelaide, that in suggesting this you’re
  • insinuating the most shocking things against Miss Viner?”
  • “When I say that if you part two young things who are dying to be happy
  • in the lawful way it’s ten to one they’ll come together in an unlawful
  • one? I’m insinuating shocking things against YOU, Lucretia Mary, in
  • suggesting for a moment that you’ll care to assume such a responsibility
  • before your Maker. And you wouldn’t, if you talked things straight out
  • with him, instead of merely sending him messages through a miserable
  • sinner like yourself!”
  • Darrow expected this assault on her adopted creed to provoke in Madame
  • de Chantelle an explosion of pious indignation; but to his surprise she
  • merely murmured: “I don’t know what Mr. Darrow’ll think of you!”
  • “Mr. Darrow probably knows his Bible as well as I do,” Miss Painter
  • calmly rejoined; adding a moment later, without the least perceptible
  • change of voice or expression: “I suppose you’ve heard that Gisele
  • de Folembray’s husband accuses her of being mixed up with the Duc
  • d’Arcachon in that business of trying to sell a lot of imitation pearls
  • to Mrs. Homer Pond, the Chicago woman the Duke’s engaged to? It seems
  • the jeweller says Gisele brought Mrs. Pond there, and got twenty-five
  • per cent--which of course she passed on to d’Arcachon. The poor old
  • Duchess is in a fearful state--so afraid her son’ll lose Mrs. Pond!
  • When I think that Gisele is old Bradford Wagstaff’s grand-daughter, I’m
  • thankful he’s safe in Mount Auburn!”
  • XXII
  • It was not until late that afternoon that Darrow could claim his
  • postponed hour with Anna. When at last he found her alone in her
  • sitting-room it was with a sense of liberation so great that he sought
  • no logical justification of it. He simply felt that all their destinies
  • were in Miss Painter’s grasp, and that, resistance being useless, he
  • could only enjoy the sweets of surrender.
  • Anna herself seemed as happy, and for more explicable reasons. She had
  • assisted, after luncheon, at another debate between Madame de Chantelle
  • and her confidant, and had surmised, when she withdrew from it, that
  • victory was permanently perched on Miss Painter’s banners.
  • “I don’t know how she does it, unless it’s by the dead weight of her
  • convictions. She detests the French so that she’d back up Owen even if
  • she knew nothing--or knew too much--of Miss Viner. She somehow regards
  • the match as a protest against the corruption of European morals. I told
  • Owen that was his great chance, and he’s made the most of it.”
  • “What a tactician you are! You make me feel that I hardly know the
  • rudiments of diplomacy,” Darrow smiled at her, abandoning himself to a
  • perilous sense of well-being.
  • She gave him back his smile. “I’m afraid I think nothing short of my own
  • happiness is worth wasting any diplomacy on!”
  • “That’s why I mean to resign from the service of my country,” he
  • rejoined with a laugh of deep content.
  • The feeling that both resistance and apprehension were vain was working
  • like wine in his veins. He had done what he could to deflect the course
  • of events: now he could only stand aside and take his chance of safety.
  • Underneath this fatalistic feeling was the deep sense of relief that
  • he had, after all, said and done nothing that could in the least degree
  • affect the welfare of Sophy Viner. That fact took a millstone off his
  • neck.
  • Meanwhile he gave himself up once more to the joy of Anna’s presence.
  • They had not been alone together for two long days, and he had the
  • lover’s sense that he had forgotten, or at least underestimated, the
  • strength of the spell she cast. Once more her eyes and her smile seemed
  • to bound his world. He felt that their light would always move with him
  • as the sunset moves before a ship at sea.
  • The next day his sense of security was increased by a decisive incident.
  • It became known to the expectant household that Madame de Chantelle had
  • yielded to the tremendous impact of Miss Painter’s determination and
  • that Sophy Viner had been “sent for” to the purple satin sitting-room.
  • At luncheon, Owen’s radiant countenance proclaimed the happy sequel, and
  • Darrow, when the party had moved back to the oak-room for coffee, deemed
  • it discreet to wander out alone to the terrace with his cigar. The
  • conclusion of Owen’s romance brought his own plans once more to the
  • front. Anna had promised that she would consider dates and settle
  • details as soon as Madame de Chantelle and her grandson had been
  • reconciled, and Darrow was eager to go into the question at once,
  • since it was necessary that the preparations for his marriage should
  • go forward as rapidly as possible. Anna, he knew, would not seek any
  • farther pretext for delay; and he strolled up and down contentedly in
  • the sunshine, certain that she would come out and reassure him as soon
  • as the reunited family had claimed its due share of her attention.
  • But when she finally joined him her first word was for the younger
  • lovers.
  • “I want to thank you for what you’ve done for Owen,” she began, with her
  • happiest smile.
  • “Who--I?” he laughed. “Are you confusing me with Miss Painter?”
  • “Perhaps I ought to say for ME,” she corrected herself. “You’ve been
  • even more of a help to us than Adelaide.”
  • “My dear child! What on earth have I done?”
  • “You’ve managed to hide from Madame de Chantelle that you don’t really
  • like poor Sophy.”
  • Darrow felt the pallour in his cheek. “Not like her? What put such an
  • idea into your head?”
  • “Oh, it’s more than an idea--it’s a feeling. But what difference does
  • it make, after all? You saw her in such a different setting that it’s
  • natural you should be a little doubtful. But when you know her better
  • I’m sure you’ll feel about her as I do.”
  • “It’s going to be hard for me not to feel about everything as you do.”
  • “Well, then--please begin with my daughter-in-law!”
  • He gave her back in the same tone of banter: “Agreed: if you ll agree to
  • feel as I do about the pressing necessity of our getting married.”
  • “I want to talk to you about that too. You don’t know what a weight is
  • off my mind! With Sophy here for good, I shall feel so differently
  • about leaving Effie. I’ve seen much more accomplished governesses--to
  • my cost!--but I’ve never seen a young thing more gay and kind and human.
  • You must have noticed, though you’ve seen them so little together, how
  • Effie expands when she’s with her. And that, you know, is what I want.
  • Madame de Chantelle will provide the necessary restraint.” She clasped
  • her hands on his arm. “Yes, I’m ready to go with you now. But first of
  • all--this very moment!--you must come with me to Effie. She knows, of
  • course, nothing of what’s been happening; and I want her to be told
  • first about YOU.”
  • Effie, sought throughout the house, was presently traced to the
  • school-room, and thither Darrow mounted with Anna. He had never seen
  • her so alight with happiness, and he had caught her buoyancy of mood. He
  • kept repeating to himself: “It’s over--it’s over,” as if some monstrous
  • midnight hallucination had been routed by the return of day.
  • As they approached the school-room door the terrier’s barks came to them
  • through laughing remonstrances.
  • “She’s giving him his dinner,” Anna whispered, her hand in Darrow’s.
  • “Don’t forget the gold-fish!” they heard another voice call out.
  • Darrow halted on the threshold. “Oh--not now!”
  • “Not now?”
  • “I mean--she’d rather have you tell her first. I’ll wait for you both
  • downstairs.”
  • He was aware that she glanced at him intently. “As you please. I’ll
  • bring her down at once.”
  • She opened the door, and as she went in he heard her say: “No, Sophy,
  • don’t go! I want you both.”
  • The rest of Darrow’s day was a succession of empty and agitating
  • scenes. On his way down to Givre, before he had seen Effie Leath, he
  • had pictured somewhat sentimentally the joy of the moment when he should
  • take her in his arms and receive her first filial kiss. Everything
  • in him that egotistically craved for rest, stability, a comfortably
  • organized middle-age, all the home-building instincts of the man who
  • has sufficiently wooed and wandered, combined to throw a charm about the
  • figure of the child who might--who should--have been his. Effie came to
  • him trailing the cloud of glory of his first romance, giving him
  • back the magic hour he had missed and mourned. And how different the
  • realization of his dream had been! The child’s radiant welcome, her
  • unquestioning acceptance of, this new figure in the family group, had
  • been all that he had hoped and fancied. If Mother was so awfully happy
  • about it, and Owen and Granny, too, how nice and cosy and comfortable
  • it was going to be for all of them, her beaming look seemed to say; and
  • then, suddenly, the small pink fingers he had been kissing were laid
  • on the one flaw in the circle, on the one point which must be settled
  • before Effie could, with complete unqualified assurance, admit the
  • new-comer to full equality with the other gods of her Olympus.
  • “And is Sophy awfully happy about it too?” she had asked, loosening her
  • hold on Darrow’s neck to tilt back her head and include her mother in
  • her questioning look.
  • “Why, dearest, didn’t you see she was?” Anna had exclaimed, leaning to
  • the group with radiant eyes.
  • “I think I should like to ask her,” the child rejoined, after a minute’s
  • shy consideration; and as Darrow set her down her mother laughed: “Do,
  • darling, do! Run off at once, and tell her we expect her to be awfully
  • happy too.”
  • The scene had been succeeded by others less poignant but almost as
  • trying. Darrow cursed his luck in having, at such a moment, to run
  • the gauntlet of a houseful of interested observers. The state of being
  • “engaged”, in itself an absurd enough predicament, even to a man only
  • intermittently exposed, became intolerable under the continuous scrutiny
  • of a small circle quivering with participation. Darrow was furthermore
  • aware that, though the case of the other couple ought to have made
  • his own less conspicuous, it was rather they who found a refuge in the
  • shadow of his prominence. Madame de Chantelle, though she had
  • consented to Owen’s engagement and formally welcomed his betrothed,
  • was nevertheless not sorry to show, by her reception of Darrow, of
  • what finely-shaded degrees of cordiality she was capable. Miss Painter,
  • having won the day for Owen, was also free to turn her attention to the
  • newer candidate for her sympathy; and Darrow and Anna found themselves
  • immersed in a warm bath of sentimental curiosity.
  • It was a relief to Darrow that he was under a positive obligation to end
  • his visit within the next forty-eight hours. When he left London, his
  • Ambassador had accorded him a ten days’ leave. His fate being definitely
  • settled and openly published he had no reason for asking to have the
  • time prolonged, and when it was over he was to return to his post till
  • the time fixed for taking up his new duties. Anna and he had therefore
  • decided to be married, in Paris, a day or two before the departure of
  • the steamer which was to take them to South America; and Anna, shortly
  • after his return to England, was to go up to Paris and begin her own
  • preparations.
  • In honour of the double betrothal Effie and Miss Viner were to appear
  • that evening at dinner; and Darrow, on leaving his room, met the little
  • girl springing down the stairs, her white ruffles and coral-coloured
  • bows making her look like a daisy with her yellow hair for its centre.
  • Sophy Viner was behind her pupil, and as she came into the light Darrow
  • noticed a change in her appearance and wondered vaguely why she looked
  • suddenly younger, more vivid, more like the little luminous ghost of his
  • Paris memories. Then it occurred to him that it was the first time she
  • had appeared at dinner since his arrival at Givre, and the first time,
  • consequently, that he had seen her in evening dress. She was still at
  • the age when the least adornment embellishes; and no doubt the mere
  • uncovering of her young throat and neck had given her back her former
  • brightness. But a second glance showed a more precise reason for his
  • impression. Vaguely though he retained such details, he felt sure she
  • was wearing the dress he had seen her in every evening in Paris. It was
  • a simple enough dress, black, and transparent on the arms and shoulders,
  • and he would probably not have recognized it if she had not called his
  • attention to it in Paris by confessing that she hadn’t any other. “The
  • same dress? That proves that she’s forgotten!” was his first half-ironic
  • thought; but the next moment, with a pang of compunction, he said to
  • himself that she had probably put it on for the same reason as before:
  • simply because she hadn’t any other.
  • He looked at her in silence, and for an instant, above Effie’s bobbing
  • head, she gave him back his look in a full bright gaze.
  • “Oh, there’s Owen!” Effie cried, and whirled away down the gallery to
  • the door from which her step-brother was emerging. As Owen bent to catch
  • her, Sophy Viner turned abruptly back to Darrow.
  • “You, too?” she said with a quick laugh. “I didn’t know----” And as Owen
  • came up to them she added, in a tone that might have been meant to reach
  • his ear: “I wish you all the luck that we can spare!”
  • About the dinner-table, which Effie, with Miss Viner’s aid, had lavishly
  • garlanded, the little party had an air of somewhat self-conscious
  • festivity. In spite of flowers, champagne and a unanimous attempt at
  • ease, there were frequent lapses in the talk, and moments of nervous
  • groping for new subjects. Miss Painter alone seemed not only
  • unaffected by the general perturbation but as tightly sealed up in
  • her unconsciousness of it as a diver in his bell. To Darrow’s strained
  • attention even Owen’s gusts of gaiety seemed to betray an inward sense
  • of insecurity. After dinner, however, at the piano, he broke into a mood
  • of extravagant hilarity and flooded the room with the splash and ripple
  • of his music.
  • Darrow, sunk in a sofa corner in the lee of Miss Painter’s granite
  • bulk, smoked and listened in silence, his eyes moving from one figure to
  • another. Madame de Chantelle, in her armchair near the fire, clasped her
  • little granddaughter to her with the gesture of a drawing-room Niobe,
  • and Anna, seated near them, had fallen into one of the attitudes of
  • vivid calm which seemed to Darrow to express her inmost quality. Sophy
  • Viner, after moving uncertainly about the room, had placed herself
  • beyond Mrs. Leath, in a chair near the piano, where she sat with head
  • thrown back and eyes attached to the musician, in the same rapt fixity
  • of attention with which she had followed the players at the Francais.
  • The accident of her having fallen into the same attitude, and of her
  • wearing the same dress, gave Darrow, as he watched her, a strange sense
  • of double consciousness. To escape from it, his glance turned back to
  • Anna; but from the point at which he was placed his eyes could not
  • take in the one face without the other, and that renewed the disturbing
  • duality of the impression. Suddenly Owen broke off with a crash of
  • chords and jumped to his feet.
  • “What’s the use of this, with such a moon to say it for us?”
  • Behind the uncurtained window a low golden orb hung like a ripe fruit
  • against the glass.
  • “Yes--let’s go out and listen,” Anna answered. Owen threw open the
  • window, and with his gesture a fold of the heavy star-sprinkled sky
  • seemed to droop into the room like a drawn-in curtain. The air that
  • entered with it had a frosty edge, and Anna bade Effie run to the hall
  • for wraps.
  • Darrow said: “You must have one too,” and started toward the door;
  • but Sophy, following her pupil, cried back: “We’ll bring things for
  • everybody.”
  • Owen had followed her, and in a moment the three reappeared, and the
  • party went out on the terrace. The deep blue purity of the night was
  • unveiled by mist, and the moonlight rimmed the edges of the trees with
  • a silver blur and blanched to unnatural whiteness the statues against
  • their walls of shade.
  • Darrow and Anna, with Effie between them, strolled to the farther corner
  • of the terrace. Below them, between the fringes of the park, the lawn
  • sloped dimly to the fields above the river. For a few minutes they stood
  • silently side by side, touched to peace beneath the trembling beauty of
  • the sky. When they turned back, Darrow saw that Owen and Sophy Viner,
  • who had gone down the steps to the garden, were also walking in the
  • direction of the house. As they advanced, Sophy paused in a patch of
  • moonlight, between the sharp shadows of the yews, and Darrow noticed
  • that she had thrown over her shoulders a long cloak of some light
  • colour, which suddenly evoked her image as she had entered the
  • restaurant at his side on the night of their first dinner in Paris. A
  • moment later they were all together again on the terrace, and when they
  • re-entered the drawing-room the older ladies were on their way to bed.
  • Effie, emboldened by the privileges of the evening, was for coaxing Owen
  • to round it off with a game of forfeits or some such reckless climax;
  • but Sophy, resuming her professional role, sounded the summons to bed.
  • In her pupil’s wake she made her round of good-nights; but when she
  • proffered her hand to Anna, the latter ignoring the gesture held out
  • both arms.
  • “Good-night, dear child,” she said impulsively, and drew the girl to her
  • kiss.
  • BOOK IV
  • XXIII
  • The next day was Darrow’s last at Givre and, foreseeing that the
  • afternoon and evening would have to be given to the family, he had asked
  • Anna to devote an early hour to the final consideration of their plans.
  • He was to meet her in the brown sitting-room at ten, and they were to
  • walk down to the river and talk over their future in the little pavilion
  • abutting on the wall of the park.
  • It was just a week since his arrival at Givre, and Anna wished, before
  • he left, to return to the place where they had sat on their first
  • afternoon together. Her sensitiveness to the appeal of inanimate things,
  • to the colour and texture of whatever wove itself into the substance of
  • her emotion, made her want to hear Darrow’s voice, and to feel his eyes
  • on her, in the spot where bliss had first flowed into her heart.
  • That bliss, in the interval, had wound itself into every fold of her
  • being. Passing, in the first days, from a high shy tenderness to the
  • rush of a secret surrender, it had gradually widened and deepened, to
  • flow on in redoubled beauty. She thought she now knew exactly how and
  • why she loved Darrow, and she could see her whole sky reflected in the
  • deep and tranquil current of her love.
  • Early the next day, in her sitting-room, she was glancing through the
  • letters which it was Effie’s morning privilege to carry up to her. Effie
  • meanwhile circled inquisitively about the room, where there was always
  • something new to engage her infant fancy; and Anna, looking up, saw her
  • suddenly arrested before a photograph of Darrow which, the day before,
  • had taken its place on the writing-table.
  • Anna held out her arms with a faint blush. “You do like him, don’t you,
  • dear?”
  • “Oh, most awfully, dearest,” Effie, against her breast, leaned back
  • to assure her with a limpid look. “And so do Granny and Owen--and I DO
  • think Sophy does too,” she added, after a moment’s earnest pondering.
  • “I hope so,” Anna laughed. She checked the impulse to continue: “Has she
  • talked to you about him, that you’re so sure?” She did not know what had
  • made the question spring to her lips, but she was glad she had closed
  • them before pronouncing it. Nothing could have been more distasteful to
  • her than to clear up such obscurities by turning on them the tiny flame
  • of her daughter’s observation. And what, after all, now that Owen’s
  • happiness was secured, did it matter if there were certain reserves in
  • Darrow’s approval of his marriage?
  • A knock on the door made Anna glance at the clock. “There’s Nurse to
  • carry you off.”
  • “It’s Sophy’s knock,” the little girl answered, jumping down to open the
  • door; and Miss Viner in fact stood on the threshold.
  • “Come in,” Anna said with a smile, instantly remarking how pale she
  • looked.
  • “May Effie go out for a turn with Nurse?” the girl asked. “I should like
  • to speak to you a moment.”
  • “Of course. This ought to be YOUR holiday, as yesterday was Effie’s. Run
  • off, dear,” she added, stooping to kiss the little girl.
  • When the door had closed she turned back to Sophy Viner with a look that
  • sought her confidence. “I’m so glad you came, my dear. We’ve got so many
  • things to talk about, just you and I together.”
  • The confused intercourse of the last days had, in fact, left little time
  • for any speech with Sophy but such as related to her marriage and the
  • means of overcoming Madame de Chantelle’s opposition to it. Anna had
  • exacted of Owen that no one, not even Sophy Viner, should be given a
  • hint of her own projects till all contingent questions had been disposed
  • of. She had felt, from the outset, a secret reluctance to intrude her
  • securer happiness on the doubts and fears of the young pair.
  • From the sofa-corner to which she had dropped back she pointed to
  • Darrow’s chair. “Come and sit by me, dear. I wanted to see you alone.
  • There’s so much to say that I hardly know where to begin.”
  • She leaned forward, her hands clasped on the arms of the sofa, her eyes
  • bent smilingly on Sophy’s. As she did so, she noticed that the girl’s
  • unusual pallour was partly due to the slight veil of powder on her
  • face. The discovery was distinctly disagreeable. Anna had never before
  • noticed, on Sophy’s part, any recourse to cosmetics, and, much as
  • she wished to think herself exempt from old-fashioned prejudices, she
  • suddenly became aware that she did not like her daughter’s governess to
  • have a powdered face. Then she reflected that the girl who sat opposite
  • her was no longer Effie’s governess, but her own future daughter-in-law;
  • and she wondered whether Miss Viner had chosen this odd way of
  • celebrating her independence, and whether, as Mrs. Owen Leath, she would
  • present to the world a bedizened countenance. This idea was scarcely
  • less distasteful than the other, and for a moment Anna continued to
  • consider her without speaking. Then, in a flash, the truth came to her:
  • Miss Viner had powdered her face because Miss Viner had been crying.
  • Anna leaned forward impulsively. “My dear child, what’s the matter?”
  • She saw the girl’s blood rush up under the white mask, and hastened on:
  • “Please don’t be afraid to tell me. I do so want you to feel that you
  • can trust me as Owen does. And you know you mustn’t mind if, just at
  • first, Madame de Chantelle occasionally relapses.”
  • She spoke eagerly, persuasively, almost on a note of pleading. She had,
  • in truth, so many reasons for wanting Sophy to like her: her love for
  • Owen, her solicitude for Effie, and her own sense of the girl’s fine
  • mettle. She had always felt a romantic and almost humble admiration for
  • those members of her sex who, from force of will, or the constraint
  • of circumstances, had plunged into the conflict from which fate had
  • so persistently excluded her. There were even moments when she fancied
  • herself vaguely to blame for her immunity, and felt that she ought
  • somehow to have affronted the perils and hardships which refused to come
  • to her. And now, as she sat looking at Sophy Viner, so small, so slight,
  • so visibly defenceless and undone, she still felt, through all the
  • superiority of her worldly advantages and her seeming maturity, the same
  • odd sense of ignorance and inexperience. She could not have said what
  • there was in the girl’s manner and expression to give her this feeling,
  • but she was reminded, as she looked at Sophy Viner, of the other girls
  • she had known in her youth, the girls who seemed possessed of a secret
  • she had missed. Yes, Sophy Viner had their look--almost the obscurely
  • menacing look of Kitty Mayne...Anna, with an inward smile, brushed aside
  • the image of this forgotten rival. But she had felt, deep down, a
  • twinge of the old pain, and she was sorry that, even for the flash of
  • a thought, Owen’s betrothed should have reminded her of so different a
  • woman...
  • She laid her hand on the girl’s. “When his grandmother sees how happy
  • Owen is she’ll be quite happy herself. If it’s only that, don’t be
  • distressed. Just trust to Owen--and the future.”
  • Sophy Viner, with an almost imperceptible recoil of her whole slight
  • person, had drawn her hand from under the palm enclosing it.
  • “That’s what I wanted to talk to you about--the future.”
  • “Of course! We’ve all so many plans to make--and to fit into each
  • other’s. Please let’s begin with yours.”
  • The girl paused a moment, her hands clasped on the arms of her chair,
  • her lids dropped under Anna’s gaze; then she said: “I should like to
  • make no plans at all ... just yet...”
  • “No plans?”
  • “No--I should like to go away ... my friends the Farlows would let me go
  • to them...” Her voice grew firmer and she lifted her eyes to add: “I
  • should like to leave today, if you don’t mind.”
  • Anna listened with a rising wonder.
  • “You want to leave Givre at once?” She gave the idea a moment’s swift
  • consideration. “You prefer to be with your friends till your marriage?
  • I understand that--but surely you needn’t rush off today? There are so
  • many details to discuss; and before long, you know, I shall be going
  • away too.”
  • “Yes, I know.” The girl was evidently trying to steady her voice. “But I
  • should like to wait a few days--to have a little more time to myself.”
  • Anna continued to consider her kindly. It was evident that she did not
  • care to say why she wished to leave Givre so suddenly, but her disturbed
  • face and shaken voice betrayed a more pressing motive than the natural
  • desire to spend the weeks before her marriage under her old friends’
  • roof. Since she had made no response to the allusion to Madame de
  • Chantelle, Anna could but conjecture that she had had a passing
  • disagreement with Owen; and if this were so, random interference might
  • do more harm than good.
  • “My dear child, if you really want to go at once I sha’n’t, of course,
  • urge you to stay. I suppose you have spoken to Owen?”
  • “No. Not yet...”
  • Anna threw an astonished glance at her. “You mean to say you haven’t
  • told him?”
  • “I wanted to tell you first. I thought I ought to, on account of Effie.”
  • Her look cleared as she put forth this reason.
  • “Oh, Effie!--” Anna’s smile brushed away the scruple. “Owen has a right
  • to ask that you should consider him before you think of his sister...Of
  • course you shall do just as you wish,” she went on, after another
  • thoughtful interval.
  • “Oh, thank you,” Sophy Viner murmured and rose to her feet.
  • Anna rose also, vaguely seeking for some word that should break down the
  • girl’s resistance. “You’ll tell Owen at once?” she finally asked.
  • Miss Viner, instead of replying, stood before her in manifest
  • uncertainty, and as she did so there was a light tap on the door, and
  • Owen Leath walked into the room.
  • Anna’s first glance told her that his face was unclouded. He met her
  • greeting with his happiest smile and turned to lift Sophy’s hand to his
  • lips. The perception that he was utterly unconscious of any cause for
  • Miss Viner’s agitation came to his step-mother with a sharp thrill of
  • surprise.
  • “Darrow’s looking for you,” he said to her. “He asked me to remind you
  • that you’d promised to go for a walk with him.”
  • Anna glanced at the clock. “I’ll go down presently.” She waited and
  • looked again at Sophy Viner, whose troubled eyes seemed to commit their
  • message to her. “You’d better tell Owen, my dear.”
  • Owen’s look also turned on the girl. “Tell me what? Why, what’s
  • happened?”
  • Anna summoned a laugh to ease the vague tension of the moment. “Don’t
  • look so startled! Nothing, except that Sophy proposes to desert us for a
  • while for the Farlows.”
  • Owen’s brow cleared. “I was afraid she’d run off before long.” He
  • glanced at Anna. “Do please keep her here as long as you can!”
  • Sophy intervened: “Mrs. Leath’s already given me leave to go.”
  • “Already? To go when?”
  • “Today,” said Sophy in a low tone, her eyes on Anna’s.
  • “Today? Why on earth should you go today?” Owen dropped back a step or
  • two, flushing and paling under his bewildered frown. His eyes seemed to
  • search the girl more closely. “Something’s happened.” He too looked at
  • his step-mother. “I suppose she must have told you what it is?”
  • Anna was struck by the suddenness and vehemence of his appeal. It was as
  • though some smouldering apprehension had lain close under the surface of
  • his security.
  • “She’s told me nothing except that she wishes to be with her friends.
  • It’s quite natural that she should want to go to them.”
  • Owen visibly controlled himself. “Of course--quite natural.” He spoke
  • to Sophy. “But why didn’t you tell me so? Why did you come first to my
  • step-mother?”
  • Anna intervened with her calm smile. “That seems to me quite natural,
  • too. Sophy was considerate enough to tell me first because of Effie.”
  • He weighed it. “Very well, then: that’s quite natural, as you say. And
  • of course she must do exactly as she pleases.” He still kept his eyes on
  • the girl. “Tomorrow,” he abruptly announced, “I shall go up to Paris to
  • see you.”
  • “Oh, no--no!” she protested.
  • Owen turned back to Anna. “NOW do you say that nothing’s happened?”
  • Under the influence of his agitation Anna felt a vague tightening of
  • the heart. She seemed to herself like some one in a dark room about whom
  • unseen presences are groping.
  • “If it’s anything that Sophy wishes to tell you, no doubt she’ll do
  • so. I’m going down now, and I’ll leave you here to talk it over by
  • yourselves.”
  • As she moved to the door the girl caught up with her. “But there’s
  • nothing to tell: why should there be? I’ve explained that I simply want
  • to be quiet.” Her look seemed to detain Mrs. Leath.
  • Owen broke in: “Is that why I mayn’t go up tomorrow?”
  • “Not tomorrow!”
  • “Then when may I?”
  • “Later ... in a little while ... a few days...”
  • “In how many days?” “Owen!” his step-mother interposed; but he seemed
  • no longer aware of her. “If you go away today, the day that our
  • engagement’s made known, it’s only fair,” he persisted, “that you should
  • tell me when I am to see you.”
  • Sophy’s eyes wavered between the two and dropped down wearily. “It’s you
  • who are not fair--when I’ve said I wanted to be quiet.”
  • “But why should my coming disturb you? I’m not asking now to come
  • tomorrow. I only ask you not to leave without telling me when I’m to see
  • you.”
  • “Owen, I don’t understand you!” his step-mother exclaimed.
  • “You don’t understand my asking for some explanation, some assurance,
  • when I’m left in this way, without a word, without a sign? All I ask her
  • to tell me is when she’ll see me.”
  • Anna turned back to Sophy Viner, who stood straight and tremulous
  • between the two.
  • “After all, my dear, he’s not unreasonable!”
  • “I’ll write--I’ll write,” the girl repeated.
  • “WHAT will you write?” he pressed her vehemently.
  • “Owen,” Anna exclaimed, “you are unreasonable!”
  • He turned from Sophy to his step-mother. “I only want her to say what
  • she means: that she’s going to write to break off our engagement. Isn’t
  • that what you’re going away for?”
  • Anna felt the contagion of his excitement. She looked at Sophy, who
  • stood motionless, her lips set, her whole face drawn to a silent fixity
  • of resistance.
  • “You ought to speak, my dear--you ought to answer him.”
  • “I only ask him to wait----”
  • “Yes,” Owen, broke in, “and you won’t say how long!”
  • Both instinctively addressed themselves to Anna, who stood, nearly as
  • shaken as themselves, between the double shock of their struggle. She
  • looked again from Sophy’s inscrutable eyes to Owen’s stormy features;
  • then she said: “What can I do, when there’s clearly something between
  • you that I don’t know about?”
  • “Oh, if it WERE between us! Can’t you see it’s outside of us--outside
  • of her, dragging at her, dragging her away from me?” Owen wheeled round
  • again upon his step-mother.
  • Anna turned from him to the girl. “Is it true that you want to break
  • your engagement? If you do, you ought to tell him now.”
  • Owen burst into a laugh. “She doesn’t dare to--she’s afraid I’ll guess
  • the reason!”
  • A faint sound escaped from Sophy’s lips, but she kept them close on
  • whatever answer she had ready.
  • “If she doesn’t wish to marry you, why should she be afraid to have you
  • know the reason?”
  • “She’s afraid to have YOU know it--not me!”
  • “To have ME know it?”
  • He laughed again, and Anna, at his laugh, felt a sudden rush of
  • indignation.
  • “Owen, you must explain what you mean!”
  • He looked at her hard before answering; then: “Ask Darrow!” he said.
  • “Owen--Owen!” Sophy Viner murmured.
  • XXIV
  • Anna stood looking from one to the other. It had become apparent to her
  • in a flash that Owen’s retort, though it startled Sophy, did not take
  • her by surprise; and the discovery shot its light along dark distances
  • of fear.
  • The immediate inference was that Owen had guessed the reason of Darrow’s
  • disapproval of his marriage, or that, at least, he suspected Sophy Viner
  • of knowing and dreading it. This confirmation of her own obscure
  • doubt sent a tremor of alarm through Anna. For a moment she felt like
  • exclaiming: “All this is really no business of mine, and I refuse to
  • have you mix me up in it--” but her secret fear held her fast.
  • Sophy Viner was the first to speak.
  • “I should like to go now,” she said in a low voice, taking a few steps
  • toward the door.
  • Her tone woke Anna to the sense of her own share in the situation.
  • “I quite agree with you, my dear, that it’s useless to carry on this
  • discussion. But since Mr. Darrow’s name has been brought into it, for
  • reasons which I fail to guess, I want to tell you that you’re both
  • mistaken if you think he’s not in sympathy with your marriage. If that’s
  • what Owen means to imply, the idea’s a complete delusion.”
  • She spoke the words deliberately and incisively, as if hoping that the
  • sound of their utterance would stifle the whisper in her bosom.
  • Sophy’s only answer was a vague murmur, and a movement that brought
  • her nearer to the door; but before she could reach it Owen had placed
  • himself in her way.
  • “I don’t mean to imply what you think,” he said, addressing his
  • step-mother but keeping his eyes on the girl. “I don’t say Darrow
  • doesn’t like our marriage; I say it’s Sophy who’s hated it since
  • Darrow’s been here!”
  • He brought out the charge in a tone of forced composure, but his lips
  • were white and he grasped the doorknob to hide the tremor of his hand.
  • Anna’s anger surged up with her fears. “You’re absurd, Owen! I don’t
  • know why I listen to you. Why should Sophy dislike Mr. Darrow, and if
  • she does, why should that have anything to do with her wishing to break
  • her engagement?”
  • “I don’t say she dislikes him! I don’t say she likes him; I don’t know
  • what it is they say to each other when they’re shut up together alone.”
  • “Shut up together alone?” Anna stared. Owen seemed like a man in
  • delirium; such an exhibition was degrading to them all. But he pushed on
  • without seeing her look.
  • “Yes--the first evening she came, in the study; the next morning, early,
  • in the park; yesterday, again, in the spring-house, when you were at the
  • lodge with the doctor...I don’t know what they say to each other, but
  • they’ve taken every chance they could to say it ... and to say it when
  • they thought that no one saw them.”
  • Anna longed to silence him, but no words came to her. It was as though
  • all her confused apprehensions had suddenly taken definite shape. There
  • was “something”--yes, there was “something”...Darrow’s reticences and
  • evasions had been more than a figment of her doubts.
  • The next instant brought a recoil of pride. She turned indignantly on
  • her step-son.
  • “I don’t half understand what you’ve been saying; but what you seem to
  • hint is so preposterous, and so insulting both to Sophy and to me, that
  • I see no reason why we should listen to you any longer.”
  • Though her tone steadied Owen, she perceived at once that it would not
  • deflect him from his purpose. He spoke less vehemently, but with all the
  • more precision.
  • “How can it be preposterous, since it’s true? Or insulting, since I
  • don’t know, any more than YOU, the meaning of what I’ve been seeing?
  • If you’ll be patient with me I’ll try to put it quietly. What I mean is
  • that Sophy has completely changed since she met Darrow here, and that,
  • having noticed the change, I’m hardly to blame for having tried to find
  • out its cause.”
  • Anna made an effort to answer him with the same composure. “You’re to
  • blame, at any rate, for so recklessly assuming that you HAVE found it
  • out. You seem to forget that, till they met here, Sophy and Mr. Darrow
  • hardly knew each other.”
  • “If so, it’s all the stranger that they’ve been so often closeted
  • together!”
  • “Owen, Owen--” the girl sighed out.
  • He turned his haggard face to her. “Can I help it, if I’ve seen and
  • known what I wasn’t meant to? For God’s sake give me a reason--any
  • reason I can decently make out with! Is it my fault if, the day after
  • you arrived, when I came back late through the garden, the curtains of
  • the study hadn’t been drawn, and I saw you there alone with Darrow?”
  • Anna laughed impatiently. “Really, Owen, if you make it a grievance
  • that two people who are staying in the same house should be seen talking
  • together----!”
  • “They were not talking. That’s the point----”
  • “Not talking? How do you know? You could hardly hear them from the
  • garden!”
  • “No; but I could see. HE was sitting at my desk, with his face in his
  • hands. SHE was standing in the window, looking away from him...”
  • He waited, as if for Sophy Viner’s answer; but still she neither stirred
  • nor spoke.
  • “That was the first time,” he went on; “and the second was the next
  • morning in the park. It was natural enough, their meeting there. Sophy
  • had gone out with Effie, and Effie ran back to look for me. She told
  • me she’d left Sophy and Darrow in the path that leads to the river, and
  • presently we saw them ahead of us. They didn’t see us at first, because
  • they were standing looking at each other; and this time they were not
  • speaking either. We came up close before they heard us, and all that
  • time they never spoke, or stopped looking at each other. After that I
  • began to wonder; and so I watched them.”
  • “Oh, Owen!” “Oh, I only had to wait. Yesterday, when I motored you
  • and the doctor back from the lodge, I saw Sophy coming out of the
  • spring-house. I supposed she’d taken shelter from the rain, and when you
  • got out of the motor I strolled back down the avenue to meet her. But
  • she’d disappeared--she must have taken a short cut and come into the
  • house by the side door. I don’t know why I went on to the spring-house;
  • I suppose it was what you’d call spying. I went up the steps and found
  • the room empty; but two chairs had been moved out from the wall and were
  • standing near the table; and one of the Chinese screens that lie on it
  • had dropped to the floor.”
  • Anna sounded a faint note of irony. “Really? Sophy’d gone there for
  • shelter, and she dropped a screen and moved a chair?”
  • “I said two chairs----”
  • “Two? What damning evidence--of I don’t know what!”
  • “Simply of the fact that Darrow’d been there with her. As I looked out
  • of the window I saw him close by, walking away. He must have turned the
  • corner of the spring-house just as I got to the door.”
  • There was another silence, during which Anna paused, not only to collect
  • her own words but to wait for Sophy Viner’s; then, as the girl made no
  • sign, she turned to her.
  • “I’ve absolutely nothing to say to all this; but perhaps you’d like me
  • to wait and hear your answer?”
  • Sophy raised her head with a quick flash of colour. “I’ve no answer
  • either--except that Owen must be mad.”
  • In the interval since she had last spoken she seemed to have regained
  • her self-control, and her voice rang clear, with a cold edge of anger.
  • Anna looked at her step-son. He had grown extremely pale, and his hand
  • fell from the door with a discouraged gesture. “That’s all then? You
  • won’t give me any reason?”
  • “I didn’t suppose it was necessary to give you or any one else a reason
  • for talking with a friend of Mrs. Leath’s under Mrs. Leath’s own roof.”
  • Owen hardly seemed to feel the retort: he kept his dogged stare on her
  • face.
  • “I won’t ask for one, then. I’ll only ask you to give me your assurance
  • that your talks with Darrow have had nothing to do with your suddenly
  • deciding to leave Givre.”
  • She hesitated, not so much with the air of weighing her answer as of
  • questioning his right to exact any. “I give you my assurance; and now I
  • should like to go,” she said.
  • As she turned away, Anna intervened. “My dear, I think you ought to
  • speak.”
  • The girl drew herself up with a faint laugh. “To him--or to YOU?”
  • “To him.”
  • She stiffened. “I’ve said all there is to say.”
  • Anna drew back, her eyes on her step-son. He had left the threshold and
  • was advancing toward Sophy Viner with a motion of desperate appeal; but
  • as he did so there was a knock on the door. A moment’s silence fell on
  • the three; then Anna said: “Come in!”
  • Darrow came into the room. Seeing the three together, he looked rapidly
  • from one to the other; then he turned to Anna with a smile.
  • “I came up to see if you were ready; but please send me off if I’m not
  • wanted.”
  • His look, his voice, the simple sense of his presence, restored Anna’s
  • shaken balance. By Owen’s side he looked so strong, so urbane, so
  • experienced, that the lad’s passionate charges dwindled to mere boyish
  • vapourings. A moment ago she had dreaded Darrow’s coming; now she was
  • glad that he was there.
  • She turned to him with sudden decision. “Come in, please; I want you to
  • hear what Owen has been saying.”
  • She caught a murmur from Sophy Viner, but disregarded it. An
  • illuminating impulse urged her on. She, habitually so aware of her
  • own lack of penetration, her small skill in reading hidden motives and
  • detecting secret signals, now felt herself mysteriously inspired. She
  • addressed herself to Sophy Viner. “It’s much better for you both that
  • this absurd question should be cleared up now.” Then, turning to Darrow,
  • she continued: “For some reason that I don’t pretend to guess, Owen has
  • taken it into his head that you’ve influenced Miss Viner to break her
  • engagement.”
  • She spoke slowly and deliberately, because she wished to give time and
  • to gain it; time for Darrow and Sophy to receive the full impact of what
  • she was saying, and time to observe its full effect on them. She had
  • said to herself: “If there’s nothing between them, they’ll look at each
  • other; if there IS something, they won’t;” and as she ceased to speak
  • she felt as if all her life were in her eyes.
  • Sophy, after a start of protest, remained motionless, her gaze on the
  • ground. Darrow, his face grown grave, glanced slowly from Owen Leath to
  • Anna. With his eyes on the latter he asked: “Has Miss Viner broken her
  • engagement?”
  • A moment’s silence followed his question; then the girl looked up and
  • said: “Yes!”
  • Owen, as she spoke, uttered a smothered exclamation and walked out of
  • the room. She continued to stand in the same place, without appearing
  • to notice his departure, and without vouchsafing an additional word of
  • explanation; then, before Anna could find a cry to detain her, she too
  • turned and went out.
  • “For God’s sake, what’s happened?” Darrow asked; but Anna, with a drop
  • of the heart, was saying to herself that he and Sophy Viner had not
  • looked at each other.
  • XXV
  • Anna stood in the middle of the room, her eyes on the door. Darrow’s
  • questioning gaze was still on her, and she said to herself with a
  • quick-drawn breath: “If only he doesn’t come near me!”
  • It seemed to her that she had been suddenly endowed with the fatal gift
  • of reading the secret sense of every seemingly spontaneous look and
  • movement, and that in his least gesture of affection she would detect a
  • cold design.
  • For a moment longer he continued to look at her enquiringly; then he
  • turned away and took up his habitual stand by the mantel-piece. She drew
  • a deep breath of relief.
  • “Won’t you please explain?” he said.
  • “I can’t explain: I don’t know. I didn’t even know--till she told
  • you--that she really meant to break her engagement. All I know is that
  • she came to me just now and said she wished to leave Givre today; and
  • that Owen, when he heard of it--for she hadn’t told him--at once accused
  • her of going away with the secret intention of throwing him over.”
  • “And you think it’s a definite break?” She perceived, as she spoke, that
  • his brow had cleared.
  • “How should I know? Perhaps you can tell me.”
  • “I?” She fancied his face clouded again, but he did not move from his
  • tranquil attitude.
  • “As I told you,” she went on, “Owen has worked himself up to imagining
  • that for some mysterious reason you’ve influenced Sophy against him.”
  • Darrow still visibly wondered. “It must indeed be a mysterious reason!
  • He knows how slightly I know Miss Viner. Why should he imagine anything
  • so wildly improbable?”
  • “I don’t know that either.”
  • “But he must have hinted at some reason.”
  • “No: he admits he doesn’t know your reason. He simply says that Sophy’s
  • manner to him has changed since she came back to Givre and that he’s
  • seen you together several times--in the park, the spring-house, I don’t
  • know where--talking alone in a way that seemed confidential--almost
  • secret; and he draws the preposterous conclusion that you’ve used your
  • influence to turn her against him.”
  • “My influence? What kind of influence?”
  • “He doesn’t say.”
  • Darrow again seemed to turn over the facts she gave him. His face
  • remained grave, but without the least trace of discomposure. “And what
  • does Miss Viner say?”
  • “She says it’s perfectly natural that she should occasionally talk to
  • my friends when she’s under my roof--and refuses to give him any other
  • explanation.”
  • “That at least is perfectly natural!”
  • Anna felt her cheeks flush as she answered: “Yes--but there is
  • something----”
  • “Something----?”
  • “Some reason for her sudden decision to break her engagement. I can
  • understand Owen’s feeling, sorry as I am for his way of showing it. The
  • girl owes him some sort of explanation, and as long as she refuses to
  • give it his imagination is sure to run wild.”
  • “She would have given it, no doubt, if he’d asked it in a different
  • tone.”
  • “I don’t defend Owen’s tone--but she knew what it was before she
  • accepted him. She knows he’s excitable and undisciplined.”
  • “Well, she’s been disciplining him a little--probably the best thing
  • that could happen. Why not let the matter rest there?”
  • “Leave Owen with the idea that you HAVE been the cause of the break?”
  • He met the question with his easy smile. “Oh, as to that--leave him with
  • any idea of me he chooses! But leave him, at any rate, free.”
  • “Free?” she echoed in surprise.
  • “Simply let things be. You’ve surely done all you could for him and Miss
  • Viner. If they don’t hit it off it’s their own affair. What possible
  • motive can you have for trying to interfere now?”
  • Her gaze widened to a deeper wonder. “Why--naturally, what he says of
  • you!”
  • “I don’t care a straw what he says of me! In such a situation a boy in
  • love will snatch at the most far-fetched reason rather than face the
  • mortifying fact that the lady may simply be tired of him.”
  • “You don t quite understand Owen. Things go deep with him, and last
  • long. It took him a long time to recover from his other unlucky love
  • affair. He’s romantic and extravagant: he can’t live on the interest
  • of his feelings. He worships Sophy and she seemed to be fond of him. If
  • she’s changed it’s been very sudden. And if they part like this, angrily
  • and inarticulately, it will hurt him horribly--hurt his very soul.
  • But that, as you say, is between the two. What concerns me is his
  • associating you with their quarrel. Owen’s like my own son--if you’d
  • seen him when I first came here you’d know why. We were like two
  • prisoners who talk to each other by tapping on the wall. He’s never
  • forgotten it, nor I. Whether he breaks with Sophy, or whether they make
  • it up, I can’t let him think you had anything to do with it.”
  • She raised her eyes entreatingly to Darrow’s, and read in them the
  • forbearance of the man resigned to the discussion of non-existent
  • problems.
  • “I’ll do whatever you want me to,” he said; “but I don’t yet know what
  • it is.”
  • His smile seemed to charge her with inconsequence, and the prick to her
  • pride made her continue: “After all, it’s not so unnatural that Owen,
  • knowing you and Sophy to be almost strangers, should wonder what you
  • were saying to each other when he saw you talking together.”
  • She felt a warning tremor as she spoke, as though some instinct deeper
  • than reason surged up in defense of its treasure. But Darrow’s face was
  • unstirred save by the flit of his half-amused smile.
  • “Well, my dear--and couldn’t you have told him?” “I?” she faltered out
  • through her blush.
  • “You seem to forget, one and all of you, the position you put me in when
  • I came down here: your appeal to me to see Owen through, your assurance
  • to him that I would, Madame de Chantelle’s attempt to win me over; and
  • most of all, my own sense of the fact you’ve just recalled to me: the
  • importance, for both of us, that Owen should like me. It seemed to me
  • that the first thing to do was to get as much light as I could on the
  • whole situation; and the obvious way of doing it was to try to know Miss
  • Viner better. Of course I’ve talked with her alone--I’ve talked with her
  • as often as I could. I’ve tried my best to find out if you were right in
  • encouraging Owen to marry her.”
  • She listened with a growing sense of reassurance, struggling to separate
  • the abstract sense of his words from the persuasion in which his eyes
  • and voice enveloped them.
  • “I see--I do see,” she murmured.
  • “You must see, also, that I could hardly say this to Owen without
  • offending him still more, and perhaps increasing the breach between Miss
  • Viner and himself. What sort of figure should I cut if I told him I’d
  • been trying to find out if he’d made a proper choice? In any case, it’s
  • none of my business to offer an explanation of what she justly says
  • doesn’t need one. If she declines to speak, it’s obviously on the ground
  • that Owen’s insinuations are absurd; and that surely pledges me to
  • silence.”
  • “Yes, yes! I see,” Anna repeated. “But I don’t want you to explain
  • anything to Owen.”
  • “You haven’t yet told me what you do want.”
  • She hesitated, conscious of the difficulty of justifying her request;
  • then: “I want you to speak to Sophy,” she said.
  • Darrow broke into an incredulous laugh. “Considering what my previous
  • attempts have resulted in----!”
  • She raised her eyes quickly. “They haven’t, at least, resulted in your
  • liking her less, in your thinking less well of her than you’ve told me?”
  • She fancied he frowned a little. “I wonder why you go back to that?”
  • “I want to be sure--I owe it to Owen. Won’t you tell me the exact
  • impression she’s produced on you?”
  • “I have told you--I like Miss Viner.”
  • “Do you still believe she’s in love with Owen?”
  • “There was nothing in our short talks to throw any particular light on
  • that.”
  • “You still believe, though, that there’s no reason why he shouldn’t
  • marry her?”
  • Again he betrayed a restrained impatience. “How can I answer that
  • without knowing her reasons for breaking with him?”
  • “That’s just what I want you to find out from her.”
  • “And why in the world should she tell me?”
  • “Because, whatever grievance she has against Owen, she can certainly
  • have none against me. She can’t want to have Owen connect me in his mind
  • with this wretched quarrel; and she must see that he will until he’s
  • convinced you’ve had no share in it.”
  • Darrow’s elbow dropped from the mantel-piece and he took a restless step
  • or two across the room. Then he halted before her.
  • “Why can’t you tell her this yourself?”
  • “Don’t you see?”
  • He eyed her intently, and she pressed on: “You must have guessed that
  • Owen’s jealous of you.”
  • “Jealous of me?” The blood flew up under his brown skin.
  • “Blind with it--what else would drive him to this folly? And I can’t
  • have her think me jealous too! I’ve said all I could, short of making
  • her think so; and she’s refused a word more to either of us. Our only
  • chance now is that she should listen to you--that you should make her
  • see the harm her silence may do.”
  • Darrow uttered a protesting exclamation. “It’s all too
  • preposterous--what you suggest! I can’t, at any rate, appeal to her on
  • such a ground as that!”
  • Anna laid her hand on his arm. “Appeal to her on the ground that I’m
  • almost Owen’s mother, and that any estrangement between you and him
  • would kill me. She knows what he is--she’ll understand. Tell her to say
  • anything, do anything, she wishes; but not to go away without speaking,
  • not to leave THAT between us when she goes!”
  • She drew back a step and lifted her face to his, trying to look into his
  • eyes more deeply than she had ever looked; but before she could discern
  • what they expressed he had taken hold of her hands and bent his head to
  • kiss them.
  • “You’ll see her? You’ll see her?” she entreated; and he answered: “I’ll
  • do anything in the world you want me to.”
  • XXVI
  • Darrow waited alone in the sitting-room.
  • No place could have been more distasteful as the scene of the talk that
  • lay before him; but he had acceded to Anna’s suggestion that it would
  • seem more natural for her to summon Sophy Viner than for him to go in
  • search of her. As his troubled pacings carried him back and forth a
  • relentless hand seemed to be tearing away all the tender fibres of
  • association that bound him to the peaceful room. Here, in this very
  • place, he had drunk his deepest draughts of happiness, had had his lips
  • at the fountain-head of its overflowing rivers; but now that source was
  • poisoned and he would taste no more of an untainted cup.
  • For a moment he felt an actual physical anguish; then his nerves
  • hardened for the coming struggle. He had no notion of what awaited him;
  • but after the first instinctive recoil he had seen in a flash the urgent
  • need of another word with Sophy Viner. He had been insincere in letting
  • Anna think that he had consented to speak because she asked it. In
  • reality he had been feverishly casting about for the pretext she had
  • given him; and for some reason this trivial hypocrisy weighed on him
  • more than all his heavy burden of deceit.
  • At length he heard a step behind him and Sophy Viner entered. When she
  • saw him she paused on the threshold and half drew back.
  • “I was told that Mrs. Leath had sent for me.”
  • “Mrs. Leath DID send for you. She’ll be here presently; but I asked her
  • to let me see you first.”
  • He spoke very gently, and there was no insincerity in his gentleness. He
  • was profoundly moved by the change in the girl’s appearance. At sight
  • of him she had forced a smile; but it lit up her wretchedness like a
  • candle-flame held to a dead face.
  • She made no reply, and Darrow went on: “You must understand my wanting
  • to speak to you, after what I was told just now.”
  • She interposed, with a gesture of protest: “I’m not responsible for
  • Owen’s ravings!”
  • “Of course----”. He broke off and they stood facing each other. She
  • lifted a hand and pushed back her loose lock with the gesture that was
  • burnt into his memory; then she looked about her and dropped into the
  • nearest chair.
  • “Well, you’ve got what you wanted,” she said.
  • “What do you mean by what I wanted?”
  • “My engagement’s broken--you heard me say so.”
  • “Why do you say that’s what I wanted? All I wished, from the beginning,
  • was to advise you, to help you as best I could----”
  • “That’s what you’ve done,” she rejoined. “You’ve convinced me that it’s
  • best I shouldn’t marry him.”
  • Darrow broke into a despairing laugh. “At the very moment when you’d
  • convinced me to the contrary!”
  • “Had I?” Her smile flickered up. “Well, I really believed it till you
  • showed me ... warned me...”
  • “Warned you?”
  • “That I’d be miserable if I married a man I didn’t love.”
  • “Don’t you love him?”
  • She made no answer, and Darrow started up and walked away to the
  • other end of the room. He stopped before the writing-table, where his
  • photograph, well-dressed, handsome, self-sufficient--the portrait of a
  • man of the world, confident of his ability to deal adequately with
  • the most delicate situations--offered its huge fatuity to his gaze. He
  • turned back to her. “It’s rather hard on Owen, isn’t it, that you should
  • have waited until now to tell him?”
  • She reflected a moment before answering. “I told him as soon as I knew.”
  • “Knew that you couldn’t marry him?”
  • “Knew that I could never live here with him.” She looked about the room,
  • as though the very walls must speak for her.
  • For a moment Darrow continued to search her face perplexedly; then their
  • eyes met in a long disastrous gaze.
  • “Yes----” she said, and stood up.
  • Below the window they heard Effie whistling for her dogs, and then, from
  • the terrace, her mother calling her.
  • “There--THAT for instance,” Sophy Viner said.
  • Darrow broke out: “It’s I who ought to go!”
  • She kept her small pale smile. “What good would that do any of us--now?”
  • He covered his face with his hands. “Good God!” he groaned. “How could I
  • tell?”
  • “You couldn’t tell. We neither of us could.” She seemed to turn the
  • problem over critically. “After all, it might have been YOU instead of
  • me!”
  • He took another distracted turn about the room and coming back to her
  • sat down in a chair at her side. A mocking hand seemed to dash the words
  • from his lips. There was nothing on earth that he could say to her that
  • wasn’t foolish or cruel or contemptible...
  • “My dear,” he began at last, “oughtn’t you, at any rate, to try?”
  • Her gaze grew grave. “Try to forget you?”
  • He flushed to the forehead. “I meant, try to give Owen more time; to
  • give him a chance. He’s madly in love with you; all the good that’s in
  • him is in your hands. His step-mother felt that from the first. And she
  • thought--she believed----”
  • “She thought I could make him happy. Would she think so now?”
  • “Now...? I don’t say now. But later? Time modifies ... rubs out ... more
  • quickly than you think...Go away, but let him hope...I’m going
  • too--WE’RE going--” he stumbled on the plural--“in a very few weeks:
  • going for a long time, probably. What you’re thinking of now may never
  • happen. We may not all be here together again for years.”
  • She heard him out in silence, her hands clasped on her knee, her eyes
  • bent on them. “For me,” she said, “you’ll always be here.”
  • “Don’t say that--oh, don’t! Things change ... people change...You’ll see!”
  • “You don’t understand. I don’t want anything to change. I don’t want to
  • forget--to rub out. At first I imagined I did; but that was a foolish
  • mistake. As soon as I saw you again I knew it... It’s not being here
  • with you that I’m afraid of--in the sense you think. It’s being here, or
  • anywhere, with Owen.” She stood up and bent her tragic smile on him. “I
  • want to keep you all to myself.”
  • The only words that came to him were futile denunciations of his
  • folly; but the sense of their futility checked them on his lips. “Poor
  • child--you poor child!” he heard himself vainly repeating.
  • Suddenly he felt the strong reaction of reality and its impetus brought
  • him to his feet. “Whatever happens, I intend to go--to go for good,”
  • he exclaimed. “I want you to understand that. Oh, don’t be afraid--I’ll
  • find a reason. But it’s perfectly clear that I must go.”
  • She uttered a protesting cry. “Go away? You? Don’t you see that that
  • would tell everything--drag everybody into the horror?”
  • He found no answer, and her voice dropped back to its calmer note. “What
  • good would your going do? Do you suppose it would change anything for
  • me?” She looked at him with a musing wistfulness. “I wonder what your
  • feeling for me was? It seems queer that I’ve never really known--I
  • suppose we DON’T know much about that kind of feeling. Is it like taking
  • a drink when you’re thirsty?... I used to feel as if all of me was in the
  • palm of your hand...”
  • He bowed his humbled head, but she went on almost exultantly: “Don’t for
  • a minute think I’m sorry! It was worth every penny it cost. My mistake
  • was in being ashamed, just at first, of its having cost such a lot.
  • I tried to carry it off as a joke--to talk of it to myself as an
  • ‘adventure’. I’d always wanted adventures, and you’d given me one, and
  • I tried to take your attitude about it, to ‘play the game’ and convince
  • myself that I hadn’t risked any more on it than you. Then, when I met
  • you again, I suddenly saw that I HAD risked more, but that I’d won more,
  • too--such worlds! I’d been trying all the while to put everything I
  • could between us; now I want to sweep everything away. I’d been trying
  • to forget how you looked; now I want to remember you always. I’d been
  • trying not to hear your voice; now I never want to hear any other. I’ve
  • made my choice--that’s all: I’ve had you and I mean to keep you.” Her
  • face was shining like her eyes. “To keep you hidden away here,” she
  • ended, and put her hand upon her breast.
  • After she had left him, Darrow continued to sit motionless, staring back
  • into their past. Hitherto it had lingered on the edge of his mind in a
  • vague pink blur, like one of the little rose-leaf clouds that a setting
  • sun drops from its disk. Now it was a huge looming darkness, through
  • which his eyes vainly strained. The whole episode was still obscure to
  • him, save where here and there, as they talked, some phrase or gesture
  • or intonation of the girl’s had lit up a little spot in the night.
  • She had said: “I wonder what your feeling for me was?” and he found
  • himself wondering too...He remembered distinctly enough that he had not
  • meant the perilous passion--even in its most transient form--to play
  • a part in their relation. In that respect his attitude had been above
  • reproach. She was an unusually original and attractive creature, to whom
  • he had wanted to give a few days of harmless pleasuring, and who was
  • alert and expert enough to understand his intention and spare him the
  • boredom of hesitations and misinterpretations. That had been his first
  • impression, and her subsequent demeanour had justified it. She had been,
  • from the outset, just the frank and easy comrade he had expected to find
  • her. Was it he, then, who, in the sequel, had grown impatient of the
  • bounds he had set himself? Was it his wounded vanity that, seeking
  • balm for its hurt, yearned to dip deeper into the healing pool of her
  • compassion? In his confused memory of the situation he seemed not to
  • have been guiltless of such yearnings...Yet for the first few days
  • the experiment had been perfectly successful. Her enjoyment had been
  • unclouded and his pleasure in it undisturbed. It was very gradually--he
  • seemed to see--that a shade of lassitude had crept over their
  • intercourse. Perhaps it was because, when her light chatter about people
  • failed, he found she had no other fund to draw on, or perhaps simply
  • because of the sweetness of her laugh, or of the charm of the gesture
  • with which, one day in the woods of Marly, she had tossed off her hat
  • and tilted back her head at the call of a cuckoo; or because, whenever
  • he looked at her unexpectedly, he found that she was looking at him and
  • did not want him to know it; or perhaps, in varying degrees, because of
  • all these things, that there had come a moment when no word seemed to
  • fly high enough or dive deep enough to utter the sense of well-being
  • each gave to the other, and the natural substitute for speech had been a
  • kiss.
  • The kiss, at all events, had come at the precise moment to save their
  • venture from disaster. They had reached the point when her amazing
  • reminiscences had begun to flag, when her future had been exhaustively
  • discussed, her theatrical prospects minutely studied, her quarrel with
  • Mrs. Murrett retold with the last amplification of detail, and when,
  • perhaps conscious of her exhausted resources and his dwindling interest,
  • she had committed the fatal error of saying that she could see he was
  • unhappy, and entreating him to tell her why...
  • From the brink of estranging confidences, and from the risk of
  • unfavourable comparisons, his gesture had snatched her back to safety;
  • and as soon as he had kissed her he felt that she would never bore him
  • again. She was one of the elemental creatures whose emotion is all in
  • their pulses, and who become inexpressive or sentimental when they
  • try to turn sensation into speech. His caress had restored her to her
  • natural place in the scheme of things, and Darrow felt as if he had
  • clasped a tree and a nymph had bloomed from it...
  • The mere fact of not having to listen to her any longer added immensely
  • to her charm. She continued, of course, to talk to him, but it didn’t
  • matter, because he no longer made any effort to follow her words, but
  • let her voice run on as a musical undercurrent to his thoughts.
  • She hadn’t a drop of poetry in her, but she had some of the qualities
  • that create it in others; and in moments of heat the imagination does
  • not always feel the difference...
  • Lying beside her in the shade, Darrow felt her presence as a part of
  • the charmed stillness of the summer woods, as the element of vague
  • well-being that suffused his senses and lulled to sleep the ache of
  • wounded pride. All he asked of her, as yet, was a touch on the hand or
  • on the lips--and that she should let him go on lying there through the
  • long warm hours, while a black-bird’s song throbbed like a fountain, and
  • the summer wind stirred in the trees, and close by, between the nearest
  • branches and the brim of his tilted hat, a slight white figure gathered
  • up all the floating threads of joy...
  • He recalled, too, having noticed, as he lay staring at a break in the
  • tree-tops, a stream of mares’-tails coming up the sky. He had said to
  • himself: “It will rain to-morrow,” and the thought had made the air seem
  • warmer and the sun more vivid on her hair...Perhaps if the mares’-tails
  • had not come up the sky their adventure might have had no sequel. But
  • the cloud brought rain, and next morning he looked out of his window
  • into a cold grey blur. They had planned an all-day excursion down the
  • Seine, to the two Andelys and Rouen, and now, with the long hours on
  • their hands, they were both a little at a loss...There was the Louvre,
  • of course, and the Luxembourg; but he had tried looking at pictures with
  • her, she had first so persistently admired the worst things, and then
  • so frankly lapsed into indifference, that he had no wish to repeat
  • the experiment. So they went out, aimlessly, and took a cold wet walk,
  • turning at length into the deserted arcades of the Palais Royal, and
  • finally drifting into one of its equally deserted restaurants, where
  • they lunched alone and somewhat dolefully, served by a wan old waiter
  • with the look of a castaway who has given up watching for a sail... It
  • was odd how the waiter’s face came back to him...
  • Perhaps but for the rain it might never have happened; but what was
  • the use of thinking of that now? He tried to turn his thoughts to more
  • urgent issues; but, by a strange perversity of association, every detail
  • of the day was forcing itself on his mind with an insistence from which
  • there was no escape. Reluctantly he relived the long wet walk back
  • to the hotel, after a tedious hour at a cinematograph show on the
  • Boulevard. It was still raining when they withdrew from this stale
  • spectacle, but she had obstinately refused to take a cab, had even,
  • on the way, insisted on loitering under the dripping awnings of
  • shop-windows and poking into draughty passages, and finally, when they
  • had nearly reached their destination, had gone so far as to suggest that
  • they should turn back to hunt up some show she had heard of in a theatre
  • at the Batignolles. But at that he had somewhat irritably protested: he
  • remembered that, for the first time, they were both rather irritable,
  • and vaguely disposed to resist one another’s suggestions. His feet
  • were wet, and he was tired of walking, and sick of the smell of stuffy
  • unaired theatres, and he had said he must really get back to write some
  • letters--and so they had kept on to the hotel...
  • XXVII
  • Darrow had no idea how long he had sat there when he heard Anna’s hand
  • on the door. The effort of rising, and of composing his face to meet
  • her, gave him a factitious sense of self-control. He said to himself: “I
  • must decide on something----” and that lifted him a hair’s breadth above
  • the whirling waters.
  • She came in with a lighter step, and he instantly perceived that
  • something unforeseen and reassuring had happened.
  • “She’s been with me. She came and found me on the terrace. We’ve had a
  • long talk and she’s explained everything. I feel as if I’d never known
  • her before!”
  • Her voice was so moved and tender that it checked his start of
  • apprehension.
  • “She’s explained----?”
  • “It’s natural, isn’t it, that she should have felt a little sore at the
  • kind of inspection she’s been subjected to? Oh, not from you--I don’t
  • mean that! But Madame de Chantelle’s opposition--and her sending for
  • Adelaide Painter! She told me frankly she didn’t care to owe her husband
  • to Adelaide Painter...She thinks now that her annoyance at feeling
  • herself so talked over and scrutinized may have shown itself in her
  • manner to Owen, and set him imagining the insane things he did...I
  • understand all she must have felt, and I agree with her that it’s best
  • she should go away for a while. She’s made me,” Anna summed up, “feel as
  • if I’d been dreadfully thick-skinned and obtuse!”
  • “YOU?”
  • “Yes. As if I’d treated her like the bric-a-brac that used to be sent
  • down here ‘on approval,’ to see if it would look well with the other
  • pieces.” She added, with a sudden flush of enthusiasm: “I’m glad she’s
  • got it in her to make one feel like that!”
  • She seemed to wait for Darrow to agree with her, or to put some other
  • question, and he finally found voice to ask: “Then you think it’s not a
  • final break?”
  • “I hope not--I’ve never hoped it more! I had a word with Owen, too,
  • after I left her, and I think he understands that he must let her go
  • without insisting on any positive promise. She’s excited ... he must let
  • her calm down...”
  • Again she waited, and Darrow said: “Surely you can make him see that.”
  • “She’ll help me to--she’s to see him, of course, before she goes. She
  • starts immediately, by the way, with Adelaide Painter, who is motoring
  • over to Francheuil to catch the one o’clock express--and who, of course,
  • knows nothing of all this, and is simply to be told that Sophy has been
  • sent for by the Farlows.”
  • Darrow mutely signed his comprehension, and she went on: “Owen is
  • particularly anxious that neither Adelaide nor his grandmother should
  • have the least inkling of what’s happened. The need of shielding Sophy
  • will help him to control himself. He’s coming to his senses, poor boy;
  • he’s ashamed of his wild talk already. He asked me to tell you so; no
  • doubt he’ll tell you so himself.”
  • Darrow made a movement of protest. “Oh, as to that--the thing’s not
  • worth another word.”
  • “Or another thought, either?” She brightened. “Promise me you won’t even
  • think of it--promise me you won’t be hard on him!”
  • He was finding it easier to smile back at her. “Why should you think it
  • necessary to ask my indulgence for Owen?”
  • She hesitated a moment, her eyes wandering from him. Then they came back
  • with a smile. “Perhaps because I need it for myself.”
  • “For yourself?”
  • “I mean, because I understand better how one can torture one’s self over
  • unrealities.”
  • As Darrow listened, the tension of his nerves began to relax. Her gaze,
  • so grave and yet so sweet, was like a deep pool into which he could
  • plunge and hide himself from the hard glare of his misery. As this
  • ecstatic sense enveloped him he found it more and more difficult to
  • follow her words and to frame an answer; but what did anything matter,
  • except that her voice should go on, and the syllables fall like soft
  • touches on his tortured brain?
  • “Don’t you know,” she continued, “the bliss of waking from a bad dream
  • in one’s own quiet room, and going slowly over all the horror without
  • being afraid of it any more? That’s what I’m doing now. And that’s why
  • I understand Owen...” She broke off, and he felt her touch on his arm.
  • “BECAUSE I’D DREAMED THE HORROR TOO!”
  • He understood her then, and stammered: “You?”
  • “Forgive me! And let me tell you!... It will help you to understand
  • Owen...There WERE little things ... little signs ... once I had begun to
  • watch for them: your reluctance to speak about her ... her reserve with
  • you ... a sort of constraint we’d never seen in her before...”
  • She laughed up at him, and with her hands in his he contrived to say:
  • “NOW you understand why?”
  • “Oh, I understand; of course I understand; and I want you to laugh
  • at me--with me! Because there were other things too ... crazier things
  • still...There was even--last night on the terrace--her pink cloak...”
  • “Her pink cloak?” Now he honestly wondered, and as she saw it she
  • blushed.
  • “You’ve forgotten about the cloak? The pink cloak that Owen saw you with
  • at the play in Paris? Yes ... yes...I was mad enough for that!... It does
  • me good to laugh about it now! But you ought to know that I’m going
  • to be a jealous woman ... a ridiculously jealous woman ... you ought to be
  • warned of it in time...”
  • He had dropped her hands, and she leaned close and lifted her arms to
  • his neck with one of her rare gestures of surrender.
  • “I don’t know why it is; but it makes me happier now to have been so
  • foolish!”
  • Her lips were parted in a noiseless laugh and the tremor of her lashes
  • made their shadow move on her cheek. He looked at her through a mist of
  • pain and saw all her offered beauty held up like a cup to his lips; but
  • as he stooped to it a darkness seemed to fall between them, her arms
  • slipped from his shoulders and she drew away from him abruptly.
  • “But she WAS with you, then?” she exclaimed; and then, as he stared at
  • her: “Oh, don’t say no! Only go and look at your eyes!”
  • He stood speechless, and she pressed on: “Don’t deny it--oh, don’t deny
  • it! What will be left for me to imagine if you do? Don’t you see how
  • every single thing cries it out? Owen sees it--he saw it again just now!
  • When I told him she’d relented, and would see him, he said: ‘Is that
  • Darrow’s doing too?’”
  • Darrow took the onslaught in silence. He might have spoken, have
  • summoned up the usual phrases of banter and denial; he was not even
  • certain that they might not, for the moment, have served their purpose
  • if he could have uttered them without being seen. But he was as
  • conscious of what had happened to his face as if he had obeyed Anna’s
  • bidding and looked at himself in the glass. He knew he could no more
  • hide from her what was written there than he could efface from his soul
  • the fiery record of what he had just lived through. There before him,
  • staring him in the eyes, and reflecting itself in all his lineaments,
  • was the overwhelming fact of Sophy Viner’s passion and of the act by
  • which she had attested it.
  • Anna was talking again, hurriedly, feverishly, and his soul was wrung
  • by the anguish in her voice. “Do speak at last--you must speak! I don’t
  • want to ask you to harm the girl; but you must see that your silence
  • is doing her more harm than your answering my questions could. You’re
  • leaving me only the worst things to think of her ... she’d see that
  • herself if she were here. What worse injury can you do her than to make
  • me hate her--to make me feel she’s plotted with you to deceive us?”
  • “Oh, not that!” Darrow heard his own voice before he was aware that he
  • meant to speak. “Yes; I did see her in Paris,” he went on after a pause;
  • “but I was bound to respect her reason for not wanting it known.”
  • Anna paled. “It was she at the theatre that night?”
  • “I was with her at the theatre one night.”
  • “Why should she have asked you not to say so?”
  • “She didn’t wish it known that I’d met her.”
  • “Why shouldn’t she have wished it known?”
  • “She had quarrelled with Mrs. Murrett and come over suddenly to Paris,
  • and she didn’t want the Farlows to hear of it. I came across her by
  • accident, and she asked me not to speak of having seen her.”
  • “Because of her quarrel? Because she was ashamed of her part in it?”
  • “Oh, no. There was nothing for her to be ashamed of. But the Farlows had
  • found the place for her, and she didn’t want them to know how suddenly
  • she’d had to leave, and how badly Mrs. Murrett had behaved. She was in
  • a terrible plight--the woman had even kept back her month’s salary. She
  • knew the Farlows would be awfully upset, and she wanted more time to
  • prepare them.”
  • Darrow heard himself speak as though the words had proceeded from other
  • lips. His explanation sounded plausible enough, and he half-fancied
  • Anna’s look grew lighter. She waited a moment, as though to be sure he
  • had no more to add; then she said: “But the Farlows DID know; they told
  • me all about it when they sent her to me.”
  • He flushed as if she had laid a deliberate trap for him. “They may know
  • NOW; they didn’t then----”
  • “That’s no reason for her continuing now to make a mystery of having met
  • you.”
  • “It’s the only reason I can give you.”
  • “Then I’ll go and ask her for one myself.” She turned and took a few
  • steps toward the door.
  • “Anna!” He started to follow her, and then checked himself. “Don’t do
  • that!”
  • “Why not?”
  • “It’s not like you ... not generous...”
  • She stood before him straight and pale, but under her rigid face he saw
  • the tumult of her doubt and misery.
  • “I don’t want to be ungenerous; I don’t want to pry into her secrets.
  • But things can’t be left like this. Wouldn’t it be better for me to go
  • to her? Surely she’ll understand--she’ll explain... It may be some mere
  • trifle she’s concealing: something that would horrify the Farlows, but
  • that I shouldn’t see any harm in...” She paused, her eyes searching his
  • face. “A love affair, I suppose ... that’s it? You met her with some man
  • at the theatre--and she was frightened and begged you to fib about
  • it? Those poor young things that have to go about among us like
  • machines--oh, if you knew how I pity them!”
  • “If you pity her, why not let her go?”
  • She stared. “Let her go--go for good, you mean? Is that the best you can
  • say for her?”
  • “Let things take their course. After all, it’s between herself and
  • Owen.”
  • “And you and me--and Effie, if Owen marries her, and I leave my child
  • with them! Don’t you see the impossibility of what you’re asking? We’re
  • all bound together in this coil.”
  • Darrow turned away with a groan. “Oh, let her go--let her go.”
  • “Then there IS something--something really bad? She WAS with some one
  • when you met her? Some one with whom she was----” She broke off, and
  • he saw her struggling with new thoughts. “If it’s THAT, of course...Oh,
  • don’t you see,” she desperately appealed to him, “that I must find out,
  • and that it’s too late now for you not to speak? Don’t be afraid that
  • I’ll betray you...I’ll never, never let a soul suspect. But I must know
  • the truth, and surely it’s best for her that I should find it out from
  • you.”
  • Darrow waited a moment; then he said slowly: “What you imagine’s mere
  • madness. She was at the theatre with me.”
  • “With you?” He saw a tremor pass through her, but she controlled it
  • instantly and faced him straight and motionless as a wounded creature in
  • the moment before it feels its wound. “Why should you both have made a
  • mystery of that?”
  • “I’ve told you the idea was not mine.” He cast about. “She may have been
  • afraid that Owen----”
  • “But that was not a reason for her asking you to tell me that you hardly
  • knew her--that you hadn’t even seen her for years.” She broke off and
  • the blood rose to her face and forehead. “Even if SHE had other reasons,
  • there could be only one reason for your obeying her----” Silence fell
  • between them, a silence in which the room seemed to become suddenly
  • resonant with voices. Darrow’s gaze wandered to the window and he
  • noticed that the gale of two days before had nearly stripped the tops
  • of the lime-trees in the court. Anna had moved away and was resting her
  • elbows against the mantel-piece, her head in her hands. As she stood
  • there he took in with a new intensity of vision little details of her
  • appearance that his eyes had often cherished: the branching blue veins
  • in the backs of her hands, the warm shadow that her hair cast on
  • her ear, and the colour of the hair itself, dull black with a tawny
  • under-surface, like the wings of certain birds. He felt it to be useless
  • to speak.
  • After a while she lifted her head and said: “I shall not see her again
  • before she goes.”
  • He made no answer, and turning to him she added: “That is why she’s
  • going, I suppose? Because she loves you and won’t give you up?”
  • Darrow waited. The paltriness of conventional denial was so apparent to
  • him that even if it could have delayed discovery he could no longer have
  • resorted to it. Under all his other fears was the dread of dishonouring
  • the hour.
  • “She HAS given me up,” he said at last.
  • XXVIII
  • When he had gone out of the room Anna stood where he had left her. “I
  • must believe him! I must believe him!” she said.
  • A moment before, at the moment when she had lifted her arms to his neck,
  • she had been wrapped in a sense of complete security. All the spirits
  • of doubt had been exorcised, and her love was once more the clear
  • habitation in which every thought and feeling could move in blissful
  • freedom. And then, as she raised her face to Darrow’s and met his eyes,
  • she had seemed to look into the very ruins of his soul. That was the
  • only way she could express it. It was as though he and she had been
  • looking at two sides of the same thing, and the side she had seen had
  • been all light and life, and his a place of graves...
  • She didn’t now recall who had spoken first, or even, very clearly, what
  • had been said. It seemed to her only a moment later that she had found
  • herself standing at the other end of the room--the room which had
  • suddenly grown so small that, even with its length between them, she
  • felt as if he touched her--crying out to him “It IS because of you she’s
  • going!” and reading the avowal in his face.
  • That was his secret, then, THEIR secret: he had met the girl in
  • Paris and helped her in her straits--lent her money, Anna vaguely
  • conjectured--and she had fallen in love with him, and on meeting him
  • again had been suddenly overmastered by her passion. Anna, dropping back
  • into her sofa-corner, sat staring these facts in the face.
  • The girl had been in a desperate plight--frightened, penniless, outraged
  • by what had happened, and not knowing (with a woman like Mrs. Murrett)
  • what fresh injury might impend; and Darrow, meeting her in this
  • distracted hour, had pitied, counselled, been kind to her, with the
  • fatal, the inevitable result. There were the facts as Anna made them
  • out: that, at least, was their external aspect, was as much of them as
  • she had been suffered to see; and into the secret intricacies they might
  • cover she dared not yet project her thoughts.
  • “I must believe him...I must believe him...” She kept on repeating the
  • words like a talisman. It was natural, after all, that he should have
  • behaved as he had: defended the girl’s piteous secret to the last. She
  • too began to feel the contagion of his pity--the stir, in her breast, of
  • feelings deeper and more native to her than the pains of jealousy.
  • From the security of her blessedness she longed to lean over with
  • compassionate hands...But Owen? What was Owen’s part to be? She owed
  • herself first to him--she was bound to protect him not only from all
  • knowledge of the secret she had surprised, but also--and chiefly!--from
  • its consequences. Yes: the girl must go--there could be no doubt of
  • it--Darrow himself had seen it from the first; and at the thought she
  • had a wild revulsion of relief, as though she had been trying to create
  • in her heart the delusion of a generosity she could not feel...
  • The one fact on which she could stay her mind was that Sophy was leaving
  • immediately; would be out of the house within an hour. Once she was
  • gone, it would be easier to bring Owen to the point of understanding
  • that the break was final; if necessary, to work upon the girl to make
  • him see it. But that, Anna was sure, would not be necessary. It was
  • clear that Sophy Viner was leaving Givre with no thought of ever seeing
  • it again...
  • Suddenly, as she tried to put some order in her thoughts, she heard
  • Owen’s call at the door: “Mother!----” a name he seldom gave her. There
  • was a new note in his voice: the note of a joyous impatience. It made
  • her turn hastily to the glass to see what face she was about to show
  • him; but before she had had time to compose it he was in the room and
  • she was caught in a school-boy hug.
  • “It’s all right! It’s all right! And it’s all your doing! I want to
  • do the worst kind of penance--bell and candle and the rest. I’ve been
  • through it with HER, and now she hands me on to you, and you’re to call
  • me any names you please.” He freed her with his happy laugh. “I’m to be
  • stood in the corner till next week, and then I’m to go up to see her.
  • And she says I owe it all to you!”
  • “To me?” It was the first phrase she found to clutch at as she tried to
  • steady herself in the eddies of his joy.
  • “Yes: you were so patient, and so dear to her; and you saw at once what
  • a damned ass I’d been!” She tried a smile, and it seemed to pass muster
  • with him, for he sent it back in a broad beam. “That’s not so difficult
  • to see? No, I admit it doesn’t take a microscope. But you were so wise
  • and wonderful--you always are. I’ve been mad these last days, simply
  • mad--you and she might well have washed your hands of me! And instead,
  • it’s all right--all right!”
  • She drew back a little, trying to keep the smile on her lips and not
  • let him get the least glimpse of what it hid. Now if ever, indeed, it
  • behoved her to be wise and wonderful!
  • “I’m so glad, dear; so glad. If only you’ll always feel like that about
  • me...” She stopped, hardly knowing what she said, and aghast at the
  • idea that her own hands should have retied the knot she imagined to be
  • broken. But she saw he had something more to say; something hard to get
  • out, but absolutely necessary to express. He caught her hands, pulled
  • her close, and, with his forehead drawn into its whimsical smiling
  • wrinkles, “Look here,” he cried, “if Darrow wants to call me a damned
  • ass too you’re not to stop him!”
  • It brought her back to a sharper sense of her central peril: of the
  • secret to be kept from him at whatever cost to her racked nerves.
  • “Oh, you know, he doesn’t always wait for orders!” On the whole it
  • sounded better than she’d feared.
  • “You mean he’s called me one already?” He accepted the fact with his
  • gayest laugh. “Well, that saves a lot of trouble; now we can pass to the
  • order of the day----” he broke off and glanced at the clock--“which is,
  • you know, dear, that she’s starting in about an hour; she and Adelaide
  • must already be snatching a hasty sandwich. You’ll come down to bid them
  • good-bye?”
  • “Yes--of course.”
  • There had, in fact, grown upon her while he spoke the urgency of seeing
  • Sophy Viner again before she left. The thought was deeply distasteful:
  • Anna shrank from encountering the girl till she had cleared a way
  • through her own perplexities. But it was obvious that since they had
  • separated, barely an hour earlier, the situation had taken a new shape.
  • Sophy Viner had apparently reconsidered her decision to break amicably
  • but definitely with Owen, and stood again in their path, a menace and a
  • mystery; and confused impulses of resistance stirred in Anna’s mind. She
  • felt Owen’s touch on her arm. “Are you coming?”
  • “Yes ... yes ... presently.”
  • “What’s the matter? You look so strange.”
  • “What do you mean by strange?”
  • “I don’t know: startled--surprised.” She read what her look must be by
  • its sudden reflection in his face.
  • “Do I? No wonder! You’ve given us all an exciting morning.”
  • He held to his point. “You’re more excited now that there’s no cause for
  • it. What on earth has happened since I saw you?”
  • He looked about the room, as if seeking the clue to her agitation, and
  • in her dread of what he might guess she answered: “What has happened is
  • simply that I’m rather tired. Will you ask Sophy to come up and see me
  • here?”
  • While she waited she tried to think what she should say when the girl
  • appeared; but she had never been more conscious of her inability to deal
  • with the oblique and the tortuous. She had lacked the hard teachings of
  • experience, and an instinctive disdain for whatever was less clear and
  • open than her own conscience had kept her from learning anything of the
  • intricacies and contradictions of other hearts. She said to herself:
  • “I must find out----” yet everything in her recoiled from the means by
  • which she felt it must be done...
  • Sophy Viner appeared almost immediately, dressed for departure, her
  • little bag on her arm. She was still pale to the point of haggardness,
  • but with a light upon her that struck Anna with surprise. Or was it,
  • perhaps, that she was looking at the girl with new eyes: seeing her, for
  • the first time, not as Effie’s governess, not as Owen’s bride, but as
  • the embodiment of that unknown peril lurking in the background of every
  • woman’s thoughts about her lover? Anna, at any rate, with a sudden sense
  • of estrangement, noted in her graces and snares never before perceived.
  • It was only the flash of a primitive instinct, but it lasted long enough
  • to make her ashamed of the darknesses it lit up in her heart...
  • She signed to Sophy to sit down on the sofa beside her. “I asked you to
  • come up to me because I wanted to say good-bye quietly,” she explained,
  • feeling her lips tremble, but trying to speak in a tone of friendly
  • naturalness.
  • The girl’s only answer was a faint smile of acquiescence, and Anna,
  • disconcerted by her silence, went on: “You’ve decided, then, not to
  • break your engagement?”
  • Sophy Viner raised her head with a look of surprise. Evidently the
  • question, thus abruptly put, must have sounded strangely on the lips
  • of so ardent a partisan as Mrs. Leath! “I thought that was what you
  • wished,” she said.
  • “What I wished?” Anna’s heart shook against her side. “I wish,
  • of course, whatever seems best for Owen... It’s natural, you must
  • understand, that that consideration should come first with me...”
  • Sophy was looking at her steadily. “I supposed it was the only one that
  • counted with you.”
  • The curtness of retort roused Anna’s latent antagonism. “It is,” she
  • said, in a hard voice that startled her as she heard it. Had she ever
  • spoken so to any one before? She felt frightened, as though her
  • very nature had changed without her knowing it...Feeling the girl’s
  • astonished gaze still on her, she continued: “The suddenness of the
  • change has naturally surprised me. When I left you it was understood
  • that you were to reserve your decision----”
  • “Yes.”
  • “And now----?” Anna waited for a reply that did not come. She did
  • not understand the girl’s attitude, the edge of irony in her short
  • syllables, the plainly premeditated determination to lay the burden
  • of proof on her interlocutor. Anna felt the sudden need to lift their
  • intercourse above this mean level of defiance and distrust. She looked
  • appealingly at Sophy.
  • “Isn’t it best that we should speak quite frankly? It’s this change on
  • your part that perplexes me. You can hardly be surprised at that. It’s
  • true, I asked you not to break with Owen too abruptly--and I asked it,
  • believe me, as much for your sake as for his: I wanted you to take time
  • to think over the difficulty that seems to have arisen between you. The
  • fact that you felt it required thinking over seemed to show you wouldn’t
  • take the final step lightly--wouldn’t, I mean, accept of Owen more
  • than you could give him. But your change of mind obliges me to ask the
  • question I thought you would have asked yourself. Is there any reason
  • why you shouldn’t marry Owen?”
  • She stopped a little breathlessly, her eyes on Sophy Viner’s burning
  • face. “Any reason----? What do you mean by a reason?”
  • Anna continued to look at her gravely. “Do you love some one else?” she
  • asked.
  • Sophy’s first look was one of wonder and a faint relief; then she gave
  • back the other’s scrutiny in a glance of indescribable reproach. “Ah,
  • you might have waited!” she exclaimed.
  • “Waited?”
  • “Till I’d gone: till I was out of the house. You might have known ... you
  • might have guessed...” She turned her eyes again on Anna. “I only meant
  • to let him hope a little longer, so that he shouldn’t suspect anything;
  • of course I can’t marry him,” she said.
  • Anna stood motionless, silenced by the shock of the avowal. She too
  • was trembling, less with anger than with a confused compassion. But the
  • feeling was so blent with others, less generous and more obscure, that
  • she found no words to express it, and the two women faced each other
  • without speaking.
  • “I’d better go,” Sophy murmured at length with lowered head.
  • The words roused in Anna a latent impulse of compunction. The girl
  • looked so young, so exposed and desolate! And what thoughts must she be
  • hiding in her heart! It was impossible that they should part in such a
  • spirit.
  • “I want you to know that no one said anything... It was I who...”
  • Sophy looked at her. “You mean that Mr. Darrow didn’t tell you? Of
  • course not: do you suppose I thought he did? You found it out, that’s
  • all--I knew you would. In your place I should have guessed it sooner.”
  • The words were spoken simply, without irony or emphasis; but they went
  • through Anna like a sword. Yes, the girl would have had divinations,
  • promptings that she had not had! She felt half envious of such a sad
  • precocity of wisdom.
  • “I’m so sorry ... so sorry...” she murmured.
  • “Things happen that way. Now I’d better go. I’d like to say good-bye to
  • Effie.”
  • “Oh----” it broke in a cry from Effie’s mother. “Not like this--you
  • mustn’t! I feel--you make me feel too horribly: as if I were driving you
  • away...” The words had rushed up from the depths of her bewildered pity.
  • “No one is driving me away: I had to go,” she heard the girl reply.
  • There was another silence, during which passionate impulses of
  • magnanimity warred in Anna with her doubts and dreads. At length, her
  • eyes on Sophy’s face: “Yes, you must go now,” she began; “but later
  • on ... after a while, when all this is over ... if there’s no reason why
  • you shouldn’t marry Owen----” she paused a moment on the words-- “I
  • shouldn’t want you to think I stood between you...”
  • “You?” Sophy flushed again, and then grew pale. She seemed to try to
  • speak, but no words came. “Yes! It was not true when I said just now
  • that I was thinking only of Owen. I’m sorry--oh, so sorry!--for you too.
  • Your life--I know how hard it’s been; and mine ... mine’s so full...Happy
  • women understand best!” Anna drew near and touched the girl’s hand; then
  • she began again, pouring all her soul into the broken phrases: “It’s
  • terrible now ... you see no future; but if, by and bye ... you know
  • best ... but you’re so young ... and at your age things DO pass. If there’s
  • no reason, no real reason, why you shouldn’t marry Owen, I WANT him to
  • hope, I’ll help him to hope ... if you say so....”
  • With the urgency of her pleading her clasp tightened on Sophy’s hand,
  • but it warmed to no responsive tremor: the girl seemed numb, and Anna
  • was frightened by the stony silence of her look. “I suppose I’m not more
  • than half a woman,” she mused, “for I don’t want my happiness to
  • hurt her;” and aloud she repeated: “If only you’ll tell me there’s no
  • reason----”
  • The girl did not speak; but suddenly, like a snapped branch, she bent,
  • stooped down to the hand that clasped her, and laid her lips upon it in
  • a stream of weeping. She cried silently, continuously, abundantly, as
  • though Anna’s touch had released the waters of some deep spring of pain;
  • then, as Anna, moved and half afraid, leaned over her with a sound of
  • pity, she stood up and turned away.
  • “You’re going, then--for good--like this?” Anna moved toward her and
  • stopped. Sophy stopped too, with eyes that shrank from her.
  • “Oh----” Anna cried, and hid her face.
  • The girl walked across the room and paused again in the doorway. From
  • there she flung back: “I wanted it--I chose it. He was good to me--no
  • one ever was so good!”
  • The door-handle turned, and Anna heard her go.
  • XXIX
  • Her first thought was: “He’s going too in a few hours--I needn’t see him
  • again before he leaves...” At that moment the possibility of having to
  • look in Darrow’s face and hear him speak seemed to her more unendurable
  • than anything else she could imagine. Then, on the next wave of feeling,
  • came the desire to confront him at once and wring from him she knew
  • not what: avowal, denial, justification, anything that should open some
  • channel of escape to the flood of her pent-up anguish.
  • She had told Owen she was tired, and this seemed a sufficient reason for
  • remaining upstairs when the motor came to the door and Miss Painter and
  • Sophy Viner were borne off in it; sufficient also for sending word to
  • Madame de Chantelle that she would not come down till after luncheon.
  • Having despatched her maid with this message, she lay down on her sofa
  • and stared before her into darkness...
  • She had been unhappy before, and the vision of old miseries flocked
  • like hungry ghosts about her fresh pain: she recalled her youthful
  • disappointment, the failure of her marriage, the wasted years that
  • followed; but those were negative sorrows, denials and postponements of
  • life. She seemed in no way related to their shadowy victim, she who
  • was stretched on this fiery rack of the irreparable. She had suffered
  • before--yes, but lucidly, reflectively, elegiacally: now she was
  • suffering as a hurt animal must, blindly, furiously, with the single
  • fierce animal longing that the awful pain should stop...
  • She heard her maid knock, and she hid her face and made no answer. The
  • knocking continued, and the discipline of habit at length made her lift
  • her head, compose her face and hold out her hand to the note the woman
  • brought her. It was a word from Darrow--“May I see you?”--and she said
  • at once, in a voice that sounded thin and empty: “Ask Mr. Darrow to come
  • up.”
  • The maid enquired if she wished to have her hair smoothed first, and
  • she answered that it didn’t matter; but when the door had closed, the
  • instinct of pride drew her to her feet and she looked at herself in the
  • glass above the mantelpiece and passed her hands over her hair. Her eyes
  • were burning and her face looked tired and thinner; otherwise she could
  • see no change in her appearance, and she wondered that at such a moment
  • her body should seem as unrelated to the self that writhed within her as
  • if it had been a statue or a picture.
  • The maid reopened the door to show in Darrow, and he paused a moment on
  • the threshold, as if waiting for Anna to speak. He was extremely pale,
  • but he looked neither ashamed nor uncertain, and she said to herself,
  • with a perverse thrill of appreciation: “He’s as proud as I am.”
  • Aloud she asked: “You wanted to see me?”
  • “Naturally,” he replied in a grave voice.
  • “Don’t! It’s useless. I know everything. Nothing you can say will help.”
  • At the direct affirmation he turned even paler, and his eyes, which he
  • kept resolutely fixed on her, confessed his misery.
  • “You allow me no voice in deciding that?”
  • “Deciding what?”
  • “That there’s nothing more to be said?” He waited for her to answer, and
  • then went on: “I don’t even know what you mean by ‘everything’.”
  • “Oh, I don’t know what more there is! I know enough. I implored her
  • to deny it, and she couldn’t...What can you and I have to say to each
  • other?” Her voice broke into a sob. The animal anguish was upon her
  • again--just a blind cry against her pain!
  • Darrow kept his head high and his eyes steady. “It must be as you wish;
  • and yet it’s not like you to be afraid.”
  • “Afraid?”
  • “To talk things out--to face them.”
  • “It’s for YOU to face this--not me!”
  • “All I ask is to face it--but with you.” Once more he paused. “Won’t you
  • tell me what Miss Viner told you?”
  • “Oh, she’s generous--to the utmost!” The pain caught her like a physical
  • throe. It suddenly came to her how the girl must have loved him to be so
  • generous--what memories there must be between them!
  • “Oh, go, please go. It’s too horrible. Why should I have to see you?”
  • she stammered, lifting her hands to her eyes.
  • With her face hidden she waited to hear him move away, to hear the door
  • open and close again, as, a few hours earlier, it had opened and
  • closed on Sophy Viner. But Darrow made no sound or movement: he too was
  • waiting. Anna felt a thrill of resentment: his presence was an outrage
  • on her sorrow, a humiliation to her pride. It was strange that he should
  • wait for her to tell him so!
  • “You want me to leave Givre?” he asked at length. She made no answer,
  • and he went on: “Of course I’ll do as you wish; but if I go now am I not
  • to see you again?”
  • His voice was firm: his pride was answering her pride!
  • She faltered: “You must see it’s useless----”
  • “I might remind you that you’re dismissing me without a hearing----”
  • “Without a hearing? I’ve heard you both!”
  • ----“but I won’t,” he continued, “remind you of that, or of anything or
  • any one but Owen.”
  • “Owen?”
  • “Yes; if we could somehow spare him----”
  • She had dropped her hands and turned her startled eyes on him. It seemed
  • to her an age since she had thought of Owen!
  • “You see, don’t you,” Darrow continued, “that if you send me away
  • now----”
  • She interrupted: “Yes, I see----” and there was a long silence between
  • them. At length she said, very low: “I don’t want any one else to suffer
  • as I’m suffering...”
  • “Owen knows I meant to leave tomorrow,” Darrow went on. “Any sudden
  • change of plan may make him think...”
  • Oh, she saw his inevitable logic: the horror of it was on every side of
  • her! It had seemed possible to control her grief and face Darrow
  • calmly while she was upheld by the belief that this was their last hour
  • together, that after he had passed out of the room there would be no
  • fear of seeing him again, no fear that his nearness, his look, his
  • voice, and all the unseen influences that flowed from him, would
  • dissolve her soul to weakness. But her courage failed at the idea of
  • having to conspire with him to shield Owen, of keeping up with him, for
  • Owen’s sake, a feint of union and felicity. To live at Darrow’s side in
  • seeming intimacy and harmony for another twenty-four hours seemed harder
  • than to live without him for all the rest of her days. Her strength
  • failed her, and she threw herself down and buried her sobs in the
  • cushions where she had so often hidden a face aglow with happiness.
  • “Anna----” His voice was close to her. “Let me talk to you quietly. It’s
  • not worthy of either of us to be afraid.”
  • Words of endearment would have offended her; but her heart rose at the
  • call to her courage.
  • “I’ve no defense to make,” he went on. “The facts are miserable enough;
  • but at least I want you to see them as they are. Above all, I want you
  • to know the truth about Miss Viner----”
  • The name sent the blood to Anna’s forehead. She raised her head and
  • faced him. “Why should I know more of her than what she’s told me? I
  • never wish to hear her name again!”
  • “It’s because you feel about her in that way that I ask you--in the name
  • of common charity--to let me give you the facts as they are, and not as
  • you’ve probably imagined them.”
  • “I’ve told you I don’t think uncharitably of her. I don’t want to think
  • of her at all!”
  • “That’s why I tell you you’re afraid.”
  • “Afraid?”
  • “Yes. You’ve always said you wanted, above all, to look at life, at the
  • human problem, as it is, without fear and without hypocrisy; and it’s
  • not always a pleasant thing to look at.” He broke off, and then began
  • again: “Don’t think this a plea for myself! I don’t want to say a word
  • to lessen my offense. I don’t want to talk of myself at all. Even if I
  • did, I probably couldn’t make you understand--I don’t, myself, as I look
  • back. Be just to me--it’s your right; all I ask you is to be generous to
  • Miss Viner...”
  • She stood up trembling. “You’re free to be as generous to her as you
  • please!”
  • “Yes: you’ve made it clear to me that I’m free. But there’s nothing I
  • can do for her that will help her half as much as your understanding her
  • would.”
  • “Nothing you can do for her? You can marry her!”
  • His face hardened. “You certainly couldn’t wish her a worse fate!”
  • “It must have been what she expected ... relied on...” He was silent, and
  • she broke out: “Or what is she? What are you? It’s too horrible! On your
  • way here ... to ME...” She felt the tears in her throat and stopped.
  • “That was it,” he said bluntly. She stared at him.
  • “I was on my way to you--after repeated delays and postponements of your
  • own making. At the very last you turned me back with a mere word--and
  • without explanation. I waited for a letter; and none came. I’m not
  • saying this to justify myself. I’m simply trying to make you understand.
  • I felt hurt and bitter and bewildered. I thought you meant to give me
  • up. And suddenly, in my way, I found some one to be sorry for, to be
  • of use to. That, I swear to you, was the way it began. The rest was a
  • moment’s folly ... a flash of madness ... as such things are. We’ve never
  • seen each other since...”
  • Anna was looking at him coldly. “You sufficiently describe her in saying
  • that!”
  • “Yes, if you measure her by conventional standards--which is what you
  • always declare you never do.”
  • “Conventional standards? A girl who----” She was checked by a sudden
  • rush of almost physical repugnance. Suddenly she broke out: “I always
  • thought her an adventuress!”
  • “Always?”
  • “I don’t mean always ... but after you came...”
  • “She’s not an adventuress.”
  • “You mean that she professes to act on the new theories? The stuff that
  • awful women rave about on platforms?”
  • “Oh, I don’t think she pretended to have a theory----”
  • “She hadn’t even that excuse?”
  • “She had the excuse of her loneliness, her unhappiness--of miseries and
  • humiliations that a woman like you can’t even guess. She had nothing to
  • look back to but indifference or unkindness--nothing to look forward to
  • but anxiety. She saw I was sorry for her and it touched her. She made
  • too much of it--she exaggerated it. I ought to have seen the danger, but
  • I didn’t. There’s no possible excuse for what I did.”
  • Anna listened to him in speechless misery. Every word he spoke threw
  • back a disintegrating light on their own past. He had come to her with
  • an open face and a clear conscience--come to her from this! If his
  • security was the security of falsehood it was horrible; if it meant that
  • he had forgotten, it was worse. She would have liked to stop her ears,
  • to close her eyes, to shut out every sight and sound and suggestion of
  • a world in which such things could be; and at the same time she was
  • tormented by the desire to know more, to understand better, to feel
  • herself less ignorant and inexpert in matters which made so much of
  • the stuff of human experience. What did he mean by “a moment’s folly, a
  • flash of madness”? How did people enter on such adventures, how pass
  • out of them without more visible traces of their havoc? Her imagination
  • recoiled from the vision of a sudden debasing familiarity: it seemed to
  • her that her thoughts would never again be pure...
  • “I swear to you,” she heard Darrow saying, “it was simply that, and
  • nothing more.”
  • She wondered at his composure, his competence, at his knowing so exactly
  • what to say. No doubt men often had to make such explanations: they had
  • the formulas by heart...A leaden lassitude descended on her. She passed
  • from flame and torment into a colourless cold world where everything
  • surrounding her seemed equally indifferent and remote. For a moment she
  • simply ceased to feel.
  • She became aware that Darrow was waiting for her to speak, and she made
  • an effort to represent to herself the meaning of what he had just said;
  • but her mind was as blank as a blurred mirror. Finally she brought out:
  • “I don’t think I understand what you’ve told me.”
  • “No; you don’t understand,” he returned with sudden bitterness; and on
  • his lips the charge of incomprehension seemed an offense to her.
  • “I don’t want to--about such things!”
  • He answered almost harshly: “Don’t be afraid ... you never will...”
  • and for an instant they faced each other like enemies. Then the tears
  • swelled in her throat at his reproach.
  • “You mean I don’t feel things--I’m too hard?”
  • “No: you’re too high ... too fine ... such things are too far from you.”
  • He paused, as if conscious of the futility of going on with whatever
  • he had meant to say, and again, for a short space, they confronted
  • each other, no longer as enemies--so it seemed to her--but as beings of
  • different language who had forgotten the few words they had learned of
  • each other’s speech.
  • Darrow broke the silence. “It’s best, on all accounts, that I should
  • stay till tomorrow; but I needn’t intrude on you; we needn’t meet again
  • alone. I only want to be sure I know your wishes.” He spoke the short
  • sentences in a level voice, as though he were summing up the results of
  • a business conference.
  • Anna looked at him vaguely. “My wishes?”
  • “As to Owen----”
  • At that she started. “They must never meet again!”
  • “It’s not likely they will. What I meant was, that it depends on you to
  • spare him...”
  • She answered steadily: “He shall never know,” and after another interval
  • Darrow said: “This is good-bye, then.”
  • At the word she seemed to understand for the first time whither the
  • flying moments had been leading them. Resentment and indignation died
  • down, and all her consciousness resolved itself into the mere visual
  • sense that he was there before her, near enough for her to lift her
  • hand and touch him, and that in another instant the place where he stood
  • would be empty.
  • She felt a mortal weakness, a craven impulse to cry out to him to stay,
  • a longing to throw herself into his arms, and take refuge there from the
  • unendurable anguish he had caused her. Then the vision called up another
  • thought: “I shall never know what that girl has known...” and the recoil
  • of pride flung her back on the sharp edges of her anguish.
  • “Good-bye,” she said, in dread lest he should read her face; and she
  • stood motionless, her head high, while he walked to the door and went
  • out.
  • BOOK V
  • XXX
  • Anna Leath, three days later, sat in Miss Painter’s drawing-room in the
  • rue de Matignon.
  • Coming up precipitately that morning from the country, she had reached
  • Paris at one o’clock and Miss Painter’s landing some ten minutes later.
  • Miss Painter’s mouldy little man-servant, dissembling a napkin under his
  • arm, had mildly attempted to oppose her entrance; but Anna, insisting,
  • had gone straight to the dining-room and surprised her friend--who ate
  • as furtively as certain animals--over a strange meal of cold mutton and
  • lemonade. Ignoring the embarrassment she caused, she had set forth the
  • object of her journey, and Miss Painter, always hatted and booted for
  • action, had immediately hastened out, leaving her to the solitude of
  • the bare fireless drawing-room with its eternal slip-covers and “bowed”
  • shutters.
  • In this inhospitable obscurity Anna had sat alone for close upon two
  • hours. Both obscurity and solitude were acceptable to her, and impatient
  • as she was to hear the result of the errand on which she had despatched
  • her hostess, she desired still more to be alone. During her long
  • meditation in a white-swathed chair before the muffled hearth she had
  • been able for the first time to clear a way through the darkness and
  • confusion of her thoughts. The way did not go far, and her attempt to
  • trace it was as weak and spasmodic as a convalescent’s first efforts
  • to pick up the thread of living. She seemed to herself like some one
  • struggling to rise from a long sickness of which it would have been so
  • much easier to die. At Givre she had fallen into a kind of torpor, a
  • deadness of soul traversed by wild flashes of pain; but whether she
  • suffered or whether she was numb, she seemed equally remote from her
  • real living and doing self.
  • It was only the discovery--that very morning--of Owen’s unannounced
  • departure for Paris that had caught her out of her dream and forced her
  • back to action. The dread of what this flight might imply, and of the
  • consequences that might result from it, had roused her to the sense of
  • her responsibility, and from the moment when she had resolved to follow
  • her step-son, and had made her rapid preparations for pursuit, her mind
  • had begun to work again, feverishly, fitfully, but still with something
  • of its normal order. In the train she had been too agitated, too
  • preoccupied with what might next await her, to give her thoughts to
  • anything but the turning over of dread alternatives; but Miss Painter’s
  • imperviousness had steadied her, and while she waited for the sound of
  • the latch-key she resolutely returned upon herself.
  • With respect to her outward course she could at least tell herself that
  • she had held to her purpose. She had, as people said, “kept up” during
  • the twenty-four hours preceding George Darrow’s departure; had gone
  • with a calm face about her usual business, and even contrived not too
  • obviously to avoid him. Then, the next day before dawn, from behind
  • the closed shutters where she had kept for half the night her dry-eyed
  • vigil, she had heard him drive off to the train which brought its
  • passengers to Paris in time for the Calais express.
  • The fact of his taking that train, of his travelling so straight and
  • far away from her, gave to what had happened the implacable outline of
  • reality. He was gone; he would not come back; and her life had ended
  • just as she had dreamed it was beginning. She had no doubt, at first, as
  • to the absolute inevitability of this conclusion. The man who had driven
  • away from her house in the autumn dawn was not the man she had loved; he
  • was a stranger with whom she had not a single thought in common. It was
  • terrible, indeed, that he wore the face and spoke in the voice of her
  • friend, and that, as long as he was under one roof with her, the mere
  • way in which he moved and looked could bridge at a stroke the gulf
  • between them. That, no doubt, was the fault of her exaggerated
  • sensibility to outward things: she was frightened to see how it enslaved
  • her. A day or two before she had supposed the sense of honour was her
  • deepest sentiment: if she had smiled at the conventions of others it was
  • because they were too trivial, not because they were too grave. There
  • were certain dishonours with which she had never dreamed that any pact
  • could be made: she had had an incorruptible passion for good faith and
  • fairness.
  • She had supposed that, once Darrow was gone, once she was safe from the
  • danger of seeing and hearing him, this high devotion would sustain her.
  • She had believed it would be possible to separate the image of the man
  • she had thought him from that of the man he was. She had even foreseen
  • the hour when she might raise a mournful shrine to the memory of the
  • Darrow she had loved, without fear that his double’s shadow would
  • desecrate it. But now she had begun to understand that the two men were
  • really one. The Darrow she worshipped was inseparable from the Darrow
  • she abhorred; and the inevitable conclusion was that both must go, and
  • she be left in the desert of a sorrow without memories...
  • But if the future was thus void, the present was all too full. Never had
  • blow more complex repercussions; and to remember Owen was to cease to
  • think of herself. What impulse, what apprehension, had sent him suddenly
  • to Paris? And why had he thought it needful to conceal his going from
  • her? When Sophy Viner had left, it had been with the understanding that
  • he was to await her summons; and it seemed improbable that he would
  • break his pledge, and seek her without leave, unless his lover’s
  • intuition had warned him of some fresh danger. Anna recalled how
  • quickly he had read the alarm in her face when he had rushed back to her
  • sitting-room with the news that Miss Viner had promised to see him again
  • in Paris. To be so promptly roused, his suspicions must have been but
  • half-asleep; and since then, no doubt, if she and Darrow had dissembled,
  • so had he. To her proud directness it was degrading to think that
  • they had been living together like enemies who spy upon each other’s
  • movements: she felt a desperate longing for the days which had seemed so
  • dull and narrow, but in which she had walked with her head high and her
  • eyes unguarded.
  • She had come up to Paris hardly knowing what peril she feared, and still
  • less how she could avert it. If Owen meant to see Miss Viner--and what
  • other object could he have?--they must already be together, and it was
  • too late to interfere. It had indeed occurred to Anna that Paris might
  • not be his objective point: that his real purpose in leaving Givre
  • without her knowledge had been to follow Darrow to London and exact
  • the truth of him. But even to her alarmed imagination this seemed
  • improbable. She and Darrow, to the last, had kept up so complete a feint
  • of harmony that, whatever Owen had surmised, he could scarcely have
  • risked acting on his suspicions. If he still felt the need of an
  • explanation, it was almost certainly of Sophy Viner that he would ask
  • it; and it was in quest of Sophy Viner that Anna had despatched Miss
  • Painter.
  • She had found a blessed refuge from her perplexities in the stolid
  • Adelaide’s unawareness. One could so absolutely count on Miss Painter’s
  • guessing no more than one chose, and yet acting astutely on such hints
  • as one vouchsafed her! She was like a well-trained retriever whose
  • interest in his prey ceases when he lays it at his master’s feet. Anna,
  • on arriving, had explained that Owen’s unannounced flight had made her
  • fear some fresh misunderstanding between himself and Miss Viner. In
  • the interests of peace she had thought it best to follow him; but she
  • hastily added that she did not wish to see Sophy, but only, if possible,
  • to learn from her where Owen was. With these brief instructions Miss
  • Painter had started out; but she was a woman of many occupations, and
  • had given her visitor to understand that before returning she should
  • have to call on a friend who had just arrived from Boston, and afterward
  • despatch to another exiled compatriot a supply of cranberries and
  • brandied peaches from the American grocery in the Champs Elysees.
  • Gradually, as the moments passed, Anna began to feel the reaction which,
  • in moments of extreme nervous tension, follows on any effort of the
  • will. She seemed to have gone as far as her courage would carry her,
  • and she shrank more and more from the thought of Miss Painter’s return,
  • since whatever information the latter brought would necessitate some
  • fresh decision. What should she say to Owen if she found him? What could
  • she say that should not betray the one thing she would give her life
  • to hide from him? “Give her life”--how the phrase derided her! It was a
  • gift she would not have bestowed on her worst enemy. She would not have
  • had Sophy Viner live the hours she was living now... She tried again
  • to look steadily and calmly at the picture that the image of the girl
  • evoked. She had an idea that she ought to accustom herself to its
  • contemplation. If life was like that, why the sooner one got used to it
  • the better...But no! Life was not like that. Her adventure was a hideous
  • accident. She dreaded above all the temptation to generalise from her
  • own case, to doubt the high things she had lived by and seek a cheap
  • solace in belittling what fate had refused her. There was such love as
  • she had dreamed, and she meant to go on believing in it, and cherishing
  • the thought that she was worthy of it. What had happened to her was
  • grotesque and mean and miserable; but she herself was none of these
  • things, and never, never would she make of herself the mock that fate
  • had made of her...
  • She could not, as yet, bear to think deliberately of Darrow; but she
  • kept on repeating to herself “By and bye that will come too.” Even now
  • she was determined not to let his image be distorted by her suffering.
  • As soon as she could, she would try to single out for remembrance
  • the individual things she had liked in him before she had loved him
  • altogether. No “spiritual exercise” devised by the discipline of piety
  • could have been more torturing; but its very cruelty attracted her. She
  • wanted to wear herself out with new pains...
  • XXXI
  • The sound of Miss Painter’s latch-key made her start. She was still a
  • bundle of quivering fears to whom each coming moment seemed a menace.
  • There was a slight interval, and a sound of voices in the hall; then
  • Miss Painter’s vigorous hand was on the door.
  • Anna stood up as she came in. “You’ve found him?”
  • “I’ve found Sophy.”
  • “And Owen?--has she seen him? Is he here?”
  • “SHE’S here: in the hall. She wants to speak to you.”
  • “Here--NOW?” Anna found no voice for more.
  • “She drove back with me,” Miss Painter continued in the tone of
  • impartial narrative. “The cabman was impertinent. I’ve got his number.”
  • She fumbled in a stout black reticule.
  • “Oh, I can’t--” broke from Anna; but she collected herself, remembering
  • that to betray her unwillingness to see the girl was to risk revealing
  • much more.
  • “She thought you might be too tired to see her: she wouldn’t come in
  • till I’d found out.”
  • Anna drew a quick breath. An instant’s thought had told her that
  • Sophy Viner would hardly have taken such a step unless something more
  • important had happened. “Ask her to come, please,” she said.
  • Miss Painter, from the threshold, turned back to announce her intention
  • of going immediately to the police station to report the cabman’s
  • delinquency; then she passed out, and Sophy Viner entered.
  • The look in the girl’s face showed that she had indeed come unwillingly;
  • yet she seemed animated by an eager resoluteness that made Anna ashamed
  • of her tremors. For a moment they looked at each other in silence, as
  • if the thoughts between them were packed too thick for speech; then Anna
  • said, in a voice from which she strove to take the edge of hardness:
  • “You know where Owen is, Miss Painter tells me.”
  • “Yes; that was my reason for asking you to see me.” Sophy spoke simply,
  • without constraint or hesitation.
  • “I thought he’d promised you--” Anna interposed.
  • “He did; but he broke his promise. That’s what I thought I ought to tell
  • you.”
  • “Thank you.” Anna went on tentatively: “He left Givre this morning
  • without a word. I followed him because I was afraid...”
  • She broke off again and the girl took up her phrase. “You were afraid
  • he’d guessed? He HAS...”
  • “What do you mean--guessed what?”
  • “That you know something he doesn’t ... something that made you glad to
  • have me go.”
  • “Oh--” Anna moaned. If she had wanted more pain she had it now. “He’s
  • told you this?” she faltered.
  • “He hasn’t told me, because I haven’t seen him. I kept him off--I made
  • Mrs. Farlow get rid of him. But he’s written me what he came to say; and
  • that was it.”
  • “Oh, poor Owen!” broke from Anna. Through all the intricacies of her
  • suffering she felt the separate pang of his.
  • “And I want to ask you,” the girl continued, “to let me see him; for
  • of course,” she added in the same strange voice of energy, “I wouldn’t
  • unless you consented.”
  • “To see him?” Anna tried to gather together her startled thoughts. “What
  • use would it be? What could you tell him?”
  • “I want to tell him the truth,” said Sophy Viner.
  • The two women looked at each other, and a burning blush rose to Anna’s
  • forehead. “I don’t understand,” she faltered.
  • Sophy waited a moment; then she lowered her voice to say: “I don’t want
  • him to think worse of me than he need...”
  • “Worse?”
  • “Yes--to think such things as you’re thinking now...I want him to know
  • exactly what happened ... then I want to bid him good-bye.”
  • Anna tried to clear a way through her own wonder and confusion. She felt
  • herself obscurely moved.
  • “Wouldn’t it be worse for him?”
  • “To hear the truth? It would be better, at any rate, for you and Mr.
  • Darrow.”
  • At the sound of the name Anna lifted her head quickly. “I’ve only my
  • step-son to consider!”
  • The girl threw a startled look at her. “You don’t mean--you’re not going
  • to give him up?”
  • Anna felt her lips harden. “I don’t think it’s of any use to talk of
  • that.”
  • “Oh, I know! It’s my fault for not knowing how to say what I want you to
  • hear. Your words are different; you know how to choose them. Mine offend
  • you ... and the dread of it makes me blunder. That’s why, the other day, I
  • couldn’t say anything ... couldn’t make things clear to you. But now MUST,
  • even if you hate it!” She drew a step nearer, her slender figure swayed
  • forward in a passion of entreaty. “Do listen to me! What you’ve said is
  • dreadful. How can you speak of him in that voice? Don’t you see that I
  • went away so that he shouldn’t have to lose you?”
  • Anna looked at her coldly. “Are you speaking of Mr. Darrow? I don’t
  • know why you think your going or staying can in any way affect our
  • relations.”
  • “You mean that you HAVE given him up--because of me? Oh, how could you?
  • You can’t really love him!--And yet,” the girl suddenly added, “you
  • must, or you’d be more sorry for me!”
  • “I’m very sorry for you,” Anna said, feeling as if the iron band about
  • her heart pressed on it a little less inexorably.
  • “Then why won’t you hear me? Why won’t you try to understand? It’s all
  • so different from what you imagine!”
  • “I’ve never judged you.”
  • “I’m not thinking of myself. He loves you!”
  • “I thought you’d come to speak of Owen.”
  • Sophy Viner seemed not to hear her. “He’s never loved any one else. Even
  • those few days...I knew it all the while ... he never cared for me.”
  • “Please don’t say any more!” Anna said.
  • “I know it must seem strange to you that I should say so much. I shock
  • you, I offend you: you think me a creature without shame. So I am--but
  • not in the sense you think! I’m not ashamed of having loved him; no; and
  • I’m not ashamed of telling you so. It’s that that justifies me--and him
  • too...Oh, let me tell you how it happened! He was sorry for me: he saw I
  • cared. I KNEW that was all he ever felt. I could see he was thinking of
  • some one else. I knew it was only for a week...He never said a word to
  • mislead me...I wanted to be happy just once--and I didn’t dream of the
  • harm I might be doing him!”
  • Anna could not speak. She hardly knew, as yet, what the girl’s words
  • conveyed to her, save the sense of their tragic fervour; but she was
  • conscious of being in the presence of an intenser passion than she had
  • ever felt.
  • “I am sorry for you.” She paused. “But why do you say this to me?” After
  • another interval she exclaimed: “You’d no right to let Owen love you.”
  • “No; that was wrong. At least what’s happened since has made it so. If
  • things had been different I think I could have made Owen happy. You were
  • all so good to me--I wanted so to stay with you! I suppose you’ll say
  • that makes it worse: my daring to dream I had the right...But all that
  • doesn’t matter now. I won’t see Owen unless you’re willing. I should
  • have liked to tell him what I’ve tried to tell you; but you must know
  • better; you feel things in a finer way. Only you’ll have to help him if
  • I can’t. He cares a great deal ... it’s going to hurt him...”
  • Anna trembled. “Oh, I know! What can I do?”
  • “You can go straight back to Givre--now, at once! So that Owen shall
  • never know you’ve followed him.” Sophy’s clasped hands reached out
  • urgently. “And you can send for Mr. Darrow--bring him back. Owen must
  • be convinced that he’s mistaken, and nothing else will convince him.
  • Afterward I’ll find a pretext--oh, I promise you! But first he must see
  • for himself that nothing’s changed for you.”
  • Anna stood motionless, subdued and dominated. The girl’s ardour swept
  • her like a wind.
  • “Oh, can’t I move you? Some day you’ll know!” Sophy pleaded, her eyes
  • full of tears.
  • Anna saw them, and felt a fullness in her throat. Again the band about
  • her heart seemed loosened. She wanted to find a word, but could not:
  • all within her was too dark and violent. She gave the girl a speechless
  • look.
  • “I do believe you,” she said suddenly; then she turned and walked out of
  • the room.
  • XXXII
  • She drove from Miss Painter’s to her own apartment. The maid-servant who
  • had it in charge had been apprised of her coming, and had opened one or
  • two of the rooms, and prepared a fire in her bedroom. Anna shut herself
  • in, refusing the woman’s ministrations. She felt cold and faint, and
  • after she had taken off her hat and cloak she knelt down by the fire and
  • stretched her hands to it.
  • In one respect, at least, it was clear to her that she would do well
  • to follow Sophy Viner’s counsel. It had been an act of folly to follow
  • Owen, and her first business was to get back to Givre before him. But
  • the only train leaving that evening was a slow one, which did not reach
  • Francheuil till midnight, and she knew that her taking it would excite
  • Madame de Chantelle’s wonder and lead to interminable talk. She had come
  • up to Paris on the pretext of finding a new governess for Effie, and the
  • natural thing was to defer her return till the next morning. She knew
  • Owen well enough to be sure that he would make another attempt to see
  • Miss Viner, and failing that, would write again and await her answer:
  • so that there was no likelihood of his reaching Givre till the following
  • evening.
  • Her sense of relief at not having to start out at once showed her for
  • the first time how tired she was. The bonne had suggested a cup of tea,
  • but the dread of having any one about her had made Anna refuse, and she
  • had eaten nothing since morning but a sandwich bought at a buffet. She
  • was too tired to get up, but stretching out her arm she drew toward her
  • the arm-chair which stood beside the hearth and rested her head against
  • its cushions. Gradually the warmth of the fire stole into her veins and
  • her heaviness of soul was replaced by a dreamy buoyancy. She seemed to
  • be seated on the hearth in her sitting-room at Givre, and Darrow was
  • beside her, in the chair against which she leaned. He put his arms about
  • her shoulders and drawing her head back looked into her eyes. “Of all
  • the ways you do your hair, that’s the way I like best,” he said...
  • A log dropped, and she sat up with a start. There was a warmth in her
  • heart, and she was smiling. Then she looked about her, and saw where she
  • was, and the glory fell. She hid her face and sobbed.
  • Presently she perceived that it was growing dark, and getting up
  • stiffly she began to undo the things in her bag and spread them on the
  • dressing-table. She shrank from lighting the lights, and groped her way
  • about, trying to find what she needed. She seemed immeasurably far
  • off from every one, and most of all from herself. It was as if her
  • consciousness had been transmitted to some stranger whose thoughts and
  • gestures were indifferent to her...
  • Suddenly she heard a shrill tinkle, and with a beating heart she
  • stood still in the middle of the room. It was the telephone in her
  • dressing-room--a call, no doubt, from Adelaide Painter. Or could Owen
  • have learned she was in town? The thought alarmed her and she opened the
  • door and stumbled across the unlit room to the instrument. She held it
  • to her ear, and heard Darrow’s voice pronounce her name.
  • “Will you let me see you? I’ve come back--I had to come. Miss Painter
  • told me you were here.”
  • She began to tremble, and feared that he would guess it from her voice.
  • She did not know what she answered: she heard him say: “I can’t
  • hear.” She called “Yes!” and laid the telephone down, and caught it up
  • again--but he was gone. She wondered if her “Yes” had reached him.
  • She sat in her chair and listened. Why had she said that she would see
  • him? What did she mean to say to him when he came? Now and then, as she
  • sat there, the sense of his presence enveloped her as in her dream, and
  • she shut her eyes and felt his arms about her. Then she woke to reality
  • and shivered. A long time elapsed, and at length she said to herself:
  • “He isn’t coming.”
  • The door-bell rang as she said it, and she stood up, cold and trembling.
  • She thought: “Can he imagine there’s any use in coming?” and moved
  • forward to bid the servant say she could not see him.
  • The door opened and she saw him standing in the drawing-room. The room
  • was cold and fireless, and a hard glare fell from the wall-lights on the
  • shrouded furniture and the white slips covering the curtains. He looked
  • pale and stern, with a frown of fatigue between his eyes; and she
  • remembered that in three days he had travelled from Givre to London and
  • back. It seemed incredible that all that had befallen her should have
  • been compressed within the space of three days!
  • “Thank you,” he said as she came in.
  • She answered: “It’s better, I suppose----”
  • He came toward her and took her in his arms. She struggled a little,
  • afraid of yielding, but he pressed her to him, not bending to her but
  • holding her fast, as though he had found her after a long search: she
  • heard his hurried breathing. It seemed to come from her own breast, so
  • close he held her; and it was she who, at last, lifted up her face and
  • drew down his.
  • She freed herself and went and sat on a sofa at the other end of the
  • room. A mirror between the shrouded window-curtains showed her crumpled
  • travelling dress and the white face under her disordered hair.
  • She found her voice, and asked him how he had been able to leave London.
  • He answered that he had managed--he’d arranged it; and she saw he hardly
  • heard what she was saying.
  • “I had to see you,” he went on, and moved nearer, sitting down at her
  • side.
  • “Yes; we must think of Owen----”
  • “Oh, Owen--!”
  • Her mind had flown back to Sophy Viner’s plea that she should let Darrow
  • return to Givre in order that Owen might be persuaded of the folly of
  • his suspicions. The suggestion was absurd, of course. She could not ask
  • Darrow to lend himself to such a fraud, even had she had the inhuman
  • courage to play her part in it. She was suddenly overwhelmed by the
  • futility of every attempt to reconstruct her ruined world. No, it was
  • useless; and since it was useless, every moment with Darrow was pure
  • pain...
  • “I’ve come to talk of myself, not of Owen,” she heard him saying.
  • “When you sent me away the other day I understood that it couldn’t be
  • otherwise--then. But it’s not possible that you and I should part like
  • that. If I’m to lose you, it must be for a better reason.”
  • “A better reason?”
  • “Yes: a deeper one. One that means a fundamental disaccord between us.
  • This one doesn’t--in spite of everything it doesn’t. That’s what I want
  • you to see, and have the courage to acknowledge.”
  • “If I saw it I should have the courage!”
  • “Yes: courage was the wrong word. You have that. That’s why I’m here.”
  • “But I don’t see it,” she continued sadly. “So it’s useless, isn’t
  • it?--and so cruel...” He was about to speak, but she went on: “I shall
  • never understand it--never!”
  • He looked at her. “You will some day: you were made to feel everything”
  • “I should have thought this was a case of not feeling----”
  • “On my part, you mean?” He faced her resolutely. “Yes, it was: to my
  • shame...What I meant was that when you’ve lived a little longer
  • you’ll see what complex blunderers we all are: how we’re struck blind
  • sometimes, and mad sometimes--and then, when our sight and our senses
  • come back, how we have to set to work, and build up, little by little,
  • bit by bit, the precious things we’d smashed to atoms without knowing
  • it. Life’s just a perpetual piecing together of broken bits.”
  • She looked up quickly. “That’s what I feel: that you ought to----”
  • He stood up, interrupting her with a gesture. “Oh, don’t--don’t say what
  • you’re going to! Men don’t give their lives away like that. If you won’t
  • have mine, it’s at least my own, to do the best I can with.”
  • “The best you can--that’s what I mean! How can there be a ‘best’ for you
  • that’s made of some one else’s worst?”
  • He sat down again with a groan. “I don’t know! It seemed such a slight
  • thing--all on the surface--and I’ve gone aground on it because it was on
  • the surface. I see the horror of it just as you do. But I see, a little
  • more clearly, the extent, and the limits, of my wrong. It’s not as black
  • as you imagine.”
  • She lowered her voice to say: “I suppose I shall never understand; but
  • she seems to love you...”
  • “There’s my shame! That I didn’t guess it, didn’t fly from it. You say
  • you’ll never understand: but why shouldn’t you? Is it anything to be
  • proud of, to know so little of the strings that pull us? If you knew a
  • little more, I could tell you how such things happen without offending
  • you; and perhaps you’d listen without condemning me.”
  • “I don’t condemn you.” She was dizzy with struggling impulses. She
  • longed to cry out: “I DO understand! I’ve understood ever since you’ve
  • been here!” For she was aware, in her own bosom, of sensations so
  • separate from her romantic thoughts of him that she saw her body and
  • soul divided against themselves. She recalled having read somewhere that
  • in ancient Rome the slaves were not allowed to wear a distinctive dress
  • lest they should recognize each other and learn their numbers and their
  • power. So, in herself, she discerned for the first time instincts
  • and desires, which, mute and unmarked, had gone to and fro in the dim
  • passages of her mind, and now hailed each other with a cry of mutiny.
  • “Oh, I don’t know what to think!” she broke out. “You say you didn’t
  • know she loved you. But you know it now. Doesn’t that show you how you
  • can put the broken bits together?”
  • “Can you seriously think it would be doing so to marry one woman while I
  • care for another?”
  • “Oh, I don’t know...I don’t know...” The sense of her weakness made her
  • try to harden herself against his arguments.
  • “You do know! We’ve often talked of such things: of the monstrousness of
  • useless sacrifices. If I’m to expiate, it’s not in that way.” He added
  • abruptly: “It’s in having to say this to you now...”
  • She found no answer.
  • Through the silent apartment they heard the sudden peal of the
  • door-bell, and she rose to her feet. “Owen!” she instantly exclaimed.
  • “Is Owen in Paris?”
  • She explained in a rapid undertone what she had learned from Sophy
  • Viner.
  • “Shall I leave you?” Darrow asked.
  • “Yes ... no...” She moved to the dining-room door, with the half-formed
  • purpose of making him pass out, and then turned back. “It may be
  • Adelaide.”
  • They heard the outer door open, and a moment later Owen walked into the
  • room. He was pale, with excited eyes: as they fell on Darrow, Anna saw
  • his start of wonder. He made a slight sign of recognition, and then went
  • up to his step-mother with an air of exaggerated gaiety.
  • “You furtive person! I ran across the omniscient Adelaide and heard from
  • her that you’d rushed up suddenly and secretly.” He stood between Anna
  • and Darrow, strained, questioning, dangerously on edge.
  • “I came up to meet Mr. Darrow,” Anna answered. “His leave’s been
  • prolonged--he’s going back with me.”
  • The words seemed to have uttered themselves without her will, yet she
  • felt a great sense of freedom as she spoke them.
  • The hard tension of Owen’s face changed to incredulous surprise. He
  • looked at Darrow. “The merest luck ... a colleague whose wife was ill...I
  • came straight back,” she heard the latter tranquilly explaining. His
  • self-command helped to steady her, and she smiled at Owen.
  • “We’ll all go back together tomorrow morning,” she said as she slipped
  • her arm through his.
  • XXXIII
  • Owen Leath did not go back with his step-mother to Givre. In reply to
  • her suggestion he announced his intention of staying on a day or two
  • longer in Paris.
  • Anna left alone by the first train the next morning. Darrow was to
  • follow in the afternoon. When Owen had left them the evening before,
  • Darrow waited a moment for her to speak; then, as she said nothing, he
  • asked her if she really wished him to return to Givre. She made a mute
  • sign of assent, and he added: “For you know that, much as I’m ready to
  • do for Owen, I can’t do that for him--I can’t go back to be sent away
  • again.”
  • “No--no!”
  • He came nearer, and looked at her, and she went to him. All her fears
  • seemed to fall from her as he held her. It was a different feeling from
  • any she had known before: confused and turbid, as if secret shames and
  • rancours stirred in it, yet richer, deeper, more enslaving. She leaned
  • her head back and shut her eyes beneath his kisses. She knew now that
  • she could never give him up.
  • Nevertheless she asked him, the next morning, to let her go back alone
  • to Givre. She wanted time to think. She was convinced that what had
  • happened was inevitable, that she and Darrow belonged to each other, and
  • that he was right in saying no past folly could ever put them asunder.
  • If there was a shade of difference in her feeling for him it was that
  • of an added intensity. She felt restless, insecure out of his sight:
  • she had a sense of incompleteness, of passionate dependence, that was
  • somehow at variance with her own conception of her character.
  • It was partly the consciousness of this change in herself that made her
  • want to be alone. The solitude of her inner life had given her the habit
  • of these hours of self-examination, and she needed them as she needed
  • her morning plunge into cold water.
  • During the journey she tried to review what had happened in the light
  • of her new decision and of her sudden relief from pain. She seemed to
  • herself to have passed through some fiery initiation from which she
  • had emerged seared and quivering, but clutching to her breast a magic
  • talisman. Sophy Viner had cried out to her: “Some day you’ll know!” and
  • Darrow had used the same words. They meant, she supposed, that when
  • she had explored the intricacies and darknesses of her own heart her
  • judgment of others would be less absolute. Well, she knew now--knew
  • weaknesses and strengths she had not dreamed of, and the deep discord
  • and still deeper complicities between what thought in her and what
  • blindly wanted...
  • Her mind turned anxiously to Owen. At least the blow that was to fall on
  • him would not seem to have been inflicted by her hand. He would be left
  • with the impression that his breach with Sophy Viner was due to one of
  • the ordinary causes of such disruptions: though he must lose her, his
  • memory of her would not be poisoned. Anna never for a moment permitted
  • herself the delusion that she had renewed her promise to Darrow in order
  • to spare her step-son this last refinement of misery. She knew she had
  • been prompted by the irresistible impulse to hold fast to what was
  • most precious to her, and that Owen’s arrival on the scene had been
  • the pretext for her decision, and not its cause; yet she felt herself
  • fortified by the thought of what she had spared him. It was as though
  • a star she had been used to follow had shed its familiar ray on ways
  • unknown to her.
  • All through these meditations ran the undercurrent of an absolute trust
  • in Sophy Viner. She thought of the girl with a mingling of antipathy
  • and confidence. It was humiliating to her pride to recognize kindred
  • impulses in a character which she would have liked to feel completely
  • alien to her. But what indeed was the girl really like? She seemed to
  • have no scruples and a thousand delicacies. She had given herself to
  • Darrow, and concealed the episode from Owen Leath, with no more apparent
  • sense of debasement than the vulgarest of adventuresses; yet she had
  • instantly obeyed the voice of her heart when it bade her part from the
  • one and serve the other.
  • Anna tried to picture what the girl’s life must have been: what
  • experiences, what initiations, had formed her. But her own training had
  • been too different: there were veils she could not lift. She looked back
  • at her married life, and its colourless uniformity took on an air of
  • high restraint and order. Was it because she had been so incurious that
  • it had worn that look to her? It struck her with amazement that she had
  • never given a thought to her husband’s past, or wondered what he did and
  • where he went when he was away from her. If she had been asked what she
  • supposed he thought about when they were apart, she would instantly have
  • answered: his snuff-boxes. It had never occurred to her that he might
  • have passions, interests, preoccupations of which she was absolutely
  • ignorant. Yet he went up to Paris rather regularly: ostensibly to attend
  • sales and exhibitions, or to confer with dealers and collectors. She
  • tried to picture him, straight, trim, beautifully brushed and varnished,
  • walking furtively down a quiet street, and looking about him before he
  • slipped into a doorway. She understood now that she had been cold to
  • him: what more likely than that he had sought compensations? All men
  • were like that, she supposed--no doubt her simplicity had amused him.
  • In the act of transposing Fraser Leath into a Don Juan she was pulled up
  • by the ironic perception that she was simply trying to justify Darrow.
  • She wanted to think that all men were “like that” because Darrow
  • was “like that”: she wanted to justify her acceptance of the fact by
  • persuading herself that only through such concessions could women like
  • herself hope to keep what they could not give up. And suddenly she was
  • filled with anger at her blindness, and then at her disastrous attempt
  • to see. Why had she forced the truth out of Darrow? If only she had held
  • her tongue nothing need ever have been known. Sophy Viner would have
  • broken her engagement, Owen would have been sent around the world, and
  • her own dream would have been unshattered. But she had probed, insisted,
  • cross-examined, not rested till she had dragged the secret to the light.
  • She was one of the luckless women who always have the wrong audacities,
  • and who always know it...
  • Was it she, Anna Leath, who was picturing herself to herself in that
  • way? She recoiled from her thoughts as if with a sense of demoniac
  • possession, and there flashed through her the longing to return to her
  • old state of fearless ignorance. If at that moment she could have kept
  • Darrow from following her to Givre she would have done so...
  • But he came; and with the sight of him the turmoil fell and she felt
  • herself reassured, rehabilitated. He arrived toward dusk, and she
  • motored to Francheuil to meet him. She wanted to see him as soon as
  • possible, for she had divined, through the new insight that was in her,
  • that only his presence could restore her to a normal view of things.
  • In the motor, as they left the town and turned into the high-road, he
  • lifted her hand and kissed it, and she leaned against him, and felt
  • the currents flow between them. She was grateful to him for not saying
  • anything, and for not expecting her to speak. She said to herself: “He
  • never makes a mistake--he always knows what to do”; and then she thought
  • with a start that it was doubtless because he had so often been in such
  • situations. The idea that his tact was a kind of professional expertness
  • filled her with repugnance, and insensibly she drew away from him. He
  • made no motion to bring her nearer, and she instantly thought that
  • that was calculated too. She sat beside him in frozen misery, wondering
  • whether, henceforth, she would measure in this way his every look and
  • gesture. Neither of them spoke again till the motor turned under the
  • dark arch of the avenue, and they saw the lights of Givre twinkling at
  • its end. Then Darrow laid his hand on hers and said: “I know, dear--”
  • and the hardness in her melted. “He’s suffering as I am,” she thought;
  • and for a moment the baleful fact between them seemed to draw them
  • closer instead of walling them up in their separate wretchedness.
  • It was wonderful to be once more re-entering the doors of Givre with
  • him, and as the old house received them into its mellow silence she had
  • again the sense of passing out of a dreadful dream into the reassurance
  • of kindly and familiar things. It did not seem possible that these quiet
  • rooms, so full of the slowly-distilled accumulations of a fastidious
  • taste, should have been the scene of tragic dissensions. The memory of
  • them seemed to be shut out into the night with the closing and barring
  • of its doors.
  • At the tea-table in the oak-room they found Madame de Chantelle and
  • Effie. The little girl, catching sight of Darrow, raced down the
  • drawing-rooms to meet him, and returned in triumph on his shoulder. Anna
  • looked at them with a smile. Effie, for all her graces, was chary of
  • such favours, and her mother knew that in according them to Darrow she
  • had admitted him to the circle where Owen had hitherto ruled.
  • Over the tea-table Darrow gave Madame de Chantelle the explanation of
  • his sudden return from England. On reaching London, he told her, he had
  • found that the secretary he was to have replaced was detained there by
  • the illness of his wife. The Ambassador, knowing Darrow’s urgent reasons
  • for wishing to be in France, had immediately proposed his going back,
  • and awaiting at Givre the summons to relieve his colleague; and he had
  • jumped into the first train, without even waiting to telegraph the news
  • of his release. He spoke naturally, easily, in his usual quiet voice,
  • taking his tea from Effie, helping himself to the toast she handed, and
  • stooping now and then to stroke the dozing terrier. And suddenly, as
  • Anna listened to his explanation, she asked herself if it were true.
  • The question, of course, was absurd. There was no possible reason why he
  • should invent a false account of his return, and every probability that
  • the version he gave was the real one. But he had looked and spoken in
  • the same way when he had answered her probing questions about Sophy
  • Viner, and she reflected with a chill of fear that she would never again
  • know if he were speaking the truth or not. She was sure he loved her,
  • and she did not fear his insincerity as much as her own distrust of him.
  • For a moment it seemed to her that this must corrupt the very source of
  • love; then she said to herself: “By and bye, when I am altogether his,
  • we shall be so near each other that there will be no room for any
  • doubts between us.” But the doubts were there now, one moment lulled to
  • quiescence, the next more torturingly alert. When the nurse appeared to
  • summon Effie, the little girl, after kissing her grandmother, entrenched
  • herself on Darrow’s knee with the imperious demand to be carried up to
  • bed; and Anna, while she laughingly protested, said to herself with a
  • pang: “Can I give her a father about whom I think such things?”
  • The thought of Effie, and of what she owed to Effie, had been the
  • fundamental reason for her delays and hesitations when she and Darrow
  • had come together again in England. Her own feeling was so clear that
  • but for that scruple she would have put her hand in his at once. But
  • till she had seen him again she had never considered the possibility
  • of re-marriage, and when it suddenly confronted her it seemed, for the
  • moment, to disorganize the life she had planned for herself and her
  • child. She had not spoken of this to Darrow because it appeared to her a
  • subject to be debated within her own conscience. The question, then, was
  • not as to his fitness to become the guide and guardian of her child;
  • nor did she fear that her love for him would deprive Effie of the least
  • fraction of her tenderness, since she did not think of love as something
  • measured and exhaustible but as a treasure perpetually renewed. What she
  • questioned was her right to introduce into her life any interests
  • and duties which might rob Effie of a part of her time, or lessen the
  • closeness of their daily intercourse.
  • She had decided this question as it was inevitable that she should; but
  • now another was before her. Assuredly, at her age, there was no possible
  • reason why she should cloister herself to bring up her daughter; but
  • there was every reason for not marrying a man in whom her own faith was
  • not complete...
  • XXXIV
  • When she woke the next morning she felt a great lightness of heart. She
  • recalled her last awakening at Givre, three days before, when it had
  • seemed as though all her life had gone down in darkness. Now Darrow
  • was once more under the same roof with her, and once more his nearness
  • sufficed to make the looming horror drop away. She could almost have
  • smiled at her scruples of the night before: as she looked back on them
  • they seemed to belong to the old ignorant timorous time when she had
  • feared to look life in the face, and had been blind to the mysteries and
  • contradictions of the human heart because her own had not been revealed
  • to her. Darrow had said: “You were made to feel everything”; and to feel
  • was surely better than to judge.
  • When she came downstairs he was already in the oak-room with Effie and
  • Madame de Chantelle, and the sense of reassurance which his presence
  • gave her was merged in the relief of not being able to speak of what was
  • between them. But there it was, inevitably, and whenever they looked at
  • each other they saw it. In her dread of giving it a more tangible shape
  • she tried to devise means of keeping the little girl with her, and,
  • when the latter had been called away by the nurse, found an excuse for
  • following Madame de Chantelle upstairs to the purple sitting-room. But
  • a confidential talk with Madame de Chantelle implied the detailed
  • discussion of plans of which Anna could hardly yet bear to consider the
  • vaguest outline: the date of her marriage, the relative advantages of
  • sailing from London or Lisbon, the possibility of hiring a habitable
  • house at their new post; and, when these problems were exhausted, the
  • application of the same method to the subject of Owen’s future.
  • His grandmother, having no suspicion of the real reason of Sophy Viner’s
  • departure, had thought it “extremely suitable” of the young girl to
  • withdraw to the shelter of her old friends’ roof in the hour of bridal
  • preparation. This maidenly retreat had in fact impressed Madame de
  • Chantelle so favourably that she was disposed for the first time to talk
  • over Owen’s projects; and as every human event translated itself for her
  • into terms of social and domestic detail, Anna had perforce to travel
  • the same round again. She felt a momentary relief when Darrow presently
  • joined them; but his coming served only to draw the conversation back to
  • the question of their own future, and Anna felt a new pang as she heard
  • him calmly and lucidly discussing it. Did such self-possession imply
  • indifference or insincerity? In that problem her mind perpetually
  • revolved; and she dreaded the one answer as much as the other.
  • She was resolved to keep on her course as though nothing had happened:
  • to marry Darrow and never let the consciousness of the past intrude
  • itself between them; but she was beginning to feel that the only way of
  • attaining to this state of detachment from the irreparable was once for
  • all to turn back with him to its contemplation. As soon as this desire
  • had germinated it became so strong in her that she regretted having
  • promised Effie to take her out for the afternoon. But she could think
  • of no pretext for disappointing the little girl, and soon after luncheon
  • the three set forth in the motor to show Darrow a chateau famous in the
  • annals of the region. During their excursion Anna found it impossible to
  • guess from his demeanour if Effie’s presence between them was as much
  • of a strain to his composure as to hers. He remained imperturbably
  • good-humoured and appreciative while they went the round of the
  • monument, and she remarked only that when he thought himself unnoticed
  • his face grew grave and his answers came less promptly.
  • On the way back, two or three miles from Givre, she suddenly proposed
  • that they should walk home through the forest which skirted that side of
  • the park. Darrow acquiesced, and they got out and sent Effie on in the
  • motor. Their way led through a bit of sober French woodland, flat as a
  • faded tapestry, but with gleams of live emerald lingering here and there
  • among its browns and ochres. The luminous grey air gave vividness to its
  • dying colours, and veiled the distant glimpses of the landscape in soft
  • uncertainty. In such a solitude Anna had fancied it would be easier to
  • speak; but as she walked beside Darrow over the deep soundless flooring
  • of brown moss the words on her lips took flight again. It seemed
  • impossible to break the spell of quiet joy which his presence laid on
  • her, and when he began to talk of the place they had just visited she
  • answered his questions and then waited for what he should say next...No,
  • decidedly she could not speak; she no longer even knew what she had
  • meant to say...
  • The same experience repeated itself several times that day and the
  • next. When she and Darrow were apart she exhausted herself in appeal and
  • interrogation, she formulated with a fervent lucidity every point in
  • her imaginary argument. But as soon as she was alone with him something
  • deeper than reason and subtler than shyness laid its benumbing touch
  • upon her, and the desire to speak became merely a dim disquietude,
  • through which his looks, his words, his touch, reached her as through
  • a mist of bodily pain. Yet this inertia was torn by wild flashes of
  • resistance, and when they were apart she began to prepare again what she
  • meant to say to him.
  • She knew he could not be with her without being aware of this inner
  • turmoil, and she hoped he would break the spell by some releasing word.
  • But she presently understood that he recognized the futility of words,
  • and was resolutely bent on holding her to her own purpose of behaving
  • as if nothing had happened. Once more she inwardly accused him of
  • insensibility, and her imagination was beset by tormenting visions of
  • his past...Had such things happened to him before? If the episode had
  • been an isolated accident--“a moment of folly and madness”, as he had
  • called it--she could understand, or at least begin to understand (for
  • at a certain point her imagination always turned back); but if it were
  • a mere link in a chain of similar experiments, the thought of it
  • dishonoured her whole past...
  • Effie, in the interregnum between governesses, had been given leave to
  • dine downstairs; and Anna, on the evening of Darrow’s return, kept the
  • little girl with her till long after the nurse had signalled from
  • the drawing-room door. When at length she had been carried off, Anna
  • proposed a game of cards, and after this diversion had drawn to its
  • languid close she said good-night to Darrow and followed Madame de
  • Chantelle upstairs. But Madame de Chantelle never sat up late, and the
  • second evening, with the amiably implied intention of leaving Anna and
  • Darrow to themselves, she took an earlier leave of them than usual.
  • Anna sat silent, listening to her small stiff steps as they minced down
  • the hall and died out in the distance. Madame de Chantelle had broken
  • her wooden embroidery frame, and Darrow, having offered to repair it,
  • had drawn his chair up to a table that held a lamp. Anna watched him
  • as he sat with bent head and knitted brows, trying to fit together
  • the disjoined pieces. The sight of him, so tranquilly absorbed in
  • this trifling business, seemed to give to the quiet room a perfume of
  • intimacy, to fill it with a sense of sweet familiar habit; and it came
  • over her again that she knew nothing of the inner thoughts of this man
  • who was sitting by her as a husband might. The lamplight fell on his
  • white forehead, on the healthy brown of his cheek, the backs of his thin
  • sunburnt hands. As she watched the hands her sense of them became as
  • vivid as a touch, and she said to herself: “That other woman has sat
  • and watched him as I am doing. She has known him as I have never known
  • him...Perhaps he is thinking of that now. Or perhaps he has forgotten
  • it all as completely as I have forgotten everything that happened to me
  • before he came...”
  • He looked young, active, stored with strength and energy; not the man
  • for vain repinings or long memories. She wondered what she had to hold
  • or satisfy him. He loved her now; she had no doubt of that; but how
  • could she hope to keep him? They were so nearly of an age that already
  • she felt herself his senior. As yet the difference was not visible;
  • outwardly at least they were matched; but ill-health or unhappiness
  • would soon do away with this equality. She thought with a pang of
  • bitterness: “He won’t grow any older because he doesn’t feel things; and
  • because he doesn’t, I SHALL...”
  • And when she ceased to please him, what then? Had he the tradition of
  • faith to the spoken vow, or the deeper piety of the unspoken dedication?
  • What was his theory, what his inner conviction in such matters? But what
  • did she care for his convictions or his theories? No doubt he loved her
  • now, and believed he would always go on loving her, and was persuaded
  • that, if he ceased to, his loyalty would be proof against the change.
  • What she wanted to know was not what he thought about it in advance, but
  • what would impel or restrain him at the crucial hour. She put no faith
  • in her own arts: she was too sure of having none! And if some beneficent
  • enchanter had bestowed them on her, she knew now that she would have
  • rejected the gift. She could hardly conceive of wanting the kind of love
  • that was a state one could be cozened into...
  • Darrow, putting away the frame, walked across the room and sat down
  • beside her; and she felt he had something special to say.
  • “They’re sure to send for me in a day or two now,” he began.
  • She made no answer, and he continued: “You’ll tell me before I go what
  • day I’m to come back and get you?”
  • It was the first time since his return to Givre that he had made any
  • direct allusion to the date of their marriage; and instead of answering
  • him she broke out: “There’s something I’ve been wanting you to know. The
  • other day in Paris I saw Miss Viner.”
  • She saw him flush with the intensity of his surprise.
  • “You sent for her?”
  • “No; she heard from Adelaide that I was in Paris and she came. She came
  • because she wanted to urge me to marry you. I thought you ought to know
  • what she had done.”
  • Darrow stood up. “I’m glad you’ve told me.” He spoke with a visible
  • effort at composure. Her eyes followed him as he moved away.
  • “Is that all?” he asked after an interval.
  • “It seems to me a great deal.”
  • “It’s what she’d already asked me.” His voice showed her how deeply he
  • was moved, and a throb of jealousy shot through her.
  • “Oh, it was for your sake, I know!” He made no answer, and she added:
  • “She’s been exceedingly generous...Why shouldn’t we speak of it?”
  • She had lowered her head, but through her dropped lids she seemed to be
  • watching the crowded scene of his face.
  • “I’ve not shrunk from speaking of it.”
  • “Speaking of her, then, I mean. It seems to me that if I could talk to
  • you about her I should know better----”
  • She broke off, confused, and he questioned: “What is it you want to know
  • better?”
  • The colour rose to her forehead. How could she tell him what she
  • scarcely dared own to herself? There was nothing she did not want to
  • know, no fold or cranny of his secret that her awakened imagination did
  • not strain to penetrate; but she could not expose Sophy Viner to
  • the base fingerings of a retrospective jealousy, nor Darrow to the
  • temptation of belittling her in the effort to better his own case. The
  • girl had been magnificent, and the only worthy return that Anna could
  • make was to take Darrow from her without a question if she took him at
  • all...
  • She lifted her eyes to his face. “I think I only wanted to speak her
  • name. It’s not right that we should seem so afraid of it. If I were
  • really afraid of it I should have to give you up,” she said.
  • He bent over her and caught her to him. “Ah, you can’t give me up now!”
  • he exclaimed.
  • She suffered him to hold her fast without speaking; but the old dread
  • was between them again, and it was on her lips to cry out: “How can I
  • help it, when I AM so afraid?”
  • XXXV
  • The next morning the dread was still there, and she understood that she
  • must snatch herself out of the torpor of the will into which she had
  • been gradually sinking, and tell Darrow that she could not be his wife.
  • The knowledge came to her in the watches of a sleepless night, when,
  • through the tears of disenchanted passion, she stared back upon her
  • past. There it lay before her, her sole romance, in all its paltry
  • poverty, the cheapest of cheap adventures, the most pitiful of
  • sentimental blunders. She looked about her room, the room where, for so
  • many years, if her heart had been quiescent her thoughts had been
  • alive, and pictured herself henceforth cowering before a throng of mean
  • suspicions, of unavowed compromises and concessions. In that moment of
  • self-searching she saw that Sophy Viner had chosen the better part, and
  • that certain renunciations might enrich where possession would have left
  • a desert.
  • Passionate reactions of instinct fought against these efforts of her
  • will. Why should past or future coerce her, when the present was so
  • securely hers? Why insanely surrender what the other would after all
  • never have? Her sense of irony whispered that if she sent away Darrow
  • it would not be to Sophy Viner, but to the first woman who crossed his
  • path--as, in a similar hour, Sophy Viner herself had crossed it...But
  • the mere fact that she could think such things of him sent her
  • shuddering back to the opposite pole. She pictured herself gradually
  • subdued to such a conception of life and love, she pictured
  • Effie growing up under the influence of the woman she saw herself
  • becoming--and she hid her eyes from the humiliation of the picture...
  • They were at luncheon when the summons that Darrow expected was brought
  • to him. He handed the telegram to Anna, and she learned that his
  • Ambassador, on the way to a German cure, was to be in Paris the next
  • evening and wished to confer with him there before he went back to
  • London. The idea that the decisive moment was at hand was so agitating
  • to her that when luncheon was over she slipped away to the terrace and
  • thence went down alone to the garden. The day was grey but mild, with
  • the heaviness of decay in the air. She rambled on aimlessly, following
  • under the denuded boughs the path she and Darrow had taken on their
  • first walk to the river. She was sure he would not try to overtake her:
  • sure he would guess why she wished to be alone. There were moments when
  • it seemed to double her loneliness to be so certain of his reading her
  • heart while she was so desperately ignorant of his...
  • She wandered on for more than an hour, and when she returned to the
  • house she saw, as she entered the hall, that Darrow was seated at the
  • desk in Owen’s study. He heard her step, and looking up turned in his
  • chair without rising. Their eyes met, and she saw that his were clear
  • and smiling. He had a heap of papers at his elbow and was evidently
  • engaged in some official correspondence. She wondered that he could
  • address himself so composedly to his task, and then ironically reflected
  • that such detachment was a sign of his superiority. She crossed the
  • threshold and went toward him; but as she advanced she had a sudden
  • vision of Owen, standing outside in the cold autumn dusk and watching
  • Darrow and Sophy Viner as they faced each other across the lamplit
  • desk...The evocation was so vivid that it caught her breath like a blow,
  • and she sank down helplessly on the divan among the piled-up books.
  • Distinctly, at the moment, she understood that the end had come. “When
  • he speaks to me I will tell him!” she thought...
  • Darrow, laying aside his pen, looked at her for a moment in silence;
  • then he stood up and shut the door.
  • “I must go to-morrow early,” he said, sitting down beside her. His voice
  • was grave, with a slight tinge of sadness. She said to herself: “He
  • knows what I am feeling...” and now the thought made her feel less
  • alone. The expression of his face was stern and yet tender: for the
  • first time she understood what he had suffered.
  • She had no doubt as to the necessity of giving him up, but it was
  • impossible to tell him so then. She stood up and said: “I’ll leave you
  • to your letters.” He made no protest, but merely answered: “You’ll come
  • down presently for a walk?” and it occurred to her at once that she
  • would walk down to the river with him, and give herself for the last
  • time the tragic luxury of sitting at his side in the little pavilion.
  • “Perhaps,” she thought, “it will be easier to tell him there.”
  • It did not, on the way home from their walk, become any easier to tell
  • him; but her secret decision to do so before he left gave her a kind
  • of factitious calm and laid a melancholy ecstasy upon the hour. Still
  • skirting the subject that fanned their very faces with its flame, they
  • clung persistently to other topics, and it seemed to Anna that their
  • minds had never been nearer together than in this hour when their hearts
  • were so separate. In the glow of interchanged love she had grown less
  • conscious of that other glow of interchanged thought which had once
  • illumined her mind. She had forgotten how Darrow had widened her world
  • and lengthened out all her perspectives, and with a pang of double
  • destitution she saw herself alone among her shrunken thoughts.
  • For the first time, then, she had a clear vision of what her life would
  • be without him. She imagined herself trying to take up the daily round,
  • and all that had lightened and animated it seemed equally lifeless and
  • vain. She tried to think of herself as wholly absorbed in her daughter’s
  • development, like other mothers she had seen; but she supposed those
  • mothers must have had stored memories of happiness to nourish them. She
  • had had nothing, and all her starved youth still claimed its due.
  • When she went up to dress for dinner she said to herself: “I’ll have
  • my last evening with him, and then, before we say good night, I’ll tell
  • him.”
  • This postponement did not seem unjustified. Darrow had shown her how
  • he dreaded vain words, how resolved he was to avoid all fruitless
  • discussion. He must have been intensely aware of what had been going on
  • in her mind since his return, yet when she had attempted to reveal it
  • to him he had turned from the revelation. She was therefore merely
  • following the line he had traced in behaving, till the final moment
  • came, as though there were nothing more to say...
  • That moment seemed at last to be at hand when, at her usual hour after
  • dinner, Madame de Chantelle rose to go upstairs. She lingered a little
  • to bid good-bye to Darrow, whom she was not likely to see in the
  • morning; and her affable allusions to his prompt return sounded in
  • Anna’s ear like the note of destiny.
  • A cold rain had fallen all day, and for greater warmth and intimacy they
  • had gone after dinner to the oak-room, shutting out the chilly vista of
  • the farther drawing-rooms. The autumn wind, coming up from the river,
  • cried about the house with a voice of loss and separation; and Anna and
  • Darrow sat silent, as if they feared to break the hush that shut them
  • in. The solitude, the fire-light, the harmony of soft hangings and old
  • dim pictures, wove about them a spell of security through which Anna
  • felt, far down in her heart, the muffled beat of an inextinguishable
  • bliss. How could she have thought that this last moment would be the
  • moment to speak to him, when it seemed to have gathered up into its
  • flight all the scattered splendours of her dream?
  • XXXVI
  • Darrow continued to stand by the door after it had closed. Anna felt
  • that he was looking at her, and sat still, disdaining to seek refuge in
  • any evasive word or movement. For the last time she wanted to let him
  • take from her the fulness of what the sight of her could give.
  • He crossed over and sat down on the sofa. For a moment neither of them
  • spoke; then he said: “To-night, dearest, I must have my answer.”
  • She straightened herself under the shock of his seeming to take the very
  • words from her lips.
  • “To-night?” was all that she could falter.
  • “I must be off by the early train. There won’t be more than a moment in
  • the morning.”
  • He had taken her hand, and she said to herself that she must free it
  • before she could go on with what she had to say. Then she rejected this
  • concession to a weakness she was resolved to defy. To the end she would
  • leave her hand in his hand, her eyes in his eyes: she would not, in
  • their final hour together, be afraid of any part of her love for him.
  • “You’ll tell me to-night, dear,” he insisted gently; and his insistence
  • gave her the strength to speak.
  • “There’s something I must ask you,” she broke out, perceiving, as she
  • heard her words, that they were not in the least what she had meant to
  • say.
  • He sat still, waiting, and she pressed on: “Do such things happen to men
  • often?”
  • The quiet room seemed to resound with the long reverberations of her
  • question. She looked away from him, and he released her and stood up.
  • “I don’t know what happens to other men. Such a thing never happened to
  • me...”
  • She turned her eyes back to his face. She felt like a traveller on a
  • giddy path between a cliff and a precipice: there was nothing for it now
  • but to go on.
  • “Had it ... had it begun ... before you met her in Paris?”
  • “No; a thousand times no! I’ve told you the facts as they were.”
  • “All the facts?”
  • He turned abruptly. “What do you mean?”
  • Her throat was dry and the loud pulses drummed in her temples.
  • “I mean--about her...Perhaps you knew ... knew things about
  • her ... beforehand.”
  • She stopped. The room had grown profoundly still. A log dropped to the
  • hearth and broke there in a hissing shower.
  • Darrow spoke in a clear voice. “I knew nothing, absolutely nothing,” he
  • said.
  • She had the answer to her inmost doubt--to her last shameful unavowed
  • hope. She sat powerless under her woe.
  • He walked to the fireplace and pushed back the broken log with his foot.
  • A flame shot out of it, and in the upward glare she saw his pale face,
  • stern with misery.
  • “Is that all?” he asked.
  • She made a slight sign with her head and he came slowly back to her.
  • “Then is this to be good-bye?”
  • Again she signed a faint assent, and he made no effort to touch her or
  • draw nearer. “You understand that I sha’n’t come back?”
  • He was looking at her, and she tried to return his look, but her eyes
  • were blind with tears, and in dread of his seeing them she got up and
  • walked away. He did not follow her, and she stood with her back to him,
  • staring at a bowl of carnations on a little table strewn with books. Her
  • tears magnified everything she looked at, and the streaked petals of the
  • carnations, their fringed edges and frail curled stamens, pressed upon
  • her, huge and vivid. She noticed among the books a volume of verse he
  • had sent her from England, and tried to remember whether it was before
  • or after...
  • She felt that he was waiting for her to speak, and at last she turned to
  • him. “I shall see you to-morrow before you go...”
  • He made no answer.
  • She moved toward the door and he held it open for her. She saw his hand
  • on the door, and his seal ring in its setting of twisted silver; and the
  • sense of the end of all things came to her.
  • They walked down the drawing-rooms, between the shadowy reflections of
  • screens and cabinets, and mounted the stairs side by side. At the end of
  • the gallery, a lamp brought out turbid gleams in the smoky battle-piece
  • above it.
  • On the landing Darrow stopped; his room was the nearest to the stairs.
  • “Good night,” he said, holding out his hand.
  • As Anna gave him hers the springs of grief broke loose in her. She
  • struggled with her sobs, and subdued them; but her breath came unevenly,
  • and to hide her agitation she leaned on him and pressed her face against
  • his arm.
  • “Don’t--don’t,” he whispered, soothing her.
  • Her troubled breathing sounded loudly in the silence of the sleeping
  • house. She pressed her lips tight, but could not stop the nervous
  • pulsations in her throat, and he put an arm about her and, opening his
  • door, drew her across the threshold of his room. The door shut
  • behind her and she sat down on the lounge at the foot of the bed. The
  • pulsations in her throat had ceased, but she knew they would begin again
  • if she tried to speak.
  • Darrow walked away and leaned against the mantelpiece. The red-veiled
  • lamp shone on his books and papers, on the arm-chair by the fire, and
  • the scattered objects on his dressing-table. A log glimmered on the
  • hearth, and the room was warm and faintly smoke-scented. It was the
  • first time she had ever been in a room he lived in, among his personal
  • possessions and the traces of his daily usage. Every object about her
  • seemed to contain a particle of himself: the whole air breathed of him,
  • steeping her in the sense of his intimate presence.
  • Suddenly she thought: “This is what Sophy Viner knew”...and with a
  • torturing precision she pictured them alone in such a scene...Had he
  • taken the girl to an hotel ... where did people go in such cases? Wherever
  • they were, the silence of night had been around them, and the things he
  • used had been strewn about the room...Anna, ashamed of dwelling on the
  • detested vision, stood up with a confused impulse of flight; then a wave
  • of contrary feeling arrested her and she paused with lowered head.
  • Darrow had come forward as she rose, and she perceived that he was
  • waiting for her to bid him good night. It was clear that no other
  • possibility had even brushed his mind; and the fact, for some dim
  • reason, humiliated her. “Why not ... why not?” something whispered in her,
  • as though his forbearance, his tacit recognition of her pride, were a
  • slight on other qualities she wanted him to feel in her.
  • “In the morning, then?” she heard him say.
  • “Yes, in the morning,” she repeated.
  • She continued to stand in the same place, looking vaguely about the
  • room. For once before they parted--since part they must--she longed to
  • be to him all that Sophy Viner had been; but she remained rooted to the
  • floor, unable to find a word or imagine a gesture that should express
  • her meaning. Exasperated by her helplessness, she thought: “Don’t I feel
  • things as other women do?”
  • Her eye fell on a note-case she had given him. It was worn at the
  • corners with the friction of his pocket and distended with thickly
  • packed papers. She wondered if he carried her letters in it, and she put
  • her hand out and touched it.
  • All that he and she had ever felt or seen, their close encounters
  • of word and look, and the closer contact of their silences, trembled
  • through her at the touch. She remembered things he had said that had
  • been like new skies above her head: ways he had that seemed a part of
  • the air she breathed. The faint warmth of her girlish love came back
  • to her, gathering heat as it passed through her thoughts; and her heart
  • rocked like a boat on the surge of its long long memories. “It’s because
  • I love him in too many ways,” she thought; and slowly she turned to the
  • door.
  • She was aware that Darrow was still silently watching her, but he
  • neither stirred nor spoke till she had reached the threshold. Then he
  • met her there and caught her in his arms.
  • “Not to-night--don’t tell me to-night!” he whispered; and she leaned
  • away from him, closing her eyes for an instant, and then slowly opening
  • them to the flood of light in his.
  • XXXVII
  • Anna and Darrow, the next day, sat alone in a compartment of the Paris
  • train.
  • Anna, when they entered it, had put herself in the farthest corner
  • and placed her bag on the adjoining seat. She had decided suddenly to
  • accompany Darrow to Paris, had even persuaded him to wait for a later
  • train in order that they might travel together. She had an intense
  • longing to be with him, an almost morbid terror of losing sight of him
  • for a moment: when he jumped out of the train and ran back along the
  • platform to buy a newspaper for her she felt as though she should never
  • see him again, and shivered with the cold misery of her last journey
  • to Paris, when she had thought herself parted from him forever. Yet she
  • wanted to keep him at a distance, on the other side of the compartment,
  • and as the train moved out of the station she drew from her bag the
  • letters she had thrust in it as she left the house, and began to glance
  • over them so that her lowered lids should hide her eyes from him.
  • She was his now, his for life: there could never again be any question
  • of sacrificing herself to Effie’s welfare, or to any other abstract
  • conception of duty. Effie of course would not suffer; Anna would pay for
  • her bliss as a wife by redoubled devotion as a mother. Her scruples
  • were not overcome; but for the time their voices were drowned in the
  • tumultuous rumour of her happiness.
  • As she opened her letters she was conscious that Darrow’s gaze was fixed
  • on her, and gradually it drew her eyes upward, and she drank deep of the
  • passionate tenderness in his. Then the blood rose to her face and she
  • felt again the desire to shield herself. She turned back to her letters
  • and her glance lit on an envelope inscribed in Owen’s hand.
  • Her heart began to beat oppressively: she was in a mood when the
  • simplest things seemed ominous. What could Owen have to say to her? Only
  • the first page was covered, and it contained simply the announcement
  • that, in the company of a young compatriot who was studying at the Beaux
  • Arts, he had planned to leave for Spain the following evening.
  • “He hasn’t seen her, then!” was Anna’s instant thought; and her feeling
  • was a strange compound of humiliation and relief. The girl had kept her
  • word, lived up to the line of conduct she had set herself; and Anna
  • had failed in the same attempt. She did not reproach herself with
  • her failure; but she would have been happier if there had been less
  • discrepancy between her words to Sophy Viner and the act which had
  • followed them. It irritated her obscurely that the girl should have been
  • so much surer of her power to carry out her purpose...
  • Anna looked up and saw that Darrow’s eyes were on the newspaper. He
  • seemed calm and secure, almost indifferent to her presence. “Will it
  • become a matter of course to him so soon?” she wondered with a twinge of
  • jealousy. She sat motionless, her eyes fixed on him, trying to make him
  • feel the attraction of her gaze as she felt his. It surprised and shamed
  • her to detect a new element in her love for him: a sort of suspicious
  • tyrannical tenderness that seemed to deprive it of all serenity. Finally
  • he looked up, his smile enveloped her, and she felt herself his in every
  • fibre, his so completely and inseparably that she saw the vanity of
  • imagining any other fate for herself.
  • To give herself a countenance she held out Owen’s letter. He took it and
  • glanced down the page, his face grown grave. She waited nervously till
  • he looked up.
  • “That’s a good plan; the best thing that could happen,” he said, a just
  • perceptible shade of constraint in his tone.
  • “Oh, yes,” she hastily assented. She was aware of a faint current of
  • relief silently circulating between them. They were both glad that Owen
  • was going, that for a while he would be out of their way; and it seemed
  • to her horrible that so much of the stuff of their happiness should be
  • made of such unavowed feelings...
  • “I shall see him this evening,” she said, wishing Darrow to feel that
  • she was not afraid of meeting her step-son.
  • “Yes, of course; perhaps he might dine with you.”
  • The words struck her as strangely obtuse. Darrow was to meet his
  • Ambassador at the station on the latter’s arrival, and would in all
  • probability have to spend the evening with him, and Anna knew he had
  • been concerned at the thought of having to leave her alone. But how
  • could he speak in that careless tone of her dining with Owen? She
  • lowered her voice to say: “I’m afraid he’s desperately unhappy.”
  • He answered, with a tinge of impatience: “It’s much the best thing that
  • he should travel.”
  • “Yes--but don’t you feel...” She broke off. She knew how he disliked
  • these idle returns on the irrevocable, and her fear of doing or saying
  • what he disliked was tinged by a new instinct of subserviency against
  • which her pride revolted. She thought to herself: “He will see the
  • change, and grow indifferent to me as he did to HER...” and for a moment
  • it seemed to her that she was reliving the experience of Sophy Viner.
  • Darrow made no attempt to learn the end of her unfinished sentence. He
  • handed back Owen’s letter and returned to his newspaper; and when he
  • looked up from it a few minutes later it was with a clear brow and a
  • smile that irresistibly drew her back to happier thoughts.
  • The train was just entering a station, and a moment later their
  • compartment was invaded by a commonplace couple preoccupied with
  • the bestowal of bulging packages. Anna, at their approach, felt the
  • possessive pride of the woman in love when strangers are between herself
  • and the man she loves. She asked Darrow to open the window, to place her
  • bag in the net, to roll her rug into a cushion for her feet; and while
  • he was thus busied with her she was conscious of a new devotion in his
  • tone, in his way of bending over her and meeting her eyes. He went back
  • to his seat, and they looked at each other like lovers smiling at a
  • happy secret.
  • Anna, before going back to Givre, had suggested Owen’s moving into her
  • apartment, but he had preferred to remain at the hotel to which he had
  • sent his luggage, and on arriving in Paris she decided to drive there at
  • once. She was impatient to have the meeting over, and glad that Darrow
  • was obliged to leave her at the station in order to look up a colleague
  • at the Embassy. She dreaded his seeing Owen again, and yet dared not
  • tell him so, and to ensure his remaining away she mentioned an urgent
  • engagement with her dress-maker and a long list of commissions to be
  • executed for Madame de Chantelle.
  • “I shall see you to-morrow morning,” she said; but he replied with a
  • smile that he would certainly find time to come to her for a moment on
  • his way back from meeting the Ambassador; and when he had put her in a
  • cab he leaned through the window to press his lips to hers.
  • She blushed like a girl, thinking, half vexed, half happy: “Yesterday he
  • would not have done it...” and a dozen scarcely definable differences
  • in his look and manner seemed all at once to be summed up in the boyish
  • act. “After all, I’m engaged to him,” she reflected, and then smiled
  • at the absurdity of the word. The next instant, with a pang of
  • self-reproach, she remembered Sophy Viner’s cry: “I knew all the while
  • he didn’t care...” “Poor thing, oh poor thing!” Anna murmured...
  • At Owen’s hotel she waited in a tremor while the porter went in search
  • of him. Word was presently brought back that he was in his room and
  • begged her to come up, and as she crossed the hall she caught sight of
  • his portmanteaux lying on the floor, already labelled for departure.
  • Owen sat at a table writing, his back to the door; and when he stood up
  • the window was behind him, so that, in the rainy afternoon light, his
  • features were barely discernible.
  • “Dearest--so you’re really off?” she said, hesitating a moment on the
  • threshold.
  • He pushed a chair forward, and they sat down, each waiting for the
  • other to speak. Finally she put some random question about his
  • travelling-companion, a slow shy meditative youth whom he had once or
  • twice brought down to Givre. She reflected that it was natural he should
  • have given this uncommunicative comrade the preference over his livelier
  • acquaintances, and aloud she said: “I’m so glad Fred Rempson can go with
  • you.”
  • Owen answered in the same tone, and for a few minutes their talk dragged
  • itself on over a dry waste of common-places. Anna noticed that, though
  • ready enough to impart his own plans, Owen studiously abstained from
  • putting any questions about hers. It was evident from his allusions that
  • he meant to be away for some time, and he presently asked her if she
  • would give instructions about packing and sending after him some winter
  • clothes he had left at Givre. This gave her the opportunity to say that
  • she expected to go back within a day or two and would attend to the
  • matter as soon as she returned. She added: “I came up this morning with
  • George, who is going on to London to-morrow,” intending, by the use
  • of Darrow’s Christian name, to give Owen the chance to speak of her
  • marriage. But he made no comment, and she continued to hear the name
  • sounding on unfamiliarly between them.
  • The room was almost dark, and she finally stood up and glanced about for
  • the light-switch, saying: “I can’t see you, dear.”
  • “Oh, don’t--I hate the light!” Owen exclaimed, catching her by the wrist
  • and pushing her back into her seat. He gave a nervous laugh and added:
  • “I’m half-blind with neuralgia. I suppose it’s this beastly rain.”
  • “Yes; it will do you good to get down to Spain.”
  • She asked if he had the remedies the doctor had given him for a previous
  • attack, and on his replying that he didn’t know what he’d done with the
  • stuff, she sprang up, offering to go to the chemist’s. It was a
  • relief to have something to do for him, and she knew from his “Oh,
  • thanks--would you?” that it was a relief to him to have a pretext for
  • not detaining her. His natural impulse would have been to declare that
  • he didn’t want any drugs, and would be all right in no time; and his
  • acquiescence showed her how profoundly he felt the uselessness of their
  • trying to prolong their talk. His face was now no more than a white blur
  • in the dusk, but she felt its indistinctness as a veil drawn over aching
  • intensities of expression. “He knows ... he knows...” she said to
  • herself, and wondered whether the truth had been revealed to him by some
  • corroborative fact or by the sheer force of divination.
  • He had risen also, and was clearly waiting for her to go, and she turned
  • to the door, saying: “I’ll be back in a moment.”
  • “Oh, don’t come up again, please!” He paused, embarrassed. “I mean--I
  • may not be here. I’ve got to go and pick up Rempson, and see about some
  • final things with him.” She stopped on the threshold with a sinking
  • heart. He meant this to be their leave-taking, then--and he had not
  • even asked her when she was to be married, or spoken of seeing her again
  • before she set out for the other side of the world.
  • “Owen!” she cried, and turned back.
  • He stood mutely before her in the dimness.
  • “You haven’t told me how long you’re to be gone.”
  • “How long? Oh, you see ... that’s rather vague...I hate definite dates,
  • you know...”
  • He paused and she saw he did not mean to help her out. She tried to say:
  • “You’ll be here for my wedding?” but could not bring the words to her
  • lips. Instead she murmured: “In six weeks I shall be going too...” and
  • he rejoined, as if he had expected the announcement and prepared his
  • answer: “Oh, by that time, very likely...”
  • “At any rate, I won’t say good-bye,” she stammered, feeling the tears
  • beneath her veil.
  • “No, no; rather not!” he declared; but he made no movement, and she went
  • up and threw her arms about him. “You’ll write me, won’t you?”
  • “Of course, of course----”
  • Her hands slipped down into his, and for a minute they held each other
  • dumbly in the darkness; then he gave a vague laugh and said: “It’s
  • really time to light up.” He pressed the electric button with one hand
  • while with the other he opened the door; and she passed out without
  • daring to turn back, lest the light on his face should show her what she
  • feared to see.
  • XXXVIII
  • Anna drove to the chemist’s for Owen’s remedy. On the way she stopped
  • her cab at a book-shop, and emerged from it laden with literature. She
  • knew what would interest Owen, and what he was likely to have read,
  • and she had made her choice among the newest publications with the
  • promptness of a discriminating reader. But on the way back to the hotel
  • she was overcome by the irony of adding this mental panacea to the
  • other. There was something grotesque and almost mocking in the idea of
  • offering a judicious selection of literature to a man setting out on
  • such a journey. “He knows ... he knows...” she kept on repeating; and
  • giving the porter the parcel from the chemist’s she drove away without
  • leaving the books. She went to her apartment, whither her maid had
  • preceded her. There was a fire in the drawing-room and the tea-table
  • stood ready by the hearth. The stormy rain beat against the uncurtained
  • windows, and she thought of Owen, who would soon be driving through it
  • to the station, alone with his bitter thoughts. She had been proud of
  • the fact that he had always sought her help in difficult hours; and now,
  • in the most difficult of all, she was the one being to whom he could
  • not turn. Between them, henceforth, there would always be the wall of an
  • insurmountable silence...She strained her aching thoughts to guess how
  • the truth had come to him. Had he seen the girl, and had she told him?
  • Instinctively, Anna rejected this conjecture. But what need was there of
  • assuming an explicit statement, when every breath they had drawn for the
  • last weeks had been charged with the immanent secret? As she looked back
  • over the days since Darrow’s first arrival at Givre she perceived
  • that at no time had any one deliberately spoken, or anything been
  • accidentally disclosed. The truth had come to light by the force of its
  • irresistible pressure; and the perception gave her a startled sense of
  • hidden powers, of a chaos of attractions and repulsions far beneath
  • the ordered surfaces of intercourse. She looked back with melancholy
  • derision on her old conception of life, as a kind of well-lit and well
  • policed suburb to dark places one need never know about. Here they were,
  • these dark places, in her own bosom, and henceforth she would always
  • have to traverse them to reach the beings she loved best!
  • She was still sitting beside the untouched tea-table when she heard
  • Darrow’s voice in the hall. She started up, saying to herself: “I must
  • tell him that Owen knows...” but when the door opened and she saw his
  • face, still lit by the same smile of boyish triumph, she felt anew the
  • uselessness of speaking...Had he ever supposed that Owen would not know?
  • Probably, from the height of his greater experience, he had seen long
  • since that all that happened was inevitable; and the thought of it, at
  • any rate, was clearly not weighing on him now.
  • He was already dressed for the evening, and as he came toward her he
  • said: “The Ambassador’s booked for an official dinner and I’m free after
  • all. Where shall we dine?”
  • Anna had pictured herself sitting alone all the evening with her
  • wretched thoughts, and the fact of having to put them out of her mind
  • for the next few hours gave her an immediate sensation of relief.
  • Already her pulses were dancing to the tune of Darrow’s, and as they
  • smiled at each other she thought: “Nothing can ever change the fact that
  • I belong to him.”
  • “Where shall we dine?” he repeated gaily, and she named a well-known
  • restaurant for which she had once heard him express a preference. But as
  • she did so she fancied she saw a shadow on his face, and instantly she
  • said to herself: “It was THERE he went with her!”
  • “Oh, no, not there, after all!” she interrupted herself; and now she was
  • sure his colour deepened.
  • “Where shall it be, then?”
  • She noticed that he did not ask the reason of her change, and this
  • convinced her that she had guessed the truth, and that he knew she had
  • guessed it. “He will always know what I am thinking, and he will
  • never dare to ask me,” she thought; and she saw between them the same
  • insurmountable wall of silence as between herself and Owen, a wall of
  • glass through which they could watch each other’s faintest motions but
  • which no sound could ever traverse...
  • They drove to a restaurant on the Boulevard, and there, in their
  • intimate corner of the serried scene, the sense of what was unspoken
  • between them gradually ceased to oppress her. He looked so light-hearted
  • and handsome, so ingenuously proud of her, so openly happy at being with
  • her, that no other fact could seem real in his presence. He had learned
  • that the Ambassador was to spend two days in Paris, and he had reason to
  • hope that in consequence his own departure for London would be deferred.
  • He was exhilarated by the prospect of being with Anna for a few hours
  • longer, and she did not ask herself if his exhilaration were a sign of
  • insensibility, for she was too conscious of his power of swaying her
  • moods not to be secretly proud of affecting his.
  • They lingered for some time over the fruit and coffee, and when they
  • rose to go Darrow suggested that, if she felt disposed for the play,
  • they were not too late for the second part of the programme at one of
  • the smaller theatres.
  • His mention of the hour recalled Owen to her thoughts. She saw his train
  • rushing southward through the storm, and, in a corner of the swaying
  • compartment, his face, white and indistinct as it had loomed on her in
  • the rainy twilight. It was horrible to be thus perpetually paying for
  • her happiness!
  • Darrow had called for a theatrical journal, and he presently looked up
  • from it to say: “I hear the second play at the Athenee is amusing.”
  • It was on Anna’s lips to acquiesce; but as she was about to speak she
  • wondered if it were not at the Athenee that Owen had seen Darrow with
  • Sophy Viner. She was not sure he had even mentioned the theatre, but the
  • mere possibility was enough to darken her sky. It was hateful to her to
  • think of accompanying Darrow to places where the girl had been with him.
  • She tried to reason away this scruple, she even reminded herself with
  • a bitter irony that whenever she was in Darrow’s arms she was where the
  • girl had been before her--but she could not shake off her superstitious
  • dread of being with him in any of the scenes of the Parisian episode.
  • She replied that she was too tired for the play, and they drove back
  • to her apartment. At the foot of the stairs she half-turned to wish him
  • good night, but he appeared not to notice her gesture and followed her
  • up to her door.
  • “This is ever so much better than the theatre,” he said as they entered
  • the drawing-room.
  • She had crossed the room and was bending over the hearth to light the
  • fire. She knew he was approaching her, and that in a moment he would
  • have drawn the cloak from her shoulders and laid his lips on her neck,
  • just below the gathered-up hair. These privileges were his and, however
  • deferently and tenderly he claimed them, the joyous ease of his manner
  • marked a difference and proclaimed a right.
  • “After the theatre they came home like this,” she thought; and at the
  • same instant she felt his hands on her shoulders and shrank back.
  • “Don’t--oh, don’t!” she cried, drawing her cloak about her. She saw from
  • his astonished stare that her face must be quivering with pain.
  • “Anna! What on earth is the matter?”
  • “Owen knows!” she broke out, with a confused desire to justify herself.
  • Darrow’s countenance changed. “Did he tell you so? What did he say?”
  • “Nothing! I knew it from the things he didn’t say.”
  • “You had a talk with him this afternoon?”
  • “Yes: for a few minutes. I could see he didn’t want me to stay.”
  • She had dropped into a chair, and sat there huddled, still holding her
  • cloak about her shoulders.
  • Darrow did not dispute her assumption, and she noticed that he expressed
  • no surprise. He sat down at a little distance from her, turning about in
  • his fingers the cigar-case he had drawn out as they came in. At length
  • he said: “Had he seen Miss Viner?”
  • She shrank from the sound of the name. “No...I don’t think so...I’m sure
  • he hadn’t...”
  • They remained silent, looking away from one another. Finally Darrow
  • stood up and took a few steps across the room. He came back and paused
  • before her, his eyes on her face.
  • “I think you ought to tell me what you mean to do.” She raised her head
  • and gave him back his look. “Nothing I do can help Owen!”
  • “No; but things can’t go on like this.” He paused, as if to measure his
  • words. “I fill you with aversion,” he exclaimed.
  • She started up, half-sobbing. “No--oh, no!”
  • “Poor child--you can’t see your face!”
  • She lifted her hands as if to hide it, and turning away from him bowed
  • her head upon the mantel-shelf. She felt that he was standing a little
  • way behind her, but he made no attempt to touch her or come nearer.
  • “I know you’ve felt as I’ve felt,” he said in a low voice--“that we
  • belong to each other and that nothing can alter that. But other thoughts
  • come, and you can’t banish them. Whenever you see me you remember ... you
  • associate me with things you abhor...You’ve been generous--immeasurably.
  • You’ve given me all the chances a woman could; but if it’s only made you
  • suffer, what’s the use?”
  • She turned to him with a tear-stained face. “It hasn’t only done that.”
  • “Oh, no! I know...There’ve been moments...” He took her hand and raised
  • it to his lips. “They’ll be with me as long as I live. But I can’t see
  • you paying such a price for them. I’m not worth what I’m costing you.”
  • She continued to gaze at him through tear-dilated eyes; and suddenly
  • she flung out the question: “Wasn’t it the Athenee you took her to that
  • evening?”
  • “Anna--Anna!”
  • “Yes; I want to know now: to know everything. Perhaps that will make
  • me forget. I ought to have made you tell me before. Wherever we go, I
  • imagine you’ve been there with her...I see you together. I want to know
  • how it began, where you went, why you left her...I can’t go on in this
  • darkness any longer!”
  • She did not know what had prompted her passionate outburst, but already
  • she felt lighter, freer, as if at last the evil spell were broken. “I
  • want to know everything,” she repeated. “It’s the only way to make me
  • forget.”
  • After she had ceased speaking Darrow remained where he was, his arms
  • folded, his eyes lowered, immovable. She waited, her gaze on his face.
  • “Aren’t you going to tell me?”
  • “No.” The blood rushed to her temples. “You won’t? Why not?”
  • “If I did, do you suppose you’d forget THAT?”
  • “Oh--” she moaned, and turned away from him.
  • “You see it’s impossible,” he went on. “I’ve done a thing I loathe,
  • and to atone for it you ask me to do another. What sort of satisfaction
  • would that give you? It would put something irremediable between us.”
  • She leaned her elbow against the mantel-shelf and hid her face in her
  • hands. She had the sense that she was vainly throwing away her last hope
  • of happiness, yet she could do nothing, think of nothing, to save it.
  • The conjecture flashed through her: “Should I be at peace if I gave him
  • up?” and she remembered the desolation of the days after she had sent
  • him away, and understood that that hope was vain. The tears welled
  • through her lids and ran slowly down between her fingers.
  • “Good-bye,” she heard him say, and his footsteps turned to the door.
  • She tried to raise her head, but the weight of her despair bowed it
  • down. She said to herself: “This is the end ... he won’t try to appeal to
  • me again...” and she remained in a sort of tranced rigidity, perceiving
  • without feeling the fateful lapse of the seconds. Then the cords that
  • bound her seemed to snap, and she lifted her head and saw him going.
  • “Why, he’s mine--he’s mine! He’s no one else’s!” His face was turned to
  • her and the look in his eyes swept away all her terrors. She no longer
  • understood what had prompted her senseless outcry; and the mortal
  • sweetness of loving him became again the one real fact in the world.
  • XXXIX
  • Anna, the next day, woke to a humiliated memory of the previous evening.
  • Darrow had been right in saying that their sacrifice would benefit no
  • one; yet she seemed dimly to discern that there were obligations not
  • to be tested by that standard. She owed it, at any rate, as much to his
  • pride as to hers to abstain from the repetition of such scenes; and
  • she had learned that it was beyond her power to do so while they
  • were together. Yet when he had given her the chance to free herself,
  • everything had vanished from her mind but the blind fear of losing him;
  • and she saw that he and she were as profoundly and inextricably bound
  • together as two trees with interwoven roots. For a long time she brooded
  • on her plight, vaguely conscious that the only escape from it must come
  • from some external chance. And slowly the occasion shaped itself in her
  • mind. It was Sophy Viner only who could save her--Sophy Viner only who
  • could give her back her lost serenity. She would seek the girl out and
  • tell her that she had given Darrow up; and that step once taken there
  • would be no retracing it, and she would perforce have to go forward
  • alone.
  • Any pretext for action was a kind of anodyne, and she despatched her
  • maid to the Farlows’ with a note asking if Miss Viner would receive her.
  • There was a long delay before the maid returned, and when at last she
  • appeared it was with a slip of paper on which an address was written,
  • and a verbal message to the effect that Miss Viner had left some days
  • previously, and was staying with her sister in a hotel near the Place de
  • l’Etoile. The maid added that Mrs. Farlow, on the plea that Miss Viner’s
  • plans were uncertain, had at first made some difficulty about giving
  • this information; and Anna guessed that the girl had left her friends’
  • roof, and instructed them to withhold her address, with the object
  • of avoiding Owen. “She’s kept faith with herself and I haven’t,” Anna
  • mused; and the thought was a fresh incentive to action.
  • Darrow had announced his intention of coming soon after luncheon, and
  • the morning was already so far advanced that Anna, still mistrustful of
  • her strength, decided to drive immediately to the address Mrs. Farlow
  • had given. On the way there she tried to recall what she had heard of
  • Sophy Viner’s sister, but beyond the girl’s enthusiastic report of
  • the absent Laura’s loveliness she could remember only certain vague
  • allusions of Mrs. Farlow’s to her artistic endowments and matrimonial
  • vicissitudes. Darrow had mentioned her but once, and in the briefest
  • terms, as having apparently very little concern for Sophy’s welfare, and
  • being, at any rate, too geographically remote to give her any practical
  • support; and Anna wondered what chance had brought her to her sister’s
  • side at this conjunction. Mrs. Farlow had spoken of her as a celebrity
  • (in what line Anna failed to recall); but Mrs. Farlow’s celebrities were
  • legion, and the name on the slip of paper--Mrs. McTarvie-Birch--did not
  • seem to have any definite association with fame.
  • While Anna waited in the dingy vestibule of the Hotel Chicago she had so
  • distinct a vision of what she meant to say to Sophy Viner that the girl
  • seemed already to be before her; and her heart dropped from all the
  • height of its courage when the porter, after a long delay, returned
  • with the announcement that Miss Viner was no longer in the hotel. Anna,
  • doubtful if she understood, asked if he merely meant that the young lady
  • was out at the moment; but he replied that she had gone away the
  • day before. Beyond this he had no information to impart, and after a
  • moment’s hesitation Anna sent him back to enquire if Mrs. McTarvie-Birch
  • would receive her. She reflected that Sophy had probably pledged her
  • sister to the same secrecy as Mrs. Farlow, and that a personal appeal to
  • Mrs. Birch might lead to less negative results.
  • There was another long interval of suspense before the porter reappeared
  • with an affirmative answer; and a third while an exiguous and hesitating
  • lift bore her up past a succession of shabby landings.
  • When the last was reached, and her guide had directed her down a winding
  • passage that smelt of sea-going luggage, she found herself before a door
  • through which a strong odour of tobacco reached her simultaneously with
  • the sounds of a suppressed altercation. Her knock was followed by a
  • silence, and after a minute or two the door was opened by a handsome
  • young man whose ruffled hair and general air of creased disorder led her
  • to conclude that he had just risen from a long-limbed sprawl on a sofa
  • strewn with tumbled cushions. This sofa, and a grand piano bearing a
  • basket of faded roses, a biscuit-tin and a devastated breakfast tray,
  • almost filled the narrow sitting-room, in the remaining corner of which
  • another man, short, swarthy and humble, sat examining the lining of his
  • hat.
  • Anna paused in doubt; but on her naming Mrs. Birch the young man
  • politely invited her to enter, at the same time casting an impatient
  • glance at the mute spectator in the background.
  • The latter, raising his eyes, which were round and bulging, fixed them,
  • not on the young man but on Anna, whom, for a moment, he scrutinized as
  • searchingly as the interior of his hat. Under his gaze she had the sense
  • of being minutely catalogued and valued; and the impression, when he
  • finally rose and moved toward the door, of having been accepted as
  • a better guarantee than he had had any reason to hope for. On the
  • threshold his glance crossed that of the young man in an exchange of
  • intelligence as full as it was rapid; and this brief scene left Anna so
  • oddly enlightened that she felt no surprise when her companion,
  • pushing an arm-chair forward, sociably asked her if she wouldn’t have
  • a cigarette. Her polite refusal provoked the remark that he would,
  • if she’d no objection; and while he groped for matches in his loose
  • pockets, and behind the photographs and letters crowding the narrow
  • mantel-shelf, she ventured another enquiry for Mrs. Birch.
  • “Just a minute,” he smiled; “I think the masseur’s with her.” He
  • spoke in a smooth denationalized English, which, like the look in his
  • long-lashed eyes and the promptness of his charming smile, suggested a
  • long training in all the arts of expediency. Having finally discovered a
  • match-box on the floor beside the sofa, he lit his cigarette and dropped
  • back among the cushions; and on Anna’s remarking that she was sorry
  • to disturb Mrs. Birch he replied that that was all right, and that she
  • always kept everybody waiting.
  • After this, through the haze of his perpetually renewed cigarettes, they
  • continued to chat for some time of indifferent topics; but when at last
  • Anna again suggested the possibility of her seeing Mrs. Birch he rose
  • from his corner with a slight shrug, and murmuring: “She’s perfectly
  • hopeless,” lounged off through an inner door.
  • Anna was still wondering when and in what conjunction of circumstances
  • the much-married Laura had acquired a partner so conspicuous for his
  • personal charms, when the young man returned to announce: “She says it’s
  • all right, if you don’t mind seeing her in bed.”
  • He drew aside to let Anna pass, and she found herself in a dim untidy
  • scented room, with a pink curtain pinned across its single window, and
  • a lady with a great deal of fair hair and uncovered neck smiling at her
  • from a pink bed on which an immense powder-puff trailed.
  • “You don’t mind, do you? He costs such a frightful lot that I
  • can’t afford to send him off,” Mrs. Birch explained, extending a
  • thickly-ringed hand to Anna, and leaving her in doubt as to whether the
  • person alluded to were her masseur or her husband. Before a reply was
  • possible there was a convulsive stir beneath the pink expanse, and
  • something that resembled another powder-puff hurled itself at Anna with
  • a volley of sounds like the popping of Lilliputian champagne corks. Mrs.
  • Birch, flinging herself forward, gasped out: “If you’d just give him
  • a caramel ... there, in that box on the dressing-table ... it’s the only
  • earthly thing to stop him...” and when Anna had proffered this sop to
  • her assailant, and he had withdrawn with it beneath the bedspread, his
  • mistress sank back with a laugh.
  • “Isn’t he a beauty? The Prince gave him to me down at Nice the other
  • day--but he’s perfectly awful,” she confessed, beaming intimately on her
  • visitor. In the roseate penumbra of the bed-curtains she presented to
  • Anna’s startled gaze an odd chromo-like resemblance to Sophy Viner, or
  • a suggestion, rather, of what Sophy Viner might, with the years and in
  • spite of the powder-puff, become. Larger, blonder, heavier-featured,
  • she yet had glances and movements that disturbingly suggested what was
  • freshest and most engaging in the girl; and as she stretched her bare
  • plump arm across the bed she seemed to be pulling back the veil from
  • dingy distances of family history.
  • “Do sit down, if there’s a place to sit on,” she cordially advised;
  • adding, as Anna took the edge of a chair hung with miscellaneous
  • raiment: “My singing takes so much time that I don’t get a chance to
  • walk the fat off--that’s the worst of being an artist.”
  • Anna murmured an assent. “I hope it hasn’t inconvenienced you to see me;
  • I told Mr. Birch--”
  • “Mr. WHO?” the recumbent beauty asked; and then: “Oh, JIMMY!” she
  • faintly laughed, as if more for her own enlightenment than Anna’s.
  • The latter continued eagerly: “I understand from Mrs. Farlow that your
  • sister was with you, and I ventured to come up because I wanted to ask
  • you when I should have a chance of finding her.”
  • Mrs. McTarvie-Birch threw back her head with a long stare. “Do you
  • mean to say the idiot at the door didn’t tell you? Sophy went away last
  • night.”
  • “Last night?” Anna echoed. A sudden terror had possessed her. Could it
  • be that the girl had tricked them all and gone with Owen? The idea was
  • incredible, yet it took such hold of her that she could hardly steady
  • her lips to say: “The porter did tell me, but I thought perhaps he was
  • mistaken. Mrs. Farlow seemed to think that I should find her here.”
  • “It was all so sudden that I don’t suppose she had time to let the
  • Farlows know. She didn’t get Mrs. Murrett’s wire till yesterday, and she
  • just pitched her things into a trunk and rushed----”
  • “Mrs. Murrett?”
  • “Why, yes. Sophy’s gone to India with Mrs. Murrett; they’re to meet at
  • Brindisi,” Sophy’s sister said with a calm smile.
  • Anna sat motionless, gazing at the disordered room, the pink bed, the
  • trivial face among the pillows.
  • Mrs. McTarvie-Birch pursued: “They had a fearful kick-up last spring--I
  • daresay you knew about it--but I told Sophy she’d better lump it, as
  • long as the old woman was willing to...As an artist, of course, it’s
  • perfectly impossible for me to have her with me...”
  • “Of course,” Anna mechanically assented.
  • Through the confused pain of her thoughts she was hardly aware that
  • Mrs. Birch’s explanations were still continuing. “Naturally I didn’t
  • altogether approve of her going back to that beast of a woman. I said
  • all I could...I told her she was a fool to chuck up such a place as
  • yours. But Sophy’s restless--always was--and she’s taken it into her
  • head she’d rather travel...”
  • Anna rose from her seat, groping for some formula of leave-taking. The
  • pushing back of her chair roused the white dog’s smouldering animosity,
  • and he drowned his mistress’s further confidences in another outburst
  • of hysterics. Through the tumult Anna signed an inaudible farewell, and
  • Mrs. Birch, having momentarily succeeded in suppressing her pet under a
  • pillow, called out: “Do come again! I’d love to sing to you.”
  • Anna murmured a word of thanks and turned to the door. As she opened it
  • she heard her hostess crying after her: “Jimmy! Do you hear me? Jimmy
  • BRANCE!” and then, there being no response from the person summoned: “DO
  • tell him he must go and call the lift for you!”
  • End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Reef, by Edith Wharton
  • *** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE REEF ***
  • ***** This file should be named 283-0.txt or 283-0.zip *****
  • This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
  • http://www.gutenberg.org/2/8/283/
  • Produced by Gail Jahn, and John Hamm
  • Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
  • will be renamed.
  • Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
  • one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
  • (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
  • permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
  • set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
  • copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
  • protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
  • Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
  • charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
  • do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
  • rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
  • such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
  • research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
  • practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
  • subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
  • redistribution.
  • *** START: FULL LICENSE ***
  • THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
  • PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
  • To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
  • distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
  • (or any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project
  • Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
  • Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
  • http://gutenberg.org/license).
  • Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
  • electronic works
  • 1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
  • electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
  • and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
  • (trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
  • the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
  • all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
  • If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
  • Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
  • terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
  • entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
  • 1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be
  • used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
  • agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
  • things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
  • even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
  • paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
  • Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
  • and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
  • works. See paragraph 1.E below.
  • 1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the Foundation”
  • or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
  • Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
  • collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
  • individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
  • located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
  • copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
  • works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
  • are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
  • Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
  • freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
  • this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
  • the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
  • keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
  • Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
  • 1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
  • what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
  • a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
  • the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
  • before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
  • creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
  • Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
  • the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
  • States.
  • 1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
  • 1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
  • access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
  • whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
  • phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the phrase “Project
  • Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
  • copied or distributed:
  • This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
  • almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
  • re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
  • with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
  • 1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
  • from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
  • posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
  • and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
  • or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
  • with the phrase “Project Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on the
  • work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
  • through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
  • Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
  • 1.E.9.
  • 1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
  • with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
  • must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
  • terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
  • to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
  • permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
  • 1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
  • License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
  • work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
  • 1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
  • electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
  • prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
  • active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
  • Gutenberg-tm License.
  • 1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
  • compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
  • word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
  • distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
  • “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official version
  • posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
  • you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
  • copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
  • request, of the work in its original “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other
  • form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
  • License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
  • 1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
  • performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
  • unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
  • 1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
  • access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
  • that
  • - You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
  • the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
  • you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
  • owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
  • has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
  • Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
  • must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
  • prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
  • returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
  • sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
  • address specified in Section 4, “Information about donations to
  • the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.”
  • - You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
  • you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
  • does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
  • License. You must require such a user to return or
  • destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
  • and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
  • Project Gutenberg-tm works.
  • - You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
  • money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
  • electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
  • of receipt of the work.
  • - You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
  • distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
  • 1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
  • electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
  • forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
  • both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
  • Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
  • Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
  • 1.F.
  • 1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
  • effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
  • public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
  • collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
  • works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
  • “Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
  • corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
  • property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
  • computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
  • your equipment.
  • 1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the “Right
  • of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
  • Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
  • Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
  • Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
  • liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
  • fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
  • LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
  • PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
  • TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
  • LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
  • INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
  • DAMAGE.
  • 1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
  • defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
  • receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
  • written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
  • received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
  • your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
  • the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
  • refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
  • providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
  • receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
  • is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
  • opportunities to fix the problem.
  • 1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
  • in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’ WITH NO OTHER
  • WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
  • WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
  • 1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
  • warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
  • If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
  • law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
  • interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
  • the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
  • provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
  • 1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
  • trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
  • providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
  • with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
  • promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
  • harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
  • that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
  • or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
  • work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
  • Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
  • Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
  • Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
  • electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
  • including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
  • because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
  • people in all walks of life.
  • Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
  • assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm’s
  • goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
  • remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
  • Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
  • and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
  • To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
  • and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
  • and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
  • Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
  • Foundation
  • The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
  • 501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
  • state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
  • Revenue Service. The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification
  • number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
  • http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
  • Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
  • permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state’s laws.
  • The Foundation’s principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
  • Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
  • throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
  • 809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
  • business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
  • information can be found at the Foundation’s web site and official
  • page at http://pglaf.org
  • For additional contact information:
  • Dr. Gregory B. Newby
  • Chief Executive and Director
  • gbnewby@pglaf.org
  • Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
  • Literary Archive Foundation
  • Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
  • spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
  • increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
  • freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
  • array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
  • ($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
  • status with the IRS.
  • The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
  • charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
  • States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
  • considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
  • with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
  • where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
  • SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
  • particular state visit http://pglaf.org
  • While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
  • have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
  • against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
  • approach us with offers to donate.
  • International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
  • any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
  • outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
  • Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
  • methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
  • ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
  • To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
  • Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
  • works.
  • Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
  • concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
  • with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
  • Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
  • Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
  • editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
  • unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
  • keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
  • Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
  • http://www.gutenberg.org
  • This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
  • including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
  • Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
  • subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.